Home

Enbridge LP/MP Safety Manual

1. 2 e ec esecececeeeeceseceeeeeeeeteeseteeeteeeeene 6 10 0 HAND PROTECTION 11 0 MEDICAL PROVISIONS 120 DSIGNAEIPERSONIS POETS snc ong senses REEE cepacia peacaneg nace encanta 7 TO ONERHEAR GEES es csr N E S 4 14 0 HAZARD ASSESSMENT ELIMINATION AND CONTROL o eseeseseececesecceceeecececeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeees 7 Page 2 of 8 275 276 1 0 Enbridge Pipelines Inc and Enbridge Energy Company inc LP MP Health and Safety INTRODUCTION This document defines the additional project specific requirements for Contractor performing work for the Enbridge on Enbridge Worksites These requirements are in addition to those outlined in the contract General Terms and Conditions and above the minimum requirements prescribed in the Enbridge LP MP Safety Manual In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Standards or terms set out in this Appendix and the Standards or terms set out in the body of the Enbridge LP MP Safety Manual the Standards or terms set out in this Appendix shall prevail over the conflicting or inconsistent provisions set out in the Enbridge LP MP Safety Manual Any variance to a Standard set out in this Appendix shall require an approved Variance Request form in accordance with the variance procedure set out in section 1 1 of the Enbridge LP MP Safety Manual ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 2 1 Enbridge Enbridge will establish responsibilities to monitor the Contractor s compliance with all ap
2. 291
3. 51 Hoses shall have whip checks and clips wires properly installed to prevent accidental decoupling Whenever possible do not place hoses and lines on main roadways or walkways The blast nozzle control deadman switch shall be located near the nozzle in a position where the operator s hands will be when using the device When released the control switch shall immediately stop the flow of material The control switch shall be guarded to prevent inadvertent activation Abrasive blasting equipment used to clean tanks shall have the blasting hose nozzle bonded electrically to the tank shell or the tank roof Workers shall wear additional PPE as required by the Hazard Assessment to protect against exposure to high velocity abrasive matter airborne respirable particulates potentially contaminated and noise Site Preparation Work Control e post warning signs within 15m 50 ft of the work area e where the abrasive blasting will affect other Workers erect barricades or rope off area to warn workers and prevent access to work area e only Workers equipped with the required PPE shall enter the work area e Workers not directly involved in the abrasive blasting operation shall stay up wind whenever possible e conduct initial and continuous Atmospheric Monitoring in Hazardous and Restricted areas e equipment and vehicles should be protected from debris projected from the work area e do not allow abrasive blasting within 3 m 10 ft
4. Hearing protection Leather gauntlet type gloves with seams on the inside Leather shoulder and sleeve covers Consider material being welded and review welding electrode SDS Disposable P100 respirator or half mask APR with P100 filter may be required Abrasive Blasting Non silica dust metals recycled glass glass based dust Abrasive Blasting helmet or hood Hearing protection Leather or Canvas gauntlet gloves Heavy duty blast suit or leather apron Blaster and helpers workers in immediate vicinity of blasting Type CE supplied air abrasive blasting respirator hood or helmet with apron operated in continuous flow mode Open Helpers and workers in the blast area Space within 30 m 100 ft downwind 15 m 50 ft upwind 23 m 70 ft if no wind disposable P100 respirator or half mask APR with P100 filter Confined Helpers and workers in the blast area Space same as Blaster 91 PPE In addition to the minimum PPE required for all Enbridge Locations Work Activity Respiratory Protective Equipment Eye Face amp Hand Bod These are the minimum requirements a higher Hearing y level of RPE may be required based on Atmospheric Monitoring Abrasive Abrasive Leather or Heavy duty blast Blaster and helpers workers in immediate vicinity of Blasting blasting helmet canvas suit or leather blasting Type CE sup
5. LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 PHA and required controls PHA s are used to evaluate hazards in new designs as well as existing facilities Qualified Verification of proficiency of learner by observation and participation on the job site and through an on the job assessment of competency by a supervisor or internal assessor Qualified Electrical Worker A Worker who has the knowledge training and experience to perform electrical work including Enbridge electricians contract journeymen electricians and contractor electricians working under the direct supervision of contract journeymen electricians Qualified Safety Representative An employee or Enbridge Representative acting as the designated safety resource in place of the applicable Safety Coordinator for pre job planning and execution of pipeline repair jobs Qualified safety representatives shall complete the Enbridge Inspector Qualification Training Program Radiation Emission of atomic particles or electromagnetic energy from the nucleus of an atom This emission is caused by the natural decay of radioisotopes nuclides and or x rays produced by electrical means from portable or fixed static equipment Radiation Safety Officer RSO Designated individual who has received specific radiation safety training and who oversees the operations of the radiation safety program Radiation Source Apparat
6. Workplace See Worksite Worksite Entire work area required for the work including station property right of way temporary working space and all right of way storage areas as required by Enbridge Zero Energy state Pertaining to the control of hazardous energy LOTO Zero Energy is when all energy and potential or stored energy is removed or controlled and verified 272 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Appendix Section 1 1 Variance Request Form ENBRIDGE Variance Request Form This form is required to be completed and approved by a Vice President or designate for any variance to a Standard practice or requirement as set out in the Enbridge LP MP Safety Manual Variances are only applicable to a specific project or Standard and do not create policy All variances shall be reviewed during annual reviews of the Health and Safety Management System A variance shall always be in compliance with Applicable Legislation A Current wording that applies to this variance request B Justification for the requested variance C Proposed wording for the requested variance Please attach a risk mitigation plan outlining controls that will be put in place to ensure a level of protection that meets or exceeds the Standard that this variance affects Requestor Section Variance Requestor Company Print Name Date Health and Safety Representative Print N
7. Contractors shall supply any additional fire extinguishers as required by applicable fire codes and the Hazard Assessment Contractors are expected to meet the minimum portable fire extinguisher requirements for work areas and equipment Portable fire extinguishers shall be e stored above the floor or ground hand held models to prevent condensation and subsequent corrosion on extinguisher bases e mounted in accordance with manufacturers specifications when stored on vehicles or equipment or where otherwise subjected to shock and vibration e when placed outdoors covered for protection Regional and or Project Office s shall have e one 10 lb to 20 lb dry chemical extinguisher inside each entrance door rated according to the hazards in the building e one 20 lb CO extinguisher outside the entry to any room housing electronics e g computer server room UPS room measurement room e one 10 lb to 20 lb dry chemical extinguisher in the boiler room rated according to the hazards in the room Pump Stations and compressor buildings shall have e one 20 lb or 30 lb dry chemical extinguisher immediately inside each compressor building or pump room shelter e minimum of one 20 Ilb or 30 lb dry chemical extinguisher in each manifold area e one 15 lb carbon dioxide COz or 7 lb Halon extinguisher inside each control room door and in the hallway outside the switchgear cubicle door e one 20 Ib or 30 Ib dry chemical extinguisher in
8. accelerate at an even rate to avoid skidding and to safely enter the flow of traffic before fueling always shut off the vehicle never smoke near a fueling area or fuel station never overfill a fuel tank and never leave the fuel nozzle unattended never use a cellular device while fueling Towing operations shall only be performed by Qualified operators 12 2 Distracted Driving and Use of Communication Devices Workers shall avoid distracted driving at all times Drivers or operators shall NOT e engage in actions that cause a loss of attention to the safe operation of the vehicle e use any communication device while driving any type of vehicle including mobile phones including texting e mailing laptop computers or 2 way radios Hands free operation e g Bluetooth shall not be permitted unless a vehicle is legally and safely parked Before using a mobile phone or other communication electronic device a vehicle operator shall be legally and safety parked Radios may only be used by operators when operating a vehicle or boat on a radio controlled road waterway without passengers Crane operators may use radios during a radio controlled lift if identified on the Lift Plan Hazard Assessment This requirement applies to the operation of all vehicles including Powered Mobile Equipment Powered Mobile Elevating Work Platforms ATV s UTV s snowmobiles and watercraft Safe Use of GPS Equipment When using a Global Positioni
9. FIRST AID or the first aid symbol For Enbridge vehicles first aid kits shall be e secured in an accessible location e inspected monthly and re stocked as necessary First aid kits shall be e installed in conspicuous location that is accessible at all times to all Workers e inspected monthly and re stocked as necessary At Enbridge Locations where Workers are present posted notices shall identify the location of first aid kits Notices shall be easily visible and posted at practical locations where Workers and Visitors will see the notice such as e at building entrances e In and around the building or Site e g in elevators on notice boards etc e on each Site Safety Plot Plan and or Emergency Evacuation Plan At unattended Sites or locations where Workers are not regularly present place the first aid notices on the outside of the building including a statement that first aid supplies are available inside and clearly noting the storage location Where required by Applicable Legislation a first aid manual and list of required first aid supplies shall be included inside each first aid kit Eyewash Stations Enbridge Locations shall have eyewash stations available in work environments where workers may be exposed to chemical hazards Contractors are responsible to provide adequate quantities of eyewash based on the type and quantity of chemicals present on the Worksite and in accordance with the information or direct
10. TSA Task Safety Analysis TWA Time Weighted Average WHMIS Workplace Hazardous Material Information System WMP Waste Management Plan 253 Defined Terms Affected Worker s Workers whose job requires them to operate or use machine or equipment on which maintenance is being performed under lockout tagout or requires them to work in an area where maintenance is being performed Air Purifying Respirator APR CSA Z94 4 11 and OSHA 1910 134 A respirator with an air purifying filter cartridge or canister that removes specific air contaminants by passing ambient air through the air purifying element Ambient Air System An ambient air system is an air moving device i e ambient air blowers pumps in permanent and moveable configurations but excludes compressors which draws air directly from the outdoors and designed by its manufacturer not to exceed an operating pressure of 103 4 kPa 15 psig Applicable Legislation All federal provincial state and municipal laws regulations codes by laws ordinances or otherwise that are applicable to the jurisdiction in which the work is conducted including but not limited to the Canada Labour Code OSHA State OSHA Provincial and Territorial OH amp S Appurtenances All attachments to piping e g valves plugs fittings stopple fittings welded fittings flanges vents branch piping known abandoned Below Grade Facilities etc Atmosphe
11. e continuous or periodic Atmospheric Monitoring and monitoring of benzene shall be conducted tasks where a potential for benzene exposure occurs e signs shall be posted at entrances to any identified areas that contain benzene e chemicals containing benzene shall be secondarily contained and have proper signage when not part of the Enbridge operating system e food and drink should not be stored or consumed in areas where benzene is or may be present always wash hands prior to eating drinking or smoking to reduce possible ingestion e designated areas for use and storage of benzene shall be established Where exposure to benzene above the Exposure Limit is known or suspected appropriate work practices engineering controls and PPE requirements shall be implemented Prevention of Oxygen Deficiency Normal air contains approximately 21 oxygen and 79 nitrogen Oxygen deficient atmospheres occur when the percentage of Oxygen drops below 19 5 Oxygen deficient atmospheres may occur in different circumstances or locations such as e during purging operations when the use of CO or Halon fire extinguishing systems displaces oxygen as part of putting out the fire e inenclosed spaces e g where the presence of petroleum vapors can lead to an oxygen deficiency In other cases the presence of petroleum vapors is not the issue For example in a sealed cleaned tank some oxygen is used up as the interior walls of the tank rust creat
12. e if hoisting ropes run close enough to other parts to make fouling or chafing possible e when exposed moving parts and rotating equipment which might constitute a hazard under normal operating conditions Follow these requirements in relation to tank davits e In normal service tank davits shall be inspected using the tank davit checklist at least once per year e A tank davit that has had major alterations or modifications shall be approved before its next use Approval shall be provided by a professional engineer who shall load test and certify its capacity e When used for rescue purposes the tank davit shall use the Rollgliss to lift or lower a Worker A tank davit used for rescue shall be inspected according to the manufacturer s specifications e Use manual hoisting equipment e g snatch block when lifting or lowering equipment e Do not under any circumstances substitute powered lifting equipment e g electric or hydraulic winch for a Rollgliss or snatch block e The SWL of a tank davit is 180 kg 400 Ib The davit arm shall have the appropriate placard indicating the rating 235 Do not make lift s when loose equipment is not secured Figure 1 Lifting Loads Over 3 6 m 12 ft in Length 236 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Cradling NOTE Size or length of shaded blocks may vary based on soil conditions or slopes encountered Skids cradling pipe ar
13. impervious nitrile apron as possible wear a half mask APR with Organic including acid Full face shield gloves required by SDS Vapor Acid Gas cartridge with P100 filter batteries when handling large quantities exposed to liquid spray or transferring liquids Handling Chemical Chemically FR Garments Level of RPE required based on Atmospheric Natural Gas splash goggles impervious Neoprene or Monitoring Liquids Full face shield insulated nitrile apron when exposed gloves to liquid spray or transferring liquids Hearing protection as per Hazard Assessment Entering Line As per Leather FR Garments Half mask APR with P100 filter Heater assessment of gloves Disposable FR all potential and coveralls or crystalline existing follow appropriate silica hazards hygiene practices refractory ceramic fibers Operating Full face shield Leather Kevlar leg chaps Chainsaws or or impact gloves or pants Metal Blade resistant Weed goggles mesh Footwear for Trimmers face shields are chainsaw recommended operation CAN when operating chainsaws Hearing protection Hand Removal Full face shield Rubber Disposable Half mask APR with P100 filter of Asbestos and or coated hooded coveralls Containing impact chemical gloves with elastic fittings 89 PPE In addition to the minimum PPE required for all Enbridge Locations Work Activity Respiratory P
14. of any tank vent whether or not the vents are open unless the tank has been cleaned and declared gas free by a Qualified Worker if a tank has not been cleaned and declared gas free clean areas within 3 m 10 ft of tank vents with hand tools such as scrapers wire brushes and similar equipment e when abrasive blasting for extended periods a Worker rotation plan shall be implemented to reduce exposure time e ensure the abrasive blast pot is shut off and depressurized before being filled e do not re use abrasive blast media e provide a designated area for the removal of PPE separate from the lunch office space to eliminate cross contamination establish and practice personal hygiene Standards e g wash before you eat e implement dust control collection measures o line the bottom of the work area with 4 mm mil polyethylene sheeting contact the Environmental Department for alternatives to this requirement based on blasting media and project scope o erect a shroud e g tarpaulin in densely populated areas or if migrating dusts are problematic and or as required by applicable regulations o consider using a portable air filtration system with High Efficiency Particulate Air HEPA filter when using a shroud or in a Confined Space 52 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 o consider using a negative pressure HEPA filter exhaust system when blasting within a tank o stop work and collect spent abrasive
15. Atmospheric Monitoring Rating AR of 8 states Leather footwear cal em with Voltage meeting Foot wrap around Rated Protection guarding and gloves with requirements balaclava or leather See 7 5 Foot flash suit hood protectors Protection Ear canal inserts i e ear plugs HRC 3 Safety glasses Voltage Arc flash suit Electrical c w side shields Rated with a minimum Work or impact gloves Arc Rating AR resistant of 25 cal cm goggles and arc rated flash suit hood Ear canal Leather footwear inserts i e ear meeting 6 5 Foot plugs Protection requirements See 7 5 Foot Protection HRC 4 Safety glasses Voltage Arc flash suit Electrical c w side shields Rated with a minimum Work or impact gloves Arc resistant Rating AR of 40 goggles and cal cm arc rated flash Leather footwear suit hood meeting Foot Ear canal Protection inserts i e ear requirements plugs See 7 5 Foot Protection Notes 1 Safety glasses c w side shields shall always be worn under a full face shield and under non impact resistant chemical splash goggles 2 Avoid wearing garments made from flammable synthetic material under FR Arc Rated clothing as they can melt to the skin in an arc flash This includes acetate acrylic nylon polyester polyethylene polypropylene and spandex either alone or in blends 3 Higher class Voltage Rated gloves with leather protectors provide increased arc flash protection due to the increase in
16. Chemical Chemically FR Garments First Responder half mask APR with Organic splash goggles impervious Vapor Acid Gas cartridge and or full face gloves if Chemically shield may be handling impervious suit For ongoing work refer to 7 9 Respiratory Protective required when product preferably made Equipment Table 1 Respiratory Protection for handling product or contaminated material from approved FR material as identified by SDS or by assessments of potential and existing hazards Chemically impervious boots Exposure Concentrations and Site Safety Plot Plan Confined As per assessment of all potential and existing See Confined Space Entry Standard Space Entry hazards Tank Cleaning Chemical Chemically FR Garments See Confined Space Entry Standard splash goggles impervious Chemically and or full face gloves if impervious suit shield may be handling preferably made required when product from approved FR handling material as product identified by SDS or by assessments of potential and existing hazards Chemically impervious boots Nitrogen Purge Chemical Chemically FR Garments SCBA or SAR with escape bottle is required for an splash goggles impervious oxygen deficient atmosphere and or if work is ina and or full face insulated Confined Space or a poorly ventilated area shield when gloves Neoprene or exposed to nitrile apron If the oxygen concentration is within a
17. FR Garments for electrical Workers shall meet the minimum ATPV of 8 Cal cm HRC 2 and increase the level of protection as required by Arc Flash hazards Contractors shall supply FR Garments that meet the minimum requirements in NFPA 2112 for their employees FR Garments shall e be worn with collars closed and sleeves and cuffs worn down and secured e be kept reasonably free from hydrocarbon products like grease and oil 104 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e cleaned frequently enough to prevent build up of contaminants that reduce flame resistance e be worn as the outer garment and shall fully cover any non FR garments worn when FR Garments are required e not have insect repellents containing DEET applied or sprayed directly on FR Garments as it will negatively impact the flame resistance of the garments e be stored in accordance with manufacturer instructions be inspected prior to use considering the following criteria o fabric damage o damage to threads or seams including skipped broken of missing stitches o damage to and functionality of all hardware such as zippers buttons snaps and other fasteners o remove damaged FR Garments from service immediately Workers should wear only clothing made with a natural fiber e g cotton wool or approved FR undergarments below FR outerwear If other safety hazards or concerns e g exposure to asbestos corrosive materials exceed the fire hazard the
18. Lifesaving Rule 4 Ground Disturbance gt Lifesaving Rule 5 Isolation of Energized Systems gt Lifesaving Rule 6 Reporting of Safety Related Incidents 1 0 Occupational Health and Safety Management System The Occupational Health and Safety Management System OHSMS establishes accountabilities for managing Enbridge s health and safety functions and provides the direction and governance for achieving safety excellence The OHSMS is found in the Governance Document Library GDL in the Integrated Management Systems IMS and is known as IMS 04 The OHSMS also contains Enbridge s Health and Safety Policy The OHSMS provides the framework for Enbridge to successfully evaluate and continually improve the management of health and safety e establish clear roles and responsibilities for achieving health and safety objectives and performance targets measure monitor and report health and safety performance e anticipate recognize evaluate and control health and safety hazards and risks e identify non compliant conditions and ensure appropriate corrective actions and effective resolution in a timely manner e provide a health and safety program that fosters a robust safety culture and aligns with applicable industry Standards e ensure effective processes for developing and maintaining job competencies 1 1 LP MP Safety Manual Supports the OHSMS This LP MP Safety Manual supports the OHSMS by outlining the minimum S
19. To confirm if the UTV has an appropriately rated ROPS consult the owner s manual or the manufacturer Workers who wear approved helmets while using a Snowmobile or off road vehicle may continue to wear the helmet when working at a Site provided that the work activity does not subject the Worker to potential contact with exposed energized electrical sources and the work is done for a short period of time e g gauging work Workers using bicycles at Enbridge Locations shall wear a cycling helmet approved by CSA CPSC Snell or ANSI or if travelling 20 km hr 12 mph or less may wear a Class E hard hat including a fastened chin strap 7 3 Eye and Face Protection 96 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Workers shall wear approved safety glasses with side shields at all times while working on any Enbridge Worksite except when e inavehicle or equipment with an enclosed cab e inacontrol room office lunch room or change room All safety glasses shall have side shield protection that is integrated or permanently affixed to the frame Safety glasses shall not be worn under a full face respirator and chemical splash goggles as a seal cannot be made therefore all full face respirators and chemical splash goggles shall be impact rated To determine the safe use contact lenses when handling chemicals refer the chemicals SDS for specific precautions An arc flash suit should have a ventilation system
20. allow a fall of a short distance uses an anchorage point Fatigue Weariness or exhaustion due to extended periods of physical and or mental exertion or illness Field Level Hazard Assessment FLHA A tool used just prior to the start of work to identify assess and control the field based hazards of the work being performed and site or environmental conditions that may adversely affect the work e g icy conditions simultaneous operations 259 pedestrians Fixed extinguishing System Self contained fire suppression system that includes piping extinguishing agents e g halon COs foam water and discharge components e g nozzles sprinklers Flame Resistant Garments Clothing made from material with flame resistance properties i e combustion of the clothing is prevented terminated or inhibited slowed Also known as FR Garments Foam System Equipment and piping that distributes Fluoroprotein FP foam to suppress tank fires A semi fixed system uses a mobile foam unit that is moved to the fire location and temporarily connected to fixed piping laterals With a fixed system the foam unit is housed in a building and permanently connected to lateral piping Foam Trailer A mobile proportioning unit that connects to a fire hydrant Gas A compressible formless material that will completely occupy an enclosure irrespective to its quantity It is a physical
21. and properly maintained Provide a method of machine guarding to protect Workers from hazards created by point of operation ingoing nip points rotating parts or other hazards Guards are important to protect Workers from direct contact with moving parts flying chips and sparks and rotating parts Guards and protection shall meet manufacturers specifications and Applicable Legislation be in good working order and inspected regularly not be modified or removed be replaced if damaged be the correct size be secure and tamper proof prevent falling objects allow for safe maintenance and inspected create no new hazards or interference provide a method to protect Workers from hazards created by point of operation ingoing nip points and rotating parts 20 6 Compressed Gas Cylinders Follow these requirements in relation to compressed gas cylinders e connection points shall be free of debris before attaching cylinders hoses valves regulators or other fittings e cylinders shall be legibly marked by stenciling stamping or labeling with either the chemical or trade name of the gas the markings shall not be easily removable 246 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e cylinder valves shall be closed and have shipping caps in place when the cylinder is not in use e when in use the cylinder shall be secured with non combustible materials or means e when in use cylinders shall have fixed hand
22. damaged or soiled or when breathing is difficult If used in environments containing oil aerosols the Worker shall replace an oil resistant filter after a total of 40 hrs use or 30 days whichever comes first Workers shall maintain personal hygiene as required to mitigate eye and or skin irritation associated with respirator use Supplied Breathing Air and Systems Requirements Workers using supplied air systems shall have a bottle watch to ensure constant breathing air supply to Workers at all times when using supplied air The exception to this rule is when the Worker using supplied air is able to hear the alarm and view the gauges on the air panel of the bottle Compressed breathing air and systems used to supply breathing air to RPE shall meet the requirements of e CSA Z180 1 Compressed breathing air and systems CAN and or e ANSI Compressed Gas Association Commodity Specification for Air G 7 1 USA OSHA 1910 134 i 1 ii 111 Using supplied air breathing equipment during cold weather can present difficulties due to the moisture in the stored supplied air the moisture in the user s exhaled breath and lack of visibility through the mask Warm up the supplied air equipment prior to use to ensure that no condensation forms by using cold equipment The compressed breathing air shall be sampled and analyzed as per industry standards and Applicable Legislation The air quality analysis results shall be readily available
23. e be provided to the Authorized Worker as required not be used for purposes other than LOTO be capable of withstanding the environment in which it will be exposed for the maximum period of time that exposure is expected e be substantial enough to prevent removal without the use of excessive force or unusual techniques i e bolt cutters metal cutting tools Contractors shall provide their Authorized Workers with LOTO equipment that meets the requirements of this Standard Tampering with any LOTO equipment is a serious offense and shall result in disciplinary action up to and including termination 215 Type 1 Lockout Locks Lockout locks are personal individual locks used for the protection of people Enbridge employees shall use red locks Lockout locks e shall be individually keyed with one key per lock and e shall be kept in the control of the Worker who applies the lock or may set up communal personal individual locks that are issued when necessary to Workers for use Keys shall not be duplicated Ensure locks are individually keyed with one key per lock that shall be kept in the control of the Worker who applies the lock s and removes their lock s when they leave the Worksite Individual Workers performing maintenance on machines or equipment shall apply and remove their own personal individual locks on the required isolation point Lockout Locksets Lockout locksets shall be red in color These locksets are used f
24. especially at the 12 o clock position where most Appurtenances may be located and potentially encapsulated within the frozen layer at a shallower depth than the pipe itself e There is a risk of large frozen soils with encapsulated rock that may damage the pipeline while being removed Therefore a mandatory 600 mm 2 ft clearance for Mechanical Excavation is required when excavating through frozen soils to the depth of frost e Use of buckets with teeth may be appropriate while digging through frost if approved in accordance with Section 16 1 of this Standard The use of radiant ground thawing equipment is recommended for thawing the ground within Station Terminal Sites prior to excavation 209 17 0 Fall Protection and Travel Restraint Standard 17 1 Personal Fall Arrest System Workers shall wear a personal fall arrest system when e there is a potential to fall a vertical distance greater than 2 m 6 ft approaching within 1 5 m 5 ft of an unprotected leading edge over 2 m 6ft in height e itis impractical to provide adequate work platforms scaffolds staging and guard rails e working on Swingstages and in work cages working in a personnel basket manbasket Enbridge Workers shall be trained in the effective use of the fall protection equipment they are using identification and recognition of fall hazards e control measures for fall hazards including elimination of hazards where possible such as use of safe alter
25. including rescue training and related training such as first aid and CPR e rescue equipment and location of the equipment note for Class 2 and 3 Confined Spaces the required rescue equipment shall be located at the Confined Space entrance e the means of constant communication used to notify involved Workers and responders of an emergency situation e evacuation methods and signals e g establishment of a meeting point use of horns or alarms e method of rescue that is to be used for that particular space taking into account the work tasks being performed in the Confined Space and the potential rescue scenarios e number of Workers minimum and maximum involved in the Confined Space entry work If possible the rescue plan should include options for non entry rescue including retrieval systems or methods that can be used whenever a Worker enters a Confined Space A non entry retrieval option should be used unless the retrieval equipment being used would increase the overall risk of entry or would not contribute to the rescue of a Worker inside the Confined Space Rescue personnel shall be provided with all equipment necessary to perform an effective rescue in accordance with the rescue plan for the Confined Space All rescue attempts shall be made by trained Workers with the proper equipment the majority of Confined Space fatalities are rescuers Non Enbridge Rescue Services If off site third party rescue services are require
26. insect repellent or other contents Some air horns are aerosol activated When exposed to heat aerosol containers can either violently rupture or produce burning jets of flame in either case there is a risk of injury or property damage The most effective method of preventing aerosol related Incidents is proper storage Aerosols shall be stored under cover and protected from exposure to the weather and direct sunlight and kept at least 3 m 10 ft from any source of heat or ignition Store aerosol cans at the correct temperature as recommended by the manufacturer Where aerosols are kept in distribution centers they shall be stored within strong mesh enclosures i e caged 20 7 Propane Bottles and Accessories When a propane bottle is in use fully open the valve When not in use fully close the valve Do not use the valve to regulate the flow of propane Store propane compressed gas cylinders as follows e outdoors on concrete or other non combustible platforms in an area that provides protection from tampering in an area free of vehicle or mobile equipment travel if propane cylinders are required to be temporarily stored in areas vehicle traffic is expected then they shall be protected by barriers e away from a fire escape stairs or building egress at least 7 5 m 23 ft away from buildings unless in an approved storage cabinet if using an approved storage cabinet then store 1 m 3 ft away from buildings and 3 m 9ft a
27. manifests dangerous goods documents time records driver s daily logs and weigh slips All records pertaining to daily logs vehicle inspection maintenance and repair shall be kept according to Applicable Legislation Drivers carrying cargo Drivers carrying cargo shall 161 e ensure that all cargo transported inside and on a CMV is contained immobilized or secured according to all provincial state and federal standards Training in this area is required for anyone driving a CMV e drivers shall not use any vehicle to transport material unless the vehicle is constructed to carry the material and the vehicle is capable of being safely operated when loaded e inspect the cargo and its securing devices within the first 80 km after beginning a trip and re inspect when there is a change of duty status after driving 3 hours and after driving 240 km Ship all dangerous goods in accordance with TDG and Applicable Legislation Ensure all Workers transporting dangerous goods are properly trained in the transportation of dangerous goods 12 6 Commercial Motor Vehicles United States This section applies to e all U S regions that operate Commercial Motor Vehicles CMVs and trailers licensed to Enbridge that have a registered gross vehicle weight rating gross combination weight or gross combination weight rating of 10 000 pounds or more and e Regions that operate vehicles of any size that transport hazardous materials requiring th
28. min j min 5 32 to 25 to 75 55 40 30 34 29 min 2 min 3 min 4 min 5 35 to 30 s5 40 30 S P 3 4 5 37 34 min min min Non 38 to 39 19 40 4 30 5 Non emergency 39 39 min min Non emergency work should on work should cease 40 to 40 to 30 5 Non emergency Coasa 42 44 min Mienia work should 43 amp 45 08 Non emergency work shouid cease below below work Should cease cease 2013 TLVs and BEls Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents and Biological Exposure Indices Cincinnati American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists ACGIH 2013 page 202 49 e high wind o when wind conditions exceed 50 km hr 30 mph or more the Hazard Assessment shall be reviewed and adjusted to take the wind conditions into consideration or the activity shall be suspended until wind conditions are more favorable o consider other hazards such as dust and debris secure any loose materials e geographic work locations that can be prone to earthquakes hurricanes and or tornados Refer to existing emergency management plans for guidance in specific severe weather conditions 4 26 Work in the Dark Work after dusk shall not be permitted unless the following conditions are met e For Contractor work prior approval shall be obtained from the Enbridge Representative e there is a minimum of two 2 Workers or communi
29. of cable rope or chain manual bilge pump or bilge pumping arrangements watertight flashlight 12 flares of type A B C or D not more than 6 of which are type D e sound signaling device or appliance e navigation lights magnetic compass 10BC fire extinguisher if equipped with a heating device or cooking appliance 1 additional 10BC fire extinguisher Table 3 Boat Safety Equipment USA Boat Size Standard Equipment USCG approved life jacket per occupant electric distress light or if operating between sunset and sunrise 3 combination for both day night use red flares Class BI fire extinguisher sound signaling device audible for 1 mi 4 to 6 sec red and green navigational sidelights lights visible from at least 1 mi an all round white light or a masthead light and a sternlight all visible from at least 2 mi gt 16 ft to lt 26 ft USCG approved life jacket per occupant and 1 Type IV personal flotation device orange distress flag or electric distress light or 3 handheld or floating orange smoke signals and 1 electric distress light or 3 handheld meteor or parachute type combination for both day night use red flares Class BI fire extinguisher sound signaling device audible for 1 2 mi 4 to 6 sec red and green navigational sidelights lights visible from at least 1 mi an all round white light or a masthead light and a sternlight all visible from at least 2 mi NOTES 1 United States Co
30. question 186 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 At the time of installation a radiation survey shall be performed by the installer to ensure that the source and holder are operating properly and radiation levels around the source are within expected background levels 187 14 4 Asbestos Management Program Determine if work in an area will disturb or has the potential to disturb confirmed or presumed Asbestos Containing Materials ACM Consult the General Asbestos Removal Procedure found in the GDL under IMS 04 Tier 2 procedures for information applicable to your jurisdiction prior to engaging in any work that involves the removal or disturbance of ACM Procedures for removing asbestos are largely similar but with some slight differences in each jurisdiction e g country province state or local municipality Contact Corporate Health amp Safety personnel 30 days in advance of asbestos remediation projects and obtain clarification or verification of applicable procedures or updates changes to the procedures Completion of Asbestos Awareness training is required for all Workers who could potentially be exposed to Asbestos Containing Material ACM In addition to this general awareness training Workers can access resources and written materials from Health and Safety Additional training may be required for Workers who engage in specific work activities involving ACM Contractors shall evaluate
31. 0 6 m 20 0 NON CLASSIFIED METERING SHELTER 3 m 10 0 6 m 20 0 OUTDOOR METERING 3 m 10 0 6 m 20 0 OUTDOOR BOOSTER PUMP 15 m 50 0 30 m 100 0 DISTANCE FROM SOURCE BOUNDARY DISTANCE FROM CENTER OF PUMP Figure 4 Metering Shelters Rooms and Areas Manifold Areas Booster Pumps and Tankage Areas 69 PIERCED WALL SIDE i LEGEND DISTANCE Ro HAZARDOUS AREA SONNODITY a ee Y RESTRICTED AREA LIQUID PETROLEUM 3m 10 0 NONCLASSIFIED NGL 6m 20 0 NOTES A wall that contains a door window air vent etc or has a pipe conduit or cable passing through it is defined as a pierced wall In practice this means the distance R3 will usually surround a building Figure 5 Densitometer Sampler and Instrument Shelters 70 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 MK We Ce RARAARAG I gt LEGEND Ke HAZARDOUS AREA RESTRICTED AREA NONCLASSIFIED DISTANCE COMMODITY L R LIQUID PETROLEUM 3m 10 0 1 5m 5 0 NGL 6m 20 0 1 5m 5 0 Figure 6 Below Grade Access Culverts 71 72 ROAD SOURCE BOUNDARY OUTDOOR DENSITOMETER MAIN LINE VALVE PROPERTY LINE SS SS ee Se I x SUB STATION A SWITCHGEAR 1 BUILDING x 4 L lo a x x x x x TAKE OFF SSN piERcED ON N HAZARDOUS WALLSIDE gt N WASTE CKO MATERIAL KOSS ee R STORAGE SO PUMP SHE
32. 1 10 A Restricted Area is where there is limited potential for a flammable or toxic atmosphere to develop Workers shall observe Safe Work Permit requirements for work in restricted areas For information regarding the proximity of Restricted Areas in relation to specified facilities at typical stations and mainline locations see Figures 1 10 Hazardous Areas and Restricted Areas should be reflected on site safety plot plans posted at all station sites 65 Do not use site safety plot plans for use in determining electrical equipment installation requirements Use the area classification requirements in the Engineering Design Standards for this purpose When changes to facilities affect site safety plot plans the site supervisor shall e note and describe the additions and or deletions in a memo and on the existing site safety plot plan e forward the information to the regional office to be reviewed and sent to Engineering Services Engineering Services then issues a revised site safety plot plan RIDGE VENT R3 gt KPSORRDAPS xDD RSF DO ROO OOA Q KA SLL V S MiP SS xs LEGEND Ky HAZARDOUS AREA NA RESTRICTED AREA NONCLASSIFIED DISTANCE COMMODITY R1 R2 R3 LIQUID PETROLEUM 0 9m 3 0 1 5m 5 0 15m 50 0 NGL 1 5m 5 0 4 5 m 15 0 30m 100 0 NOTES A wall that contains a door window air vent etc or has a pipe conduit or cable passing through i
33. 45 ft of an area with flammable or combustible contents the Fire Watch shall check the area four hours after the work is completed and document the results unless e all flammable and combustible materials within 15 m 45 ft are removed from the hot work area or lined with noncombustible materials e an approved engineering weld procedure is used when conducting hot work activities on pipelines and tanks containing product A Safety Watch is required when specified by the Hazard Assessment or Applicable Legislation The person s planning and supervising the work shall assign a Safety Watch The scope of the work and Hazard Assessment will determine the necessary qualifications for the Safety Watch position Examples of work activities where a Safety Watch may be required include e electrical e open system e emergency response 53 54 drainup Working Excavations LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 At a minimum the qualifications to be a Fire Watch or Safety Watch include e valid certification for mandatory safety training based on the scope of work e the Worker shall be Qualified knowledgeable and experienced relative to the scope of work specifically the safety aspects Additional qualifications such as a Journeyman Ticket may be required depending on the scope of work and the Hazard Assessment 55 4 32 Hydrostatic and Pneumatic Testing Testing activities shall be carried out in ac
34. Area An area where flammable or toxic atmosphere is unlikely to develop or exist Vacuum Excavation The use of pressurized water or air to loosen soil then the use of a vacuum to extract the loosened 270 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 soil This includes all activities performed by a vacuum truck including but not limited to hydrovac shot gunning day lighting potholing water washing Vapor Gaseous form of substances that are normally in liquid or solid state it can be changed to solid or liquid by increasing pressure decreasing temperature or both Evaporation may create vapors Vendor A party with whom Enbridge may enter into an agreement for the provision of engineered and or fabricated equipment Verification Confirmation that the machine equipment is in a zero energy state Verification Locate An additional measure completed by a Contractor after the Initial Locate that is designed to verify that all Below Grade Facilities are surface located and marked Typically the Verification Locate will implement sweep or scan techniques to ensure there are no discrepancies with the Initial Locate Visitor Any Enbridge or non Enbridge individual that is not performing any assigned work activity on an Enbridge worksite i e facility right of way or construction site An example of a visitor is any indiv
35. Assessment process is used in the workplace and is in compliance with this Standard ensuring appropriate use of the Hazard Assessment tools e ensuring through periodic review that all workers are adequately trained in the Hazard Assessment process and tools given the scope of the work e assessing work in progress to ensure that the tools are adequate to identify the hazards and the controls implemented have reduced the risk associated with the work to As Low As Reasonably Achievable ALARA levels e identifying opportunities for improvement of the process and communicating them to Management Workers are responsible for e understanding the Hazard Assessment process and specific responsibilities as they apply to each worker e actively participating in the Hazard Assessment process and ensuring that an appropriate level of assessment is completed before the start of all work e ensuring that all workers involved in the work participate in the Hazard Assessment process e communicating the results to all workers in the area who are affected by the work Hazard Assessments shall be documented for all work activities other than office related work e g computer use training meetings travel between work locations and light housekeeping These exceptions do not take away a worker s responsibility to assess hazards Workers shall continue to practice cognitive 61 Hazard Assessment techniques e g stop look assess and manage The
36. CMVs that have a gross combination weight or gross vehicle weight of 26 001 pounds or more or a vehicle of any size used to transport hazardous materials requiring a placard Enbridge Employees who are required to drive CMVs shall complete a Driver s Application for Employment form which shall be kept in the Driver s qualification file Driver files shall be kept by Human Resources Before operating a CMV on a public road the driver shall e ensure the CMV is in safe operating condition e review the last Daily Vehicle Inspection Report DVIR e ensure they are properly licensed to operate the vehicle If defects or deficiencies were noted by the previous driver on the DVIR the current driver shall sign the DVIR to acknowledge they have seen the previous service record or that the defects or deficiencies do not require immediate correction This requirement for a signature does not apply to listed defects on a towed unit which is no longer part of the vehicle combination At the completion of the driver s use of the vehicle the driver is to complete the DVIR If a defect is identified during vehicle operation record it on the Trip Inspection form and e if the defect is major i e anything affecting the safe operation of the vehicle report immediately to the direct supervisor e if the defect is minor i e anything not directly affecting the safe operation of the vehicle report in a timely manner to supervisor e g at
37. Compressed breathing air and systems shall be inspected and maintained in accordance with manufacturers specifications Applicable Legislation and industry standards Written records of analysis results inspections and maintenance shall be kept according to the record retention policy Carbon monoxide levels shall be continuously monitored with an in line monitoring system for compressed breathing air systems using oil lubricated compressors This in line monitoring system shall consist of e audible or and visible alarms at 5 ppm e detection limit of 1 ppm and a resolution of at least 1 ppm e aninspection maintenance and calibration program in accordance with manufacturers specifications In line carbon monoxide monitoring is not required for ambient air systems or compressed breathing air systems comprised of compressed breathing air cylinders which have been filled in accordance with the Applicable Legislation Oil lubricated air compressors used as a component of a compressed breathing air system shall e have fail safe switches that will activate audible and visual alarms shut down the compressor and prevent automatic restart when either the compressor s oil pressure is low or temperature is high have a high pressure shutdown switch have check valves to prevent feedback of purified air have an instruction manual and manufacturer s recommended logbook use oils for breathing air applications that are recommended by both th
38. ISN Bulletin Board 4 7 Worksite Rules Workers shall adhere to the following rules while at the Worksite e smoking including electronic cigarettes is only allowed outdoors in marked designated areas a proper waste container shall be provided along with a 20 Ib ABC fire extinguisher pets are not allowed on Enbridge Locations firearms weapons and archery equipment are prohibited on Enbridge Locations e all tools and equipment shall be used in accordance with the manufacturers specifications e cameras audio visual and communications equipment are only allowed in Hazardous and Restricted Areas with a Safe Work Permit and the permission of regional operations when on brown field sites e Guidelines for Work Attire apply Unless prohibited by Applicable Legislation e g vehicles busses labs offices etc smoking is permitted on the ROW providing that the ROW is stripped of vegetation and the work activity is outdoors on exposed mineral soil The Contractor shall keep the ROW free of discarded cigarette butts by providing an adequate number of waste containers and maintain 20 lb ABC fire extinguishers readily available via portable equipment and or work vehicles Smoking outside of unmarked areas on the ROW is prohibited in hazardous areas including near refueling operations and within 30m 100 ft of any exposed operating facility The dress code for field office attire will consist of e long pants no shorts e shirts no
39. One of the main infection hazards for Workers is exposure to sharps e g used needles To help prevent exposures to sharps and reduce the risk of sharps injuries Enbridge Locations shall have specific containers for safe disposal of sharps The following precautions shall be taken when handling sharps e a sharps container shall have a clearly defined maximum capacity i e have a fill line that indicates when the container is full and shall be sturdy enough to resist punctures under normal conditions of use and handling e a person shall not re cap a used needle each used needle shall be safely disposed of in a sharps container sharps containers shall be emptied when they become full so that the containers can be disposed of properly Any Worker who is potentially exposed to Bloodborne Pathogens while on the job shall immediately receive a confidential medical evaluation 10 2 Controls Enbridge shall provide hand washing facilities readily accessible to Workers who may be potentially exposed while providing first aid or medical assistance if washing facilities are not provided antiseptic cleansers shall be provided To prevent potential exposure to body fluids Blood Bloodborne Pathogens and OPIM Workers involved in providing first aid or medical assistance shall e wear appropriate PPE which includes eye and face protection hand protection and protective clothing i e coats gowns or jackets e wear disposable latex g
40. P100 filter Moderately Disposable P100 dusty air respirator or half mask APR with P100 filter No visible 0 to 0 5 hrs after dust abrasive blasting disposable P100 respirator or half mask APR with P100 filter More than 0 5 hrs after abrasive blasting none Confined Very dusty 0 to 0 5 hrs after Space air abrasive blasting Type CE supplied air abrasive blasting hood or helmet with apron operated in continuous flow mode 92 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 PPE In addition to the minimum PPE required for all Enbridge Locations Work Activity Respiratory Protective Equipment Eye Face amp Hand Body These are the minimum requirements a higher Hearing level of RPE may be required based on Atmospheric Monitoring gt 0 5 hrs after abrasive blasting disposable P100 respirator or half mask APR with P100 filter Moderately Disposable P100 dusty air respirator or half mask APR P100 filter No visible 0 to 2 hrs after dust abrasive blasting disposable P100 respirator or half mask APR with P100 filter gt 2 hrs after abrasive blasting none Induced As per Voltage FR Clothing with Voltage assessment of Rated a label stating a piping valves all potential and gloves with minimum Arc casing and existing leather Rating AR of measuring hazards protectors 8cal cm equipment HRC 0 Safe
41. Portable Gas Monitor Alarm Set Points emanate f 10 ppm 10 LEL 25 pom 19 5 20 ppm 20 LEL 190 ppm 23 5 US 23 Can STEL alarm 15 ppm N A 190 ppm N A Personal gas monitors shall have 4 head functionality O2 CO LEL and H2S e be worn within 25 cm 10 in of the breathing zone area around mouth and nose e not be placed into shirts coveralls or jacket pockets unless the pockets are specially designed to hold portable gas monitors i e mesh pocket e provide a visual and audible alarm that is equipped with low and high alarm points e be recharged in a safe area away from the area being monitored carry out recharging as soon as possible after the low battery indicator activates to ensure the monitor does not shut down An area monitor consists of at least 1 individual wearing a monitor who remains in the affected area at all times during the work activity Area monitors shall e be capable of monitoring the potential hazard be equipped with a visual alarm i e red indicator that lights when alarm levels are reached in addition to an audible alarm where possible e be placed where the atmospheric hazard is likely based on the substance e g placed at lower levels when monitoring for substances heavier than air e be used where there is potential for exposure to atmospheric hazards including but not limited to o Confined Spaces Open Systems venting systems leak sites Hazardous Areas Restric
42. Preparation Identify type magnitude and control methods of hazardous energies present e Identify and locate all potential energy sources to be isolated o review the scope of work o review drawings if applicable o visually inspect equipment components being worked on to verify drawings e Determine required LOTO equipment Obtain or develop safe shutdown procedures for machines equipment to be LOTO e Prepare the Equipment Isolation Procedure Form 2 Notification e Notify affected Workers that a lockout will be in effect and explain reason for lockout e Notification ensures that Workers do not attempt to reactivate machines equipment during LOTO e f the work being completed involves the LOTO of equipment i e valves piping etc that affects the flow path that the Edmonton Control Centre is responsible for controlling or operating then a copy of the Equipment Isolation Procedure Form shall be sent to the Edmonton Control Centre Operator prior to the work starting 3 Shutdown e Shutdown operating equipment to be LOTO in accordance with the safe shutdown procedure e Ensure additional hazards are not created during shutdown 4 Isolation e Complete the Equipment Isolation Procedure Form e Isolate equipment from its energy source by operating switch valve or other energy isolating device to appropriate position e Isolation may be single or multiple points 5 Application of LOTO e Lock and tag isolating device in a safe
43. Review include What If s Hazard and Operability Studies HAZOPS and Layers of Protection Analysis LOPAs Facility Hazard Assessments All facilities and stations owned and or operated by Enbridge are assessed for hazards inherent to the facility and its operations under normal operating conditions The assessment includes taking into account e the nature of the hazard e the level of exposure to the hazard e the consequences of exposure and e the controls in place to address the hazard This shall be documented on the Facility Hazard Assessment Post the hazard list at the facility in conjunction with the Site Safety Plot Plans This list is reviewed by the operating group at each facility every 2 years or as required based on facility process changes upgrades or additions and are updated as necessary to ensure they remain current Use the Facility Hazard Assessment to assist with orientations and training completing Hazard Assessments or communicating site hazards Work Planning Templates 62 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Enbridge uses work planning templates to identify and plan complex multi faceted projects and other non routine work where exposure to open systems high voltage electrical work or other high potential hazards exist Safe Work Permits and FLHAs are still required with the use of Work Planning Templates These templates require pre planning of work to ensure itemizatio
44. Sheet SDS o using supplied air equipment or SCBA work involving a risk of drowning o work on equipment that cannot be locked out once a guard or other safety mechanism is removed o operation of any motorized or manual materials handling equipment with an obstructed view O 0 0 O70 O O The practices shall also ensure that Workers do not work alone in hazardous conditions unless appropriate safety precautions are taken which may include but are not limited to e personal Atmospheric Monitoring e protection from weather conditions e frequent communication at specific intervals Workers shall not work alone in conditions that are or may be considered Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health IDLH The Hazard Assessment shall determine the hazards for each type of work being performed the hazards for each Worksite where Workers will potentially work alone the length of time the Worker is out of contact factors and considerations to ensure the availability of help Working alone controls may include but are not limited to e man down or lone worker alarm or pendant e frequent check ins with a designated contact person that o are visual or two way contacts or a one way system may be acceptable if it allows the worker to call or signal for help and will send a call for help if the worker does not reset the device after a predetermined interval o are of a frequency not to exceed 2 hours in some cases the durati
45. Version Date 06 01 2015 6 3 Work Authorization Requirements General Requirements e Required for all Enbridge Inspectors issuing SWPs e Receiving a Work Authorization authorizes an Enbridge Inspector to issue Safe Work Permit s to the working group s for the scope of in the location identified on the Work Authorization e If the job has multiple Enbridge Inspectors the names of the Enbridge Inspectors authorized to issue SWPs shall be written on the Work Authorization Form The requirement for a Work Authorization is a regional determination by Operations Management for new construction on Greenfield Worksites Duration Work Authorizations may be issued to cover multiple shifts or days if the job conditions and scope of work remain the same In this case the general practice is 1 A single Work Authorization Form is issued to the Enbridge Inspector for the duration of the job The Work Authorization issuer and receiver shall agree upon a reasonable frequency of contact This frequency of contact is the minimum requirement of how often the receiver of the Work Authorization shall contact the issuer of the Work Authorization The receiver of the Work Authorization documents this communication under the Frequency of Contact with Issuer or Designate section on the SWP Additional documentation may be attached to the form should space not be available 2 The Enbridge Inspector issues a Safe Work Permit per shift or day per
46. Worksites with ABC rated fire extinguishers shall establish access to a supply of ABC dry chemical extinguishing agent Dry chemical extinguishers stored or used outside during winter conditions should be equipped with nitrogen gas cartridges rather than carbon dioxide gas cartridges For information on Fixed Extinguishing Systems e g CO2 Halon fixed hydrant please see the Fire Protection Extinguishment Engineering Standard Table 1 Inspection Frequency for Fire Suppression Equipment Type of Equipment Inspection Frequency portable fire extinguishers hand held portable fire extinguishers wheeled fixed systems hydrant systems fixed systems CO and Halon systems foam trailers NOTES monthly when placed in service after repairs and use monthly when placed in service after repairs and use annually when placed in service after repairs and use annually minimum monthly visual inspections semiannually for high pressure cylinders when placed in service after repairs and use monthly when placed in service after repairs and use LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e A Qualified service contractor shall inspect and test systems annually 2 A Site Supervisor shall visually inspect systems monthly 3 A Qualified service contractor shall inspect high pressure cylinders semiannually During the inspection cylinders shall be weighed and the date of the last
47. a CMV e drivers shall not use any vehicle to transport material unless the vehicle is constructed to carry the material and the vehicle is capable of being safely operated when loaded e inspect the cargo and its securing devices within the first 50 miles after beginning a trip and re inspect when there is a change of duty status after driving 3 hours and after driving 150 miles Hours of Service Drivers shall abide by the following Hours of Service HOS rules 11 hour rule e drivers are allowed to drive for 11 hours following 10 consecutive hours off duty 14 hour rule e adriver is not permitted to drive after 14 hours of work duty including driving and other duties after coming on duty following 10 consecutive hours off duty 60 hour rule e adriver is not permitted to drive after a total of 60 hours on duty in 7 consecutive days 70 hour rule e adriver is not permitted to drive after a total of 70 hours on duty in 8 consecutive days An off duty period of 34 or more consecutive hours may restart a driver s 7 or 8 consecutive day period as long as the driver has not exceeded 60 or 70 hours on duty If using CMVs exclusively in the transportation of oilfield equipment including the stringing and picking up of pipe used in pipelines and servicing of the field operation of the natural gas and oil industry and period of 8 consecutive days may end with the beginning of any off duty period of 24 or more consecutive hours Other
48. a clevis or shackle e Unattended loads shall be lowered to the ground or blocked in position The load being raised shall not exceed the lifting capacity of the lifting components When exceeding 75 of the excavating equipment s lifting capacity as determined by the manufacturers specifications additional controls shall be required including a formal lift plan Hydraulic systems on excavating equipment are subject to hydraulic drift and are not designed to hold materials unless the materials are in motion If materials are held in place uncontrolled descent of the lifting arm or lifting mechanism may result from a failure in the hydraulic system because it is unlikely to be equipped with emergency lock safety check valves The placement of trench boxes sleeves and sheet piles by excavating equipment over operating assets does not constitute a critical or serious lift 19 5 Inspection and Maintenance All lifting equipment shall be installed operated inspected maintained and repaired according to the manufacturer s specifications 231 To minimize breakdowns and prolong equipment life a written inspection and maintenance program for lifting equipment shall be in place to ensure that equipment and components are in safe operating condition Contractors shall have written documentation that verifies that the maintenance program is in place available to an Enbridge Representative upon request All load bearing compone
49. a variety of crude oil and chemical products Benzene is e extremely toxic with carcinogenic properties it can enter the body through inhalation ingestion and skin absorption e aclear colorless liquid with a pleasant sweet odor the odor however does not provide adequate warning of its presence as a hazard highly flammable with a low flash point as a vapor is heavier than air and can form explosive mixtures e asa liquid is not soluble in water and will float as it is lighter than water Health effects of exposure to benzene can include e moderate to severe irritation to the skin and eyes and mucous membranes e aspiration Short term exposure to high concentrations of benzene may lead to gastrointestinal and neurological toxicity Long term exposures of benzene even at low concentrations may lead to blood disorders such as anemia or leukemia and other cancers 191 The 8 hour Threshold Limit Value TLV for benzene is 0 5ppm and the Short Term Exposure Limit STEL for benzene is 2 5ppm Benzene exposure may be found in the following locations and situations gasoline and petroleum pipelines pipeline valve assemblies tank repair maintenance and cleaning operations field maintenance operations bulk terminals and service station operations any Open System operations lab operations leak sites and free released product In addition to other appropriate controls or measures follow these controls for benzene
50. and depressurizing activities anchored or secured by such method s as whip check connections steel braid line wrap or staking to the ground e ensure the use of appropriate hoses piping fittings valves etc and that such equipment has an adequate pressure rating for the service inspect the equipment before use to ensure it is in good condition e persons not directly involved in the testing shall be kept back a minimum of 30 m 100 ft from the pipeline by the use of signs fencing and verbal warnings e provide a safe means to release pressure from both ends of the piping section pressure shall be released prior to loosening or removal of fittings Hydrostatic Testing Two zones shall be established around any hydro test a 15 m 50 ft exclusion zoneanda 30m 100 ft zone These requirements shall be followed during all hydro tests Unique circumstances may require additional measures to ensure the safety of Workers and the public Whenever possible expand the 15 m 50 ft zone requirements to the 30 m 100 ft zone dimensions 56 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 If leaks are observed through gauge drop or visual inspection then the pressure must be reduced to zero PSI prior to entering the exclusionary zone No adjustments of any kind are to be performed on pressurized piping Fuel containers propane tanks and other fuel storage shall not be permitted within the 15 m 50 ft zone T
51. and each other establish how we conduct our affairs indridually and collectively at a moral and ethical level Enbridge s Health amp Safety Principles complement our Values by guiding our actions policies procedures and culture The Health amp Safety Principles are fundamental expectations for ail employees and contractors They define the path to a zero incident workplace in which safety is everyone s responsibility leadership is accountable for safety performance continuous improvement is required hazards are controlled and our commitment to caring extends beyond employees our contractors the communities in which we operate and the environment the workday makes us Enbridge Safety isn t just a priority It s our way of life It s a core value that HEALTH AND SAFETY PRINCIPLES OUR PATH TO ZERO Zero All injuries incidents and occupational illnesses can be prevented Enbridge is committed to protecting the health and safety of our employees our contractors and the public Our goal is to have zero injuries incidents or occupational ilinesses Striving for anything less than zero can lead to the false behot that injunes incidents and occupational dinesses are inevitable and acceptable In every instance following company policies and procedures including Enbridge s six Lifesaving Rules is a basic requirement in protecting the health and safety of workers and the public Zero4 All employees
52. and freed of gas work associated with Open Systems such as scraper traps and provers spill or leak containment clean up and repairs required by Regional Operations as noted on the SWP when required based by a Hazard Assessment When a monitor is not required for each individual the number of monitors shall be determined by the project safety plan the site specific plot plan or based on a Hazard Assessment Where personal monitors are not required based on Atmospheric Monitoring and the Hazard Assessment crews working in Hazardous or Restricted Areas shall use area monitors Contractors shall provide appropriate Atmospheric Monitoring and detection equipment unless otherwise noted within the bid documents or at the Request for Proposal RFP or at the pre job meeting When necessary specific atmospheric hazard measurement devices shall also be provided by the Contractor e g if mono styrene acetone benzene or other hazards are present Enbridge shall inform the Contractor when there is the potential for respiratory hazards or contaminants that may not be detectable by standard 4 head monitors 141 Workers shall e be trained to operate and maintain the types of portable and or personal gas monitors used at the Location e follow manufacturers specifications regarding operation servicing bump testing and calibration The alarm set points of portable gas monitors shall be set in accordance with Table 1 Table 1
53. and the work they perform with the goal of minimizing risk of injury illness through improved workstation design reducing non value added motions and improving Worker moral productivity and product quality Excavation Any man made cut cavity trench or depression in an earth surface formed by earth removal Excavation Area The area in which any type of excavation is expected to occur The perimeter of the Excavation Area is to be demarcated with pink and white striped flagging Excavator Ground Disturber Entity in charge of the Ground Disturbance Exposure Limit Workplace standard below which is believed that nearly all normal and healthy Workers may be repeatedly exposed day after day for working lifetime without adverse health effects Extinguishing Agent A substance e g dry chemical powder foam that interrupts the chemical chain reaction that produces fire by removing heat removing fuel and or removing or diluting oxygen i e a substance that can put out a fire Facility Any above or below grade appurtenances e g Pipelines piping valves communication or electrical equipment conduits power lines guide wires poles towers casings piles foundations etc or the site on which such appurtenances are located e g Pump Compressor stations valve sites pipeline right of way as the context may require Fall Protection Protection devices used at elevations that would
54. approach to any utility at all times e When a crane or boom truck is traveling around the site ensure booms and knuckles are in a proper resting position to avoid damage or hazards such as overhead power lines or cable trays e Ensure an unloaded boom has the empty hook lashed or otherwise restrained so that it cannot swing freely when in motion e Ensure the boom attachment when in motion is not positioned at more than 30 degrees from the vertical position e Avoid two blocking which may cause the load line to fail Cranes shall be equipped with an anti two block warning device e On pipe layers and side booms check the functioning of the boom cut out valve daily A power controlled lowering system shall be provided and shall be capable of handling rated loads and speeds as specified by the manufacturer of the crane When power operated brakes that have no continuous mechanical linkage between the actuating and braking means are used an automatic means shall be provided to set the brake to prevent the load from falling in event of loss of brake actuating power Loads carried on boom trucks shall e be adequately secured including the battery on the side boom to prevent movement in the event of a roll over e not be secured by using the boom lines 230 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Side booms shall e not be loaded beyond manufacturer s specified capacity not have the counter weight su
55. as needed during a work shift e discard single use items once application is complete 137 10 4 First Aid The number of first aiders at an Enbridge Location and their level of training shall be established according to local Applicable Legislation The requirements for medical staff and their level of qualification shall be established according to Applicable Legislation If a Worker is injured or wounded e g cut Scrape open wound during water washing operations e g when operating or working near a water lance seek medical attention Such wounds have a high risk of infection Wounds caused by a water lance should be treated in the same way as other wounds except for the following steps e after bleeding has stopped pour bottled or clean running water over the wound e if possible leave unclean wounds open until they have been assessed by a medical professional A Medical Plan shall be established at Enbridge Locations where access to emergency services is limited The plan shall include directions to nearest hospital s relevant evacuation information such as air ambulance nearby medical transport etc e medical staff as required 138 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 11 0 Safety Equipment Standard 11 1 First Aid Equipment First Aid Kit All Enbridge Locations and vehicles shall be equipped with first aid kits Identification of each first aid kit shall include the words
56. as soon as reasonably possible 4 10 Housekeeping Good housekeeping practices shall be maintained at all Enbridge Locations including administrative and field offices staging areas on or off site storage areas and construction right of ways ROWs The use of industrial style dumpsters is recommended in areas where large volumes of waste can be expected Garbage shall not be allowed to accumulate on a construction ROW Ensure waste receptacles are emptied regularly and all garbage is collected and removed as required Wildlife risks need to be assessed when determining waste receptacle and removal criteria To maintain a clean hazard free workplace all groups shall follow the general practices for safe housekeeping which include but are not limited to ongoing Worksite cleanup individual cleanup duties for all Workers materials piled stacked or otherwise stored to prevent tipping or collapsing materials stored away from overhead powerlines 25 e work travel and emergency equipment areas kept tidy well lit and ventilated 4 11 Training and Competency Prior to performing work tasks Workers working at Enbridge Locations shall be trained and Qualified to competently perform the work If a Worker is not Qualified to perform the work the Worker shall only perform the work under the supervision of a Qualified Worker until such time the Worker is deemed to be Qualified Work on Enbridge Locations shall ensure the span of co
57. at that Facility 4 36 High Pressure Water Jetting All water based cleaning operations conducted at pressures 5 000 psi or more or which develop more than 22 ft lbs of force shall be considered High Pressure Water Jetting HPWJ Simple pressure washing shall be defined as water based cleaning operating at less than lt 5 000 psi and producing no more than 22 ft Ibs of force When working with HPWJ the following should be taken into consideration e advise Workers of any chemical hazards related to their activities 59 e plan work activities to avoid multiple types of maintenance activities in one area at a time consider the likely or known sequence and steps of high pressure washing activities and plan the work accordingly e when cleaning piping systems provide open access at least every 30 m 100 ft and remove flanged elbows or spool sections of pipe e where possible remove vessel components and clean them at a designated wash pad location away from other personnel e equipment specifications shall be available for review Workers shall review the equipment specifications before set up and use The system shall be depressurized when e notinuse unauthorized or inadequately protected Workers enter the work area replacement or repairs are made to the equipment including tightening or loosening fittings e recommended practices are violated A HPWJ crew shall be composed of at least two Qualified operators and each cr
58. be reported occupational Injuries and illnesses Motor Vehicle Incidents MVIs any property damage Near Misses Below Grade Facility Contacts fire or explosion Process Safety Incidents releases leaks and spills For clarity ordinary wear and tear of a vehicle is not considered an MVI or property damage Adhere to the applicable Incident reporting guidelines e g OMM Book 1 for individual business units where applicable 3 2 Investigations All Incidents and Near Misses shall be investigated to determine basic and root causes as well as system needs The depth of investigation shall be dependent on the classification and severity of the incident as well as the potential for loss Learnings from investigations shall be used to determine corrective and preventative actions aimed at preventing recurrence Investigations will focus on fact finding and not place blame Each investigation shall be initiated immediately once the location and conditions are deemed safe Incident notifications for all Enbridge and Contractor Incidents shall be recorded in the EnCompass Incident Management System 3 3 Contractor s Verbal and Written Report of Incident Incidents that occur when a Contractor is working for Enbridge shall be reported verbally immediately to the specified Enbridge Representative An initial written report shall be completed and provided to Enbridge by the Contractor within 48 hours of an Incident The initial report
59. bearing pressure evenly e g if the ground has insufficient load bearing capabilities To ensure stability in cribbing the height of cribbing should not exceed the length of the cribbing material Before inspecting hoist chains remove any load then clean the load and hand chains Inspect chains link by link see Figure 3 for nicks gouges twisted links excessive wear or stretching For worn load and hand chains gauge them throughout their entire length If found to be beyond serviceable limits replace links as specified by the manufacturer Hooks Hooks shall not be overloaded Applicable hooks shall be fitted with a safety latch before being placed in service The hook s safety latch shall e be closed and shall not support any part of the load See Figure 4 233 not be damaged or bent e operate with enough spring pressure to keep the latch tightly against the top of the hook e spring back to the top when released Hooks shall be inspected annually using one of the following non destructive testing methods e x ray e magnetic particle e dye penetration It is not necessary to inspect hooks that have not been used since the last inspection Unused hooks shall be marked by covering the ends of the hook with tape after inspection the tape can be removed when the hook is used Replace hooks including the nut if the any of the following see Figure 4 conditions are observed cracking excessive
60. bolts and check clevises before and after each lift 170 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 complete record of inspection and log books secure loads of loose articles in cargo nets advise the pilot of the presence of any hazardous materials do not conduct long line operations over populated areas do not conduct long line operations within 100 m 110 yd of high voltage power lines cease operations during electrical storms ground all loads to prevent a buildup of static electricity static prevention is meant to prevent possible electrical injury to Spotters Before commencing slinging operations designate one person as spotter and ensure that radio frequencies are established The Spotter is the only person permitted to stand beneath the helicopter during slinging operations unless another person is required to help position the load The Spotter is the only person permitted to use hand signals The Spotter shall use standard hand signals when the helicopter is operating directly overhead and when it is impossible to use radio communication confirm that the pilot has visual contact of the Spotter by radio prior to using hand signals ensure standard helicopter hand signals are practiced prior to the start of operations this ensures signals are agreed upon and understood by both the pilot and spotter See Figure 1 use large movements when using hand signals especially when using long line
61. bridle slings multiply by 2 0 4 For fiber core slings having Type 1 or Type C attachments multiply the above values by 0 93 for fiber core slings with Type B attachments multiply the above values by 0 91 242 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 20 0 Tools and Equipment Standard 20 1 Tool and Equipment Operation Tools and equipment shall e be inspected prior to use and be maintained in good operating condition e be removed from service and tagged DO NOT OPERATE when required e g when defective e have proper guarded moving parts e not be modified and be used solely for their intended purpose Open Bladed Knives Open blade knives shall not be used unless a Hazard Assessment is completed to determine that alternate tools cannot be used to complete the task for which the open bladed knife is required The Hazard Assessment shall review the scope of work the cutting tool to be used and specific PPE e g cut resistant gloves or gauntlets When it is determined that an open bladed knife is the only tool that can be used to complete a task the following criteria shall be met specific PPE shall be worn at all times when using an open bladed knives material being cut is secure approval is noted on any applicable SWP s a working space appropriate to the task allows the Worker to work with the open bladed knife in a safe manner without endangering themselves or others Grinders and Bu
62. contractors are responsible for safety People are the most important element of the health and safety program Employees and contractors are expected to take personal ccountabiity for their safety that of thair co workers and the safe operations of our assets involvement is the cornerstone of a safe interdependent workplace Our success in Safety depends on al javels of the organization being personally accountable for consistently adhering to Policies Procedures Regulations Codes and Standards working safely is a condition of employment Zero2 All operating exposures can be controlled This Principle is similar to the first Principle that ail injuries incidents and occupational iinesses can be prevented It holds that a8 operating exposures and uncontrolled releases that may result in injury iness or environmental damage can be prevented and that effective safeguards can be provided in advance Ail efforts must be made to eliminate sources of danger However when this is not possible or practical policies and procedures such as the use of personal protective equipment and clothing safety devices etc must be strictly followed fo minimize risk These policies and procedures should be followed to safeguard operating exposures now and in the future ZeroS Assessment and improvement are a must We are committed to proactively managing our safety system performance through Safely observations inspections a
63. controlling the number of Workers within the space as required by the Confined Space Entry Permit being aware of hazardous prohibited or unacceptable conditions that require evacuation of the space being prepared to initiate evacuation from the space as necessary due to actual or potential hazards this could include hazards within the space and also in the vicinity of the space that could affect the health and safety of Workers ensuring the space has been completely evacuated in the event of an emergency requesting rescue and other emergency services when necessary e g as soon as it is determined that Workers in a Confined Space may need assistance to evacuate or if a situation arises outside the Confined Space that could endanger the Workers inside or near the Confined Space Additional requirements include a Confined Space Attendant shall not enter a Confined Space for any reason and shall never leave the entrance to a Confined Space unless relieved by another designated and Qualified Confined Space Attendant 117 e if relieved of their Confined Space Attendant responsibility the original attendant may enter the space to perform rescue operations if Qualified for rescue work and only in accordance with the rescue procedure for that Confined Space e a Confined Space Attendant shall not perform other duties which might interfere with their primary duty to monitor and protect the authorized Workers working in the space unl
64. environmental conditions that may adversely affect the work e g icy conditions simultaneous operations pedestrians This form is required for all work activities except for the following e office related work e g attending meetings working at a desk phone conferences e travel between locations e g travel to Worksites walking or driving between buildings e light housekeeping When an FLHA is required it shall be completed prior to work commencing The existing FLHA may be reviewed and updated as work changes throughout the shift providing the scope of work does not change All work that requires a SWP requires an FLHA for the scope of work covered by the SWP If scope of work changes to any permit required work a new FLHA shall be completed An FLHA may cover individual or group work provided the group is performing the same task All Workers performing the work shall participate in the FLHA 63 completion Any additional Workers joining the work activity shall review attempt to identify additional hazards and controls and sign off on the active FLHA 64 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 5 2 Pre Job Meetings Tailgates The following types of work shall have a specific pre job meeting with Workers involved in the task to discuss the specific hazards associated with the job High Voltage Electrical work Serious and Critical lifts Confined Space Entry Ground Disturbance Work a
65. exceptions are found in the Applicable Legislation Written Records and Daily Logs Every CMV driver shall prepare a written record of duty status e g daily log book e logbook timesheet or other appropriate means of tracking in duplicate for each 24 hour period unless falling under the exemptions listed in Applicable Legislation Every driver shall keep their activities current by showing each change in duty status recorded as e Off duty or OFF e Driving or D 164 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e On duty not driving or ON Driver s shall retain a copy of their written record of duty status for 8 days and shall submit the original copy within 13 days of completion The time zone used on a driver s daily log shall be the time standard of that driver s home terminal Operations CMV drivers shall submit the written record of duty status to their regional CMV representative Time Records shall show the following the time the driver reports for duty each day the total number of hours the driver is on duty each day the time the driver is released from duty each day the total time for the preceding 7 days payroll timesheets from HR An employee shall not operate a CMV unless they are medically certified as physically qualified When on duty the driver shall have in their possession a current medical examiner s certificate original or copy that state
66. for reference been backfilled accordingly Have warning signs been installed Distribution White Permit Receiver Goid Permit issuer Retain white copy VERSION 1 Released January J 2013 287 Section 16 1 Excavation Checklist Dae Ti GENBRIDGE WORKING EXCAVATION CHECKLIST a EMPLOYER SITE ADDRESS ONE CALL FIRST CALL NOTIFIED LOCATES amp MARKING COMPLETE YES NO WORKING EXCAVATIONS 1 2 m 4 ft DEEP AND DEEPER REQUIRE THE FOLLOWING Check if present on site Note Working Excavations less than 1 2 m 4 ft require an Excavation Checklist completed by a qualified competent person and a soil analysis to ensure it safe to work in Qualified Competent Person Soil analysis visual and manual egress Confined space 0 testing inspection ooo O Sloping required If no testing is done the width of the Pf excavation will be the bottom width plus three times the depth This will equal a 1 1 ratio SOILS REFERENCE Check if present on site Type C 1 1 Type B 1 1 Type A 1 1 Fissures Previously disturbed type Aor undisturbed Poroussot Fissured Type a version TT stecttowirton ine pegorson erae ne Water Rain etc Type A rock not stable Clay Submerged soil Silty clay Type of soil circle one Sandy cla Previously disturbed soil yp y cay Silt Clay loam Silty loam Type of soil circle one poe P k Compressive strength gt 1 5 tsf r
67. ft in length 7 10 Additional PPE Requirements Approved Personal Flotation Devices PFD s shall be worn when working within 3 m 10 ft of Open Water and have the ability to right a person who may be unconscious Additional PPE may be required for specific work Refer to the work task job procedure and conduct a Hazard Assessment Workers shall wear appropriate clothing for body protection when performing job tasks as per the completed Hazard Assessment Appropriate chemical aprons neoprene or nitrile shall be worn when required by the SDS or the Hazard Assessment While performing electrical work keep sleeves down and do not wear metal articles e g rings watches and key chains unless the items are taped to make them non conductive As determined by the Hazard Assessment if there is a high potential for skin absorption of hydrocarbon products then approved Tyvek rainwear shall be worn to prevent contamination Protective creams may be considered for protection against skin irritation burns or dermatitis 113 8 0 Confined Space Entry Standard Confined Space Entry occurs when Workers enter into an enclosed or partially enclosed area that meets all of the following criteria is not designed or intended for continuous Worker occupancy e g tanks pipes has restricted means of entry and exit that may compromise the provision of first aid evacuation rescue or other emergency response e g manholes electrica
68. hard hat shall be worn Baseball caps or similar are prohibited from being worn underneath a hardhat Cowboy style hardhats are prohibited on Enbridge property Prior to each use hard hats or other head protection shall be visually inspected for cracks weaknesses or damage to the shell or suspension system A hard hat or other head protection shall be replaced at the first indication of any of these conditions Workers shall not cover cracks in the hard hat shell with paint or stickers nor clean a hard hat with solvents Note that exposing a hard hat to temperatures over 50 C 122 F degrades the hard hat shell over time This significantly reduces its useful life and may cause the shell to fail upon impact Enbridge Workers shall NOT e apply products to the hard hat that may degrade or weaken the hard hat shell or component materials e g do not apply insect repellant e place hard hats on or near heat sources e g radiator nor in locations where heat from the sun may be intense e g vehicle dashboard DOT or Snell approved helmets are required at all times while on or operating All Terrain Vehicles ATVs Utility Terrain Vehicles UTV s and Snowmobiles The exceptions for UTV s shall be where the UTV is equipped with seatbelts with shoulder straps and an appropriately rated Roll Over Protective Structure ROPS and all occupants are wearing seatbelts with shoulder straps during the operation of the vehicle
69. is recorded within the training tracking system Use the Electrical Equipment Isolation Clearance Form for e high voltage work e work upstream of the 480 V main breaker Completion of the Electrical Equipment Isolation Clearance Form is not required for activities such as racking out a breaker and or disabling a vacuum contactor for mechanical maintenance e g seal changes Use an adequately rated and tested hot stick for installing or removing safety ground cables to high voltage equipment and conductors 13 3 Low Voltage A non electrical Worker e g mechanical PLM operations cathodic protection and other contract personnel is authorized to perform certain tasks provided e the HRC label on the equipment indicates the HRC is not higher than 2 e the Worker wears the proper PPE for the HRC identified the Worker has been trained to complete the specific electrical work and the Worker s training is documented and e there is a refresher training timeline identified for the Worker that is recorded within the training tracking system The authorized low voltage tasks include e turn on and off branch circuit breakers less than or equal to lt 600 V e reset circuit panel breakers once if voltage is less than or equal to lt 240 V o if a circuit panel breaker trips again after resetting once the non electrical Worker shall contact a Qualified Electrical Worker o if acircuit s condition is suspect or has sustained damag
70. job tasks that have been determined by the Hazard Assessment to be low risk On Mainline Construction Worksites Workers shall wear shirts with sleeves at least 15 cm 6 in long unless the Hazard Assessment identifies that long sleeved shirts are required There may be times where it is necessary to remove PPE to mitigate a hazard e g Rotating equipment congested spaces etc In these cases PPE may be removed as long as it is noted on the hazard assessment and any additional hazards created by the removal of the PPE are identified and controlled The following table provides guidance for PPE selection for certain work activities When using the table also review work practices procedures product SDS In addition conduct a Hazard Assessment to ensure all potential and existing hazards are identified and determine if additional PPE or higher levels of PPE are required Workers conducting a work activity which requires Atmospheric Monitoring shall use the monitoring results to verify adequacy and appropriateness of Respiratory Protective Equipment RPE to be used for the work 87 Table 1 PPE Selection Guidelines for Work Activities PPE In addition to the minimum PPE required for all Enbridge Locations Work Activity Respiratory Protective Equipment Eye Face amp These are the minimum requirements a higher Hearing hete Body level of RPE may be required based on Atmospheric Monitoring Spill Response
71. liquids Label permanent containers of hazardous materials with the following product name hazardous ingredients hazard warnings manufacturer s name a reference to the applicable Safety Data Sheets SDS Label temporary containers of hazardous materials with the following e product name e hazard warnings e areference to the applicable SDS If a label is missing or illegible it should be replaced with a Workplace Label Containers with Benzene Containers with benzene content more than 0 1 by volume shall be labeled as follows e Danger contains benzene cancer hazard Intact pipe or intact sealed containers that contain benzene vapors or liquid do not require this additional warning label Storage Store containers of hazardous materials in a protected area as follows indoors whenever possible away from equipment and vehicle routes away from moisture and excessive heat on an impervious surface with containment capabilities e g dikes curbs or if not available on an impermeable containment structure e g tray containment pallet tote All containers shall be inspected regularly to ensure containment lf hazardous materials are stored in drums at a site a hazardous materials spill kit shall be available at the site 183 Maximum Quantities Storage The total maximum quantity of flammable liquids and combustible liquids stored outside a storage cabinet shall not exceed e In Canada
72. not be worked on for more than 48 hours replace all lockout locks with equipment locks Before resuming work replace equipment locks with lockout locks and verify isolation For long term tank cleanings and tie in preparation the isolation point becomes the lockbox Lockout locks can remain on the multiple isolation points in the field as the lockbox will take over the function of the isolation point for the system Equipment locks will be utilized on the lockbox when work shall not continue for more than 48 hours In this circumstance when returning to continue work use personal locks properly to ensure continued isolation 18 2 Responsibilities The Authorized Worker is responsible for the following completing LOTO training and retraining requirements when required complying with Enbridge LOTO requirements and Applicable Legislation following LOTO procedures stopping and or correcting LOTO work if procedures are not being followed acting as the Lockout Authority LOA when required 214 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e isolating and locking tagging out machines equipment when it has been requested and coordinated for Contractors to perform work Contractor Personnel shall not act as the LOA The LOA is responsible for the following e implementing and ensuring LOTO requirements are being followed implementing and following LOTO procedures performing or assigning a Enbridge designate who shall be
73. not limited to particulates asbestos silica O deficiency fumes gases or vapors smoke sprays Workers may be required to wear any of the following depending on the potential hazard e Self Contained Breathing Apparatus SCBA e Supplied Air Respirator SAR or Supplied Air Breathing Apparatus SABA e Air purifying respirators APR full face half mask or disposable Contractors shall have a written respiratory protection program that meets or exceeds this Standard and all Applicable Legislation and provide their employees with all required respiratory equipment All SCBA shall be of the positive pressure type Continuous monitoring of the work area shall occur to ensure atmospheric conditions don t change If atmospheric conditions change the Hazard Assessment shall be updated and additional controls including reassessing the level of RPE being used Appropriate surveillance shall be maintained of work area conditions and degree of Worker exposure or stress When there is a change in work area conditions or degree of Worker exposure or stress that may affect respirator effectiveness the Site Supervisor shall reevaluate the continued effectiveness of the respirator Disposable single use non tight fitting respirators are permitted for nuisance level particulates only provided that the potential contaminant has been evaluated by an Industrial Hygienist and deemed inert non toxic Workers who may be required to wea
74. occur within 600 mm 2 ft of a foreign Below Grade Facility No Mechanical Excavation shall occur within 600 mm 2 ft of an Enbridge Below Grade Facility unless the following conditions are met e the Below Grade Facility is exposed on the top and sides at locations sufficient to confirm alignment and e The Enbridge Facility owner or Enbridge Site Inspector approves and directly observes the excavating activities 200 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 At no time shall mechanical excavating equipment be within 300 mm 1 ft of an Enbridge Below Grade Facility For clarity the final 300 mm 1 ft of soil around a facility shall be removed by Hand Exposure water washing or other non mechanical means Mechanical Clearance will be adjusted when the crossing agreement or Applicable Legislation is more stringent Before excavation begins Site Supervisors shall review site conditions with the Equipment Operator s and Spotter s The review shall address the following location and identification of Below Grade Facilities and Appurtenances type of Below Grade Facilities and Appurtenances depth of Below Grade Facilities and Appurtenances direction of Below Grade Facilities and Appurtenances any other relevant factors 15 4 Roles and Responsibilities Regional or Project Management shall ensure the following Ground Disturbance roles or equivalent roles are assigned to the appropriate Worker as app
75. over 0 5 m 1 18 manual propelling device or 1 anchor and at least 15 m 49 3 of cable rope or chain bailer or manual bilge pump watertight flashlight or 3 flares of type A B or C e sound signaling device or appliance navigation lights if operated in fog after sunset restricted visibility 5BC fire extinguisher gt 6m 198 amp lt 9m e life jacket or PFD that meet the requirements in section 7 10 for each person on board 29 6 e buoyant heaving line at least 15m long or 1 lifebuoy attached to a buoyant line at least 15 m 49 3 long e reboarding device if vertical climbing height to reboard boat from water is over 0 5 m 1 18 manual propelling device or 1 anchor and at least 15 m 49 3 of cable rope or chain e bailer or manual bilge pump watertight flashlight or 6 flares of type A B or C sound signaling device or appliance e navigation lights if operated in fog after sunset restricted visibility 5BC fire extinguisher if equipped with a heating device or cooking appliance 1 additional 5BC fire extinguisher gt 9 m 29 6 amp lt 12 m e life jacket or PFD that meet the requirements in section 7 10 for each person on board 39 4 e buoyant heaving line at least 15m long or 1 lifebuoy attached to a buoyant line at least 15 m 49 3 long reboarding device if vertical climbing height to reboard boat from water is over 0 5 m 1 18 anchor and at least 30 m 98 5
76. overhead power lines see Figure 1 follow these requirements e Site orientations pre job meetings and daily tailgate meetings shall discuss assessed hazards SWPs and location s of the overhead power lines e Workers shall be informed of the identified hazards and any control measures or precautions in accordance with the Hazard Assessment e A Qualified Spotter shall be used when Workers and or equipment are in proximity to the Limited Approach Boundary e Delivery truck operators shall be cautioned about any overhead power lines present and a Qualified Spotter shall assist with loading or unloading operations as appropriate other vehicle operators shall be similarly cautioned e g high vehicles e Warning decals shall be posted on cranes and similar equipment regarding the 3 m 10 ft minimum clearance e Delivery or other vehicles that have emptied their material e g dump trucks shall not be permitted to leave the work location until the boom lift or box is down and safely secured e Vehicles with loads higher than 4 3 m 14 ft shall follow specific procedures to maintain safe working clearances when in transit below overhead power lines e Warning cones goal posts shall be used as visible indicators of the 3 m 10 ft Limited Approach Boundary A safe work area shall be established before work commences See Figure 2 e f overhead power line voltages are unknown a Qualified Electrical Worker shall determine the v
77. person as part of a complete fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two e have each Worker attached to a separate lifeline Vertical lifelines shall be e provided for each Worker on Swingstages and work cages securely anchored each to an independent support so that failure of the equipment will not cause failure of the lifeline e inspected before use protected from damage such as abrasion and chafing made of 5 8 in polypropylene rope or made of other fibers of equivalent durability impact strength and elasticity e long enough to reach the ground Where lanyards are used for horizontal travel restraint anchor all lanyards to prevent lanyard wearers from slipping over a roof edge 212 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Approved waist type safety belts with safety lines shall only be used only for horizontal travel restraint as a positioning device e g oil spill cleanup at water s edge This type of safety belt shall not be used for fall arrest Approved safety lines e g lifelines and safety straps may be used for horizontal travel restraint or fall protection Secure each safety line independently to an approved structure of adequate strength Lanyards and lifelines shall be kept free of knots as knots reduce the strength of rope Where lines attach to structures and elsewhere as necessary use softeners to protect against chafing or abrasion from contact wi
78. placed in its a designated location Also ensure sufficient eyewash fluid is available When inspecting portable eyewashes ensure the seal is not broken or past the expiry date If expired replace immediately or at the earliest possible date Fixed eyewash stations may be plumbed into the potable water system or have a reservoir In addition e fixed eyewash stations should be mounted so the discharge nozzles are between 74 91cm 29 36 in off the ground e remote fixed eyewash stations that do not have a constant potable water supply shall also have an emergency eyewash station capable of providing approximately 15 minutes of continuous flushing e during each inspection of a fixed eyewash station flush the line and verify proper operation Automated External Defibrillator An Automated External Defibrillator AED is a machine that can monitor heart rhythms If required it can deliver an electric shock to the heart in an attempt to correct heart arrhythmia At permanent Enbridge office locations where emergency medical response times are more than 4 minutes an AED shall be kept with the First Aid Kit as part of the standard first aid supplies Project Regional or Departmental EH amp S committees may consider placement of an AED at additional Sites or locations in cases where the Site or location has 6 or more employees and or e the emergency medical response time for that location is greater than 20 minutes and or e the pro
79. rated for use in wet locations Only Qualified electricians may cut or splice power cords or extension cords In addition to the above Workers shall also follow these requirements e Unattended temporary electrical equipment such as lights heaters etc that will be left on in a Hazardous Area or Restricted Area shall be approved and installed for Class 1 Div 2 area classifications e Metal measuring tapes aluminum ladders or ropes having metal threads woven into the fabric shall not be used near exposed live electrical parts e Portable generators used on the worksite shall be grounded in accordance with manufacturers specifications e All voltage and current testers shall be rated for the circuits and equipment to which they are connected e Safety ground cables used in electrical cubicles and substations shall be stored in a central location Safety ground cables shall be e an appropriate size for the location 244 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e fitted with 400 amp clamps on each end and suitable for connecting to switchgear or substation equipment and to ground e fitted with approved crimped ferrules installed on wire ends to attach to clamps kept as short as possible e attached in a phase to phase to ground concept where possible Only Qualified Electrical Workers can e inspect or repair defective portable electrical equipment e arrange temporary wiring for a power su
80. rock material from the side of an excavation or the loss of soil from under a trench shield or support system and its sudden movement into the excavation either by falling or sliding in sufficient quantity so that it could entrap bury or otherwise injure and immobilize a person Ceiling C Exposure Limit An Exposure Limit which should not be exceeded at any time Cold Work Any work activity or process that is unlikely to ignite flammable vapors e g does not involve a spark an open flame or a hot surface Competency The ability for an individual to demonstrate of both the knowledge and practical skills and training to consistently perform a given task to a pre determined standard Conductor Cable bus or any conductive piece of electrical equipment Confined Space An enclosed or partially enclosed area that meets all of the following e is not designed or intended for continuous Worker occupancy e g tanks pipes e has restricted means of entry and exit that may compromise the provision of first aid evacuation rescue or other emergency 256 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 response e g manholes electrical vaults boreholes pits sump tanks vertical and horizontal culverts and e is large enough so that a Worker s entire body can enter the space Confined Space Entry Occurs when any part of a Worker s body enter
81. source of breathing air is not designed to be carried by the user Surface Located All Below Grade Facilities have been located and surface marked Supplier A generic term referring to Contractor s and Vendor s cumulatively Swingstage Two point adjustable suspension scaffold Tagout Placement of a perforated tag on an energy isolating device to indicate that the device and machine equipment being controlled shall not be operated until the tag is removed Threshold Limit Value TLV Occupational exposure limit set by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists ACGIH under which it is believed that nearly all Workers may be repeatedly exposed day after day over a working lifetime without adverse health effects Tight fitting Respirator A respirator that is designed to form a complete seal with the face or neck Time Weighted Average TWA Exposure Limit The average exposure a contaminant for an individual over a given working period determined by sampling at given times during the period Unless otherwise mentioned TWA is the concentration of contaminants measured over an 8 hour period Trench An elongated excavated area of ground whose depth exceeds its width at the bottom Trench Box A self contained steel structure placed in an excavation that is designed to withstand soil pressures and protect the Workers against cave ins Unclassified Non classified
82. spotting signalling activities In addition the Contractor shall develop a common procedure denoting the signals or blasts of the air horn that all signal person spotters shall utilize on the project and shall be submitted to the Enbridge for review and approval OVERHEAD UTILITIES The Contractor shall provide an overhead utility crossing plan which shall include at a minimum e Requirement for a dedicated spotter during work crossing activities e Roles Responsibilities Training and Qualification requirements e Drawing s outlining precautionary measures for work crossing i e identification design and placement of goal posts Identification of voltages Measurement of line heights Placement of cones barrels within the travel lane Controlling induced voltage Signage and barriers Consideration of power poles and guy wires Pre post crossing inspection sheet s Goal post crossing maintenance personnel and schedule s Goal post s or similar shall not be taken down for any reason during work crossing activities The Contractor shall identify and design a goal post commensurate with the aforementioned requirement HAZARD ASSESSMENT ELIMINATION AND CONTROL Hazard Assessments are required prior to the issuance of an Enbridge Safe Work Permit The Contractor shall have a written process in place to identify assess and rank the hazards associated with their work and take appropriate measures to eliminate or mitigate the hazards
83. state that be changed to a solid or liquid state only by increasing pressure or reducing temperature or both e g H2S Green Field Areas within the confines of project boundaries that contain no above or below ground facilities Ground A conductor that provides an electrical path for the flow of current into the earth Ground Disturbance Any work operation or activity that results in penetration of the earth e g excavating digging trenching plowing tunneling auguring boring drilling backfilling blasting cultivation topsoil stripping leveling stumping peat removal quarrying fencing clearing grading hydrovac with the following exceptions e survey staking line locating and marking e disturbance less than 30 cm 12 in in depth provided the location and depth of cover for all facilities is known Ground Disturbance Inspector Competent Person Individual overseeing and or supervising Ground Disturbance activities Ground Disturbance Package GDP All Ground Disturbance related documentation including Ground Disturbance Permit Excavation Checklist site plot plan alignment sheets as builts route sheets station piping and instrument drawings P amp ID s Group Lockout Lockout involving 2 or more Workers 260 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Halon System Fixed extinguishing system that releases halon from cyli
84. such as storage tanks seal pots piping and metal sumps It develops when sulfur comes in contact with iron When the deposit dries it can ignite spontaneously Precautions include identify equipment where iron sulfide is suspected tanks and vessels shall be purged of hydrocarbon vapors before opening e when iron sulfide is suspected to be present provisions shall be made to keep the inner surfaces of opened equipment wet e disposal of accumulated iron sulfide shall be handled quickly and carefully to avoid creating a hazard Pyrophoric iron sulfide deposits may develop in tanks where sour crude oil or refined products have been stored These deposits can ignite spontaneously when 27 they dry out Use water spray to soak iron sulfide at least once every 24 hours or more frequently if considered necessary by Operations Management In cone roof tanks iron sulfide deposits may develop above the normal level of oil in the tank or in the sludge at the bottom of the tanks through scale from the roof having flaked off Iron sulfide in the sludge at the bottom of the tank is nota spontaneous ignition hazard in the tank but it will ignite spontaneously if allowed to dry out in the sun On tanks with pantograph seals iron sulfide deposits may develop in the vapor space between the sealing ring and the shell of the tank Spray water into the vapor space at least once every 24 hours or as often as necessary to keep this space damp Other
85. than 5 F or 3 C see Table 1 o determine the amount of cloud cover the exertion level of the work being conducted and the type of clothing being worn to calculate the correction factor Table 2 o reduce the physical demands of work e g excessive lifting digging with heavy objects o provide recovery areas e g air conditioned enclosures rooms for rehydration 47 ooOo 0 0 O use shifts e g early morning cool part of the day night work use relief Workers use worker pacing take steps to protect workers from exposure to UV radiation such as sunscreen PPE and clothing with UV protection and wide brims assign extra Workers and limit worker occupancy or the number of Workers present especially in confined or enclosed spaces train Workers to recognize the signs and symptoms of heat stress and to know and follow heat stress prevention measures provide water nearby on the Worksite Workers should drink about one cup of water every 20 to 30 minutes even if they are not thirsty Table 1 Heat Index from Temperature and Relative Humidity Readings o Actual Temperature F C Relative Humidity 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 21 1 23 9 26 7 29 4 32 2 35 0 37 8 40 6 43 3 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 0 i 21 1 23 9 26 7 29 4 32 2 35 0 37 8 40 6 43 3 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 10 Kui 21 1 23 9 26 7 29 4 32 2
86. the SWP and meet FLHA requirements 82 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 o An extension is identified and authorized on the SWP as required o Transfer of responsibility is completed as required note a SWP can only be transferred once Mobile Crews without Enbridge Inspector o Mobile Crews are Contractor crews required to perform a specific job function over a specified span of ROW or at multiple Facilities without direct oversight by an Enbridge Representative e g pig trackers cathodic protection surveyors vegetation control o Mobile crews may be issued a SWP at the originating location of the work for the duration of the job provided that o a frequency of contact is established and implemented this frequency of contact is the minimum requirement of how often the SWP receiver shall contact the Issuer of the SWP The SWP receiver documents this communication under the Frequency of Contact with Issuer or Designate section on the SWP additional documentation may be attached to the SWP should space not be available o anew FLHA is completed at the beginning of each day or shift and updated as required Transfer of Responsibility Any changes to the responsible parties during the course of the work shall be documented on the SWP as a transfer of responsibility The SWP issuer receiver and all workers affected shall be made aware of any transfers of responsibilities The SWP issuer reserves th
87. the awareness training requirement based on work type All products with asbestos fibers and all containers of asbestos shall be labeled as follows e Danger contains asbestos fibers Avoid creating dust Cancer and lung disease hazard Asbestos fibers inhaled into the lungs can lead to lung cancer asbestosis or mesothelioma If a Worker s exposure to asbestos is verified as beyond the 8 hour TWA limit of 0 1 f cc and or the 30 min excursion limit of 1 f cc and or the 30 min excursion limit of 1 f cc then Medical Surveillance of that Worker shall be required Where Atmospheric Monitoring indicates that the TWA and or excursion limit is exceeded a written program to reduce Worker exposure shall be implemented regionally Determining the Presence of ACMs or PACMs The following are common examples of ACMs that are known to contain asbestos or presumed PACM to contain asbestos e insulation on abandoned waste heat boilers and piping e plain and perforated asbestos board panels on interior walls and ceilings e g in some Station buildings insulation on standby generator exhaust piping some floor tiles gasket material on pumping units flanges on piping some pipe coating e g coal tar wrap underground concrete electrical duct banks at Terminal Sites vermiculite insulation electrical switchgear 188 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 To determine the location of ACMs review the Asbesto
88. the gas compressor building pump shelter or densitometer instrument sample building then the materials may be stored there Store all flammable liquids in the original container or in other approved portable containers Do not store incompatible materials together Store containers of hazardous materials using one or more of the following methods spill pallets trays e impermeable tarps with wood under the outside edges to provide curbed containment Emergency spill cleanup equipment shall be readily accessible at permanent fuel storage tanks When transferring hazardous materials to or from storage tanks and drums ensure spill control devices e g spill pallets absorbent pads trays are available and use them to prevent contamination of soil surface runoff water and groundwater 184 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Transporting Hazardous Materials Transport hazardous materials in accordance with Hazardous Materials Transportation HAZMAT regulations USA or with the Transportation of Dangerous Goods TDG regulations CAN Do not transport or store extra fuel for vehicles and equipment in vehicle trunks or in passenger compartments Extra fuel for equipment shall be carried in approved containers that comply with CSA B376 CAN or with NFPA 30 and HAZMAT Regulations USA Enbridge vehicles transporting more than 200 L CAN or 119 gal USA of fuel or liquid hazardous material
89. to less work is not permitted than lt 20 LEL greater than or equal planned work is not permitted to 2 20 LEL IDLH Silica lt 0 25mg m half mask APR with P100 filter Exposure Limit 025 0 25 to 2 5mg m full face APR With P100 filter 2 5 to 25mg m full face PAPR with P100 filter or SAR greater than or equal planned work is not permitted to 2 25mg m IDLH 1 If quantitative fit test performed 2 Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health IDLH 3 Emergency work is allowed if SCBA or SAR with escape pack is used and all ignition sources are eliminated Additional requirements for entering buildings can be found in section 4 18 4 Ifthe concentration exceeds the maximum detection limit of the H2S detector planned work is not permitted until the concentration has been verified 5 Where possible reset gas detectors monitoring H2S to alarm at 10 ppm low level and 100 ppm high level 6 Natural gas is composed of 95 methane Methane is a simple asphyxiate therefore does not have an allowable exposure limit Methane displaces oxygen in the atmosphere therefore entry into areas where oxygen levels are less than lt 19 5 require SCBA To avoid working in IDLH environments use the hierarchy of controls to mitigate atmospheric hazards If the hierarchy of controls does not mitigate atmospheric hazards to an acceptable level then Enbridge Employees shall use the IDLH work procedure found in the GDL
90. to prevent fogging of the face shield and overheating of the Worker An approved welding helmet with a flip up lens can be used as an alternative to a face shield If a worker is using safety glasses or prescription safety glasses and a face shield at a work location where fogging of the eyewear or shield is a hazard then the Worker shall use an anti fogging solution as conditions may require Eye and face protection equipment may be both ANSI or CSA approved Such PPE is approved if it meets e CAN CSA 294 3 requirements in Canada and e ANSI ISEA Z87 1 requirements in the USA Full face respirators and chemical splash goggles shall meet the above noted minimum eye protection Standards Prescription spectacle inserts are available for full face respirator use to ensure facial seal for Workers who require prescription eyewear The pancake style of helmets sometimes worn by welders shall be ANSI approved when worn on Enbridge Locations Shading and welding filters shall meet the minimum Applicable Legislative requirements See Table 1 and 2 for minimum marking requirements Table 1 ANSI ISEA Z87 1 Minimum Eye Protection Marking Requirements Spectacle Lenses Other Lenses Frame Temple Headgear Shall have Shall have Shall have e Manufacturer s Mark or e Manufacturer s Logo e Manufacturer s Mark or Logo Mark or Logo e 787 e Z87 Plano or Z87 2 Rx e if Impact Rated e if Im
91. wear deformities twisting 15 or more throat opening 10 twist out of the normal hook plane Approved pipe hooks sorting hooks with Teflon or brass inserts that are designed without safety latches are exempt from the requirements outlined immediately above See Figure 5 Slings and other devices shall be the correct size for the hook and shall be seated in the saddle of the hook see Figure 6 Securely attach the hoist s hook to the trolley Slings Chains Ropes Cables All manufactured slings shall use softeners where sharp corners contact the sling see Figure 7 be at a 45 angle or more see Figure 8 when slings are used to lift a load be flat i e not twisted kinked or knotted while in use be hitched in a way that provides control of the load avoid shock loading not be dragged on the floor or over abrasive surfaces not be pulled from under a load when the load is resting on the sling be stored out of the elements sunlight rain snow etc and in accordance with manufacturers specifications Follow these additional requirements e Wire rope and synthetic web slings shall be cleaned before storing and stored in a protected area such as a storage rack see Figure 9 e Wet rope slings shall be hung up to dry or laid in a loose coil in a dry place and away from ultraviolet rays Do not allow wet rope slings to freeze Use of a synthetic web sling in a chemical environment meets manufacturers specificatio
92. 165 have platforms that meet manufacturers specifications and is designed and certified by a certified professional engineer have an anchor point specified by the manufacturer Be inspected by a Qualified person as required by manufacturers specifications and Applicable Legislation Powered Mobile Elevating Work Platforms shall not be used for anything other than lifting Workers tools and materials to an aerial Worksite be used as acrane or hoist have loads placed or carried outside the platform perimeter When in an elevated working platform on mobile equipment Workers shall 12 8 use a travel restraint system consisting of a full body harness and lanyard connected to an anchor point specified by the manufacturer have lanyards short enough to prevent the Worker from being ejected from the work platform or aerial device but long enough to allow the Worker to perform their work tie off to the attachment point at all times when elevated including when entering exiting or maneuvering climb in or out through a doorway not stand on rails or objects inside the platform not tie off to an adjacent pole structure or equipment while working from the platform Powered Mobile Equipment Powered Mobile Equipment shall have seatbelts be equipped with engineered ROPS have manufacturer installed horns that are functional have audible functional back up alarms have all required lighting and the lighting shall be functional
93. 35 0 37 8 40 6 43 3 70 75 80 85 90 96 8 102 2 109 4 116 6 20 21 1 23 9 26 7 29 4 32 2 36 0 39 0 43 0 47 0 70 75 80 6 87 8 95 102 2 109 4 118 4 125 6 30 21 1 23 9 27 0 31 0 35 0 39 0 43 0 48 0 52 0 70 77 0 84 2 91 4 98 6 107 6 116 6 125 6 40 21 1 25 0 29 0 33 0 37 0 42 0 47 0 52 0 71 6 80 6 87 8 95 104 113 122 50 22 0 27 0 31 0 35 0 40 0 45 0 50 0 75 2 82 4 91 4 98 6 109 4 118 4 129 2 60 24 0 28 0 33 0 37 0 43 0 48 0 54 0 77 0 86 95 104 113 123 8 70 25 0 30 0 35 0 40 0 45 0 51 0 80 6 87 8 98 6 107 6 118 4 80 27 0 31 0 37 0 42 0 48 0 82 4 91 4 100 4 111 2 122 90 28 0 33 0 38 0 44 0 50 0 84 2 95 104 114 8 127 4 100 29 0 35 0 40 0 46 0 53 0 This table is based on working conditions with little or no radiant heat Workers wearing regular summer clothing un acclimatized Workers doing moderate work or acclimatized Workers doing heavy work 48 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Table 2 Correction Factor in OF for Radiation Heat Clothing and Workload 60 3 0 Clothing 1 oo cloud a cloud Work Type cover cover 1 2 4 4 Light work 2 3 4 5 Moderate FR Vest Work 4 4 7 8 Heavy work 4 6 8 9 Light work FR Regular Tyvek 6 8 9 11 Moderate Vest work 9 10 12 15 Heavy work The numbe
94. 600 L 158 gal of which not more than 100 L 26 gal may be flammable liquids e Inthe USA 500 L 120 gal of which not more than 250 L 60 gal may be flammable liquids The total maximum quantity of flammable liquids and combustible liquids inside a storage cabinet shall not exceed 500 L 120 gal of which not more than 250 L 60 gal may be flammable liquids Do not locate more than three storage cabinets in a building unless e cabinets are placed in groups of three or less in one location e the distance between groups of cabinets is not less than 30 m 100 ft Ventilation for Storage Storage cabinets approved for fire protection are not required to be vented to the outdoors however where a respiratory or other health hazard may exist from the accumulation of hazardous vapors positive mechanical ventilation is required Where ventilation systems are not used or required closures for ventilation within cabinet openings shall remain in place Additional Storage Requirements Do not store containers of hazardous materials on ice or within 100 m CAN or 100 ft USA of any body of water Store flammable or combustible materials in quantities greater than those required for everyday use in a separate structure built of non combustible material and located at a safe distance from gas compressor buildings pump shelters and densitometer instrument sample buildings If the flammable or combustible materials are normally used in
95. Crystalline silica refractory materials is found in materials commonly used to insulate crude oil heaters including e insulating Firebrick and Insulating Castable which break down through the normal cycling of the heater and the turbulent flue gas creating dusts that are disturbed on entry e Kaowool Blanket Products which may contain crystalline silica after being exposed to temperatures above 982 C 1800 F Such temperatures are not unusual during normal operation of the crude oil heaters Specific work practices and control measure must be in place when engaging in work that involves exposure to crystalline silica Review the Crystalline Silica Process found in the GDL under IMS 04 Tier 2 processes prior to any work where exposure to crystalline silica is known or suspected 14 7 Nitrogen Pipeline Purging Nitrogen is a colorless odorless relatively inert gas Nitrogen is used to purge product from the pipeline in preparation for certain work activities Once the pipeline is purged excess nitrogen is vented i e the pipeline is depressurized and residual nitrogen remains in the pipeline To reduce risks of exposure consider the following factors and hazards e Increasing the nitrogen concentration in air lowers the oxygen concentration If the concentration of nitrogen is too high and oxygen too low a person will become oxygen deprived and simple asphyxiation occurs e Nitrogen is usually transported and stored in l
96. ENBRIDGE LP MP Safety Manual Liquids Pipelines and Major Projects Uncontrolled Copy If Printed Effective Date 01 05 2015 Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Enbridge Pipelines Inc and Enbridge Energy Company Inc This material is protected by copyright and is the exclusive property of Enbridge Pipelines Inc and Enbridge Energy Company Inc No external distribution or transmission of this material is permitted without the prior written consent of Enbridge Pipelines Inc and Enbridge Energy Company Inc Applications for the copyright holder s written permission to reproduce any part of this publication should be addressed to the Manual Custodian Enbridge Pipelines Inc and Enbridge Energy Company Inc assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document or for incidental or consequential damages that may result from the external use or duplication of this material LP MP Safety Manual Created By ZENBRIDGE Enbridge Liquids Pipelines and Major Projects Health and Safety January 2015 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Table of Contents Table of Contents eee ee eee ere Pian are EY EPS Prato re Peni Pe Pree er mOEeE TS era Pea EEE 3 BYA MOT EE EE EE E E ges hack etoniadt AE 9 PANGI Shanin a a e E E E E A EE sade E N 10 lifesaving RUleS anie eiee ni E aE aA Ra E r E a a 11 1 0 Occupational Health and Safety Management System ceeee 12 1 1 LP MP Safe
97. Ergonomic Risk Factors During the design phase for a Project or Facility Enbridge management should ensure ergonomic risk factors are identified and evaluated and develop recommendations to mitigate potential impacts Examples of factors that should be evaluated include processes tools equipment layouts workstations and Facilities For such factors the relevant ergonomic design guidelines should be consulted For instance the ergonomic features of power tools should be evaluated before purchase Similarly chairs and workstations e g desks equipment should also be evaluated prior to purchase to ensure they meet applicable ergonomic Standards or specifications Manual Lifting Proper methods of manually lifting and handling materials protect Workers from injury When equipment is available and conditions make it practical use mechanical devices for lifting and carrying Cranes hoists pickers lift trucks and similar units are made for this purpose Before lifting a load Workers shall assess the hazards and injury risks Hazard Assessment steps should consider factors and conditions such as e frequency of lifting e g does the work involve only a few lifts several hours of lifting or more e lifting motions and positions e g is there a risk of strain or injury if lifting above shoulder height and twisting while lifting e grip and handling e g are Workers provided with proper gloves or equipment to ha
98. LP MP Health and Safety The Contractor s Safety Representative s resume of qualifications and experience shall be submitted prior to work for approval by the respective Enbridge Safety Coordinator Additional Contractor Safety Representatives will be required when the workforce exceeds 51 personnel and at every interval of 50 after that Additional safety personnel may be required as specified in the bid documents For Mainline construction work one senior safety person two field safety representatives and one safety administrator for a sizeable pipeline spread Enbridge reserves the right at its sole discretion to change the number of required Contractor Safety Representatives assigned to the Work accept or reject the suitability of any Contractor Safety Representative and where making a change or rejecting a Contractor Safety Representative Enbridge will provide the Contractor with written justification of that decision The Contractor Safety Representative shall coordinate the requirements of the Contractor s H amp S Program and the Enbridge LP MP Safety Manual and advise the Contractor on matters related to occupational health and safety 4 0 COMPETENCY ASSESSMENT AND TRAINING The Contractor shall ensure sufficient and qualified resources are allocated to satisfy both the Contractor and Enbridge H amp S Programs as described herein Contractor shall at the request of Enbridge provide validation of its qualifications and records of t
99. LTER Xo J J BUILDING BS SEE NOTE a a gt QOOODOOEO Ls aous RSIS RSR WHEN IN X Y X ACTIVE R USE FOR STORAGE SCRAPER AN NX A N INSTRUMENT RACK x x l SHELTER 4 STF ENBRIDGE NW PROPANE TANK MAINLINE VALVE TEG BUILDING LEGEND DISTANCE LIQUID PETROLEUM 3 m 10 0 3 m 10 0 Ke HAZARDOUS AREA FACILITY N N RE STHIC TED AREN OUTDOOR DENSITOMETER 6 m 20 0 C NONCLASSIFIED VALVES 6 m 20 0 NOTE INCLUDES PUMP amp ENGINE ROOMS IN ENBRIDGE NW Figure 7 Typical Stations and Mainline Area Classification LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 L p hi PUMP AND MOTOR WY 1A 7 MZ z YZ Vey ZY ae A A fa oe LP A YW 7 TIY Naa SS WK i N LES ILI LEGEND Ke HAZARDOUS AREA RESTRICTED AREA NONCLASSIFIED DISTANCE FROM CENTRE OF PUMP COMMODITY L LIQUID PETROLEUM 15m 50 0 30m 100 0 Figure 8 Outdoor Pumps N N Ni LEGEND Ke HAZARDOUS AREA ONLY WHEN OPEN NX RESTRICTED AREA Nonctassiriep DISTANCE FROM TRAPS PROVERS COMMODITY L R ONLY WHEN OPEN LIQUID PETROLEUM 3m 10 0 1 5m 5 0 NGL 6m 20 0 1 5m 5 0 FOR PROVERS L IS MEASURED FROM PERIMETER OF PROVER AND R IS FROM PROVER OPENINGS Figure 9 Provers and Scraper Traps 74 5 4 Open S
100. Log for portable gas monitors capable of self monitoring calibration cycles indicating when calibration is required All calibration and maintenance activities including the Gas Monitoring Instrument Service Log shall be documented and retained according to the document retention policy Personal monitors shall not be used when e they are past calibration date 145 e have not been bump tested e there is a faulty sensor Considerations for cold weather operation e Most manufacturers of gas detectors place the design lower limit at 10 to 20 C be sure to check the operating manual e LCD screens will dim at temperatures from 15 to 25 C Keeping the monitor inside your coat and attaching a pump will allow you to still read the screen e The chemical reactions that occur in the gas detector begin to slow down at temperatures below 20 C longer monitoring is required to get a good reading e Use of ahand warmer in the gas detector carrying case will help speed the reactions slightly they will keep the LCD screen reading longer and they will help speed up the chemical reactions e At temperatures 35 to 40 C it is recommended to take a sample to the gas detector in a warm well ventilated building 11 3 Standard Safety Equipment Table 1 identifies the standard safety equipment recommended at Enbridge Locations plus any necessary PPE for a given location Wind socks are one type of standard equipment noted in Table 1 Po
101. Management at the Worksite of their intent to bring Visitors on site Unauthorized persons shall not be allowed on Enbridge property Contractors shall provide advance notice to Operations Management or the Enbridge Representative of expected deliveries of equipment and or materials to the Worksite Any equipment and or materials brought onto Enbridge Worksites shall have prior authorization 20 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Workers shall ensure Visitors are escorted at all times when visiting an Enbridge Location Workers shall immediately report to their People Leader unknown personnel e unidentified vehicles or vehicles operating out of the ordinary in a manner not consistent with their intended use objects found or missing e g parcels packages suspicious activities e g loitering taking of unauthorized pictures video e actual or perceived threats to harm or injure persons or property 4 3 Safety Orientations Prior to working at a Worksite each Worker shall complete the safety orientations required by the applicable training matrix This may include but is not limited to the following e new employee safety orientations e facility site project specific safety orientations e Safety orientation for office employees visiting field locations also required for visits to Vendor and Supplier facilities Contractors shall have their own orientation program This program shall e familia
102. OF VERTICAL SIDE SUPPORTED OR SHIELDED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION NOTES _ ALL SIMPLE SLOPE EXCAVATIONS 20 FEET OR LESS IN _ DEPTH SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPE 1 1 conmaser TOS tence TE PASIEK cr MTSE Wu SILL VIT IE PIPPEN ALL BENCHED EXCAVATIONS 2 FEET OR LESS IN DEPTH SHALL ER maae ezres a HAVE amp MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPE OF 1 1 MBRIDGE EDHONTON ALBERTA CANeDe ALL EXCAVATIONS 28 FEET OR LESS IN DEPTH HAVE VERTICALLY typtcat veston peTaIL SIDED LOWER PORTION SHALL BE SHIELDED OR SUPPORTED TO A ROTOR NADE 1H TYRE h GIE DETAIL HEIGHT AT LEAST 18 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF THE VERTICAL SIDE ALL SUCH EXCAVATIONS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPE OF 1 1 A 1 8 39187 8 290 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 NOTE 1 SIMPLE SLOPE SUPPORT OR SHIELD SYSTEM f NOTE 2 gt 1 1 2 TOTAL HEIGHT OF VERTICAL SIDE SUPPORT OR SHIELDED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION NOTES Dete 7er APPROVE 1 ALL SIMPLE SLOPE AOA 20 FEET OR LESS IN DEPTH SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPE 1 1 2 1 E uan SFO WME 2 ALL EXCAVATIONS 20 FEET OR LESS IN DEPTH HAVE VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTIONS SHALL BE SHIELDED OR SUPPORTED TO A TYPICAL DESIGN DETAIL EXCAVATION MADE IN TYPE C SOIL DETAIL HEIGHT AT LEAST 18 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF THE VERTICAL SIDE ALL SUCH EXCAVATIONS SHALL HAVE amp MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPE OF 1 1 2 1 oae 5 AUG i4 stare NTS JAFenove A 1 8 39199 8 8
103. Regions shall conduct periodic internal reviews to ensure continued compliance with Applicable Legislation and adherence to Enbridge Standards Such reviews shall include but not be limited to e driver files hours of service vehicle files accident analysis driver training 156 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e other safety systems to ensure continued compliance with Applicable Legislation e vehicle checks to ensure current and correct documentation is in each vehicle including insurance documents and any required inspection and maintenance documents such as Commercial Vehicle Inspection Program CVIP or Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance CVSA inspections 157 The CMV representative shall ensure the following is maintained e driver files e vehicle inspection repair lubrication and maintenance scheduling e vehicle information A Federal Operating Status authorizes a carrier to operate CMVs throughout Canada and applies to vehicles registered for a weight of more than 4500 kg Do not operate or permit another person to operate a CMV if the vehicle or its equipment is in a condition that is likely to cause danger to person or property In addition to their normal driving responsibilities all CMV drivers shall e comply with federal provincial territorial and municipal laws e report to a vehicle inspection station when required e maintain all required documentation If a defect is iden
104. Superior and Edina Please refer to Enbridge s Portable Heating Device Policy The policy can be found on ELink under Policies amp Procedures 250 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Acronyms ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Hygienists ACM Asbestos Containing Material AFFF Aqueous Film Forming Foam Concentrate ALARA As Low As Reasonably Achievable ANSI American National Standards Institute API American Petroleum Institute APR Air Purifying Respirator ATPV Arc Thermal Protection Value CCO Control Center Operations CDC Center for Disease Control and Prevention United States CFR Code of Federal Regulations CMV Commercial Motor Vehicle CSA Canadian Standards Association DOT Department of Transportation ENB NW Enbridge North West Region FLHA Field Level Hazard Assessment GDL Governance Documents Library GDP Ground Disturbance Package GHS Global Harmonization System HAZCOM Hazard Communication HAZMAT Hazardous Materials Transportation HAZOPS Hazard and Operability Studies HEPA High Efficiency Particulate Air HPWJ High Pressure Water Jetting HRC Hazard Risk Category HVSA High Visibility Safety Apparel HRSDC Human Resources and Skills Development Canada IDLH Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health Concentrations ICS Incident Command System 251 IMS Integrated Man
105. The breathing air source is designed to be carried by the user Shall Indicates mandatory no variance is permitted without authorization from the appropriate vice president 268 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Shoring Shoring is a temporary installation which shores up or supports trench or excavation walls to prevent movement of soil underground utilities roadways and foundations Short Term Exposure Limit STEL A 15 minute Time Weighted Average TWA exposure limit that should not be exceeded at any time during a workday even if the overall 8 hour TWA is within limits and it should not occur more than 4 times per day There should be at least 1 hour between successive exposures Should Used where an action is recommended Signaler Spotter A competent Worker that looks for locates guides signals and reports hazards as well as one who will stop unsafe activities in relation to movement of vehicles and heavy equipment This person shall have the ability to clearly communicate to the Workers under their care and site supervision as required Site See Worksite Site Safety Plot Plan Site specific drawing that shows hazardous and restricted areas primary evacuation site secondary evacuation site helicopter landing areas and the location of safety facilities and equipment e g evacuation alarms wind socks fire e
106. a department is isolating the equipment but not performing the work e g electrician isolating electrical components of a valve for PLM Worker isolating equipment for a Contractor Performing maintenance on machines or equipment with just an equipment lock is prohibited 18 4 Tags Tags may be used to indicate which department or individual has isolated an energy source A tag shall be attached to the shank of each lock used in a lockout by the Authorized Worker placing the lock Tags shall be designated for LOTO if written be written so they are legible and understandable to others e be constructed and printed in a way that ensure they do not deteriorate or become illegible e be substantial enough to prevent inadvertent or accidental removal All Authorized Workers shall be issued at least one photo ID tag The tag is attached to a personal lock and shall at a minimum include the Worker s e photo e name e department or job title e phone number A generic personal tag can be used in place of a photo ID tag for Contractors or if the Authorized Worker does not have a photo ID tag available and shall at a minimum include the Worker s e name e department or job title e phone number e date of application Group tags can be attached to the shank of the lockset locks on the isolation points during a group lockout and shall at a minimum include e LOA s department e Department contact e Department contact phone n
107. ace shield Leather or As per potential As per potential or existing hazards Excavating or impact Kevlar or existing goggles gloves hazards Hearing protection 90 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 PPE In addition to the minimum PPE required for all Enbridge Locations Work Activity Eye Face amp Hearing Hand Body Respiratory Protective Equipment These are the minimum requirements a higher level of RPE may be required based on Atmospheric Monitoring Oxy Acetylene Welding or Cutting Brazing or Soldering Welder welder cutter goggles eye cup mono frame or shade 3 or greater welding safety glasses c w side shields and face shield a welding helmet with a flip up lens can substitute a face shield and protective barrier skin cream optional Helper same as welder Hearing protection Leather gauntlet type gloves with seams on the inside Leather shoulder and sleeve covers Consider material being welded Disposable P100 respirator or half mask APR with P100 filter may be required Arc Welding or Gouging Welder welding helmet safety glasses c w side shields and protective barrier skin cream optional Helper as above or full face shield and shade 3 or greater welding safety glasses c w side shields or full face shield and shaded 3 or greater welder cutter goggles
108. ached ribbon to indicate wind direction plus a H2S warning sign 4 34 Warehouse Lay Down and Storage Areas Warehouse lay down and storage areas shall be designated as work areas where PPE is required This includes hardhats eye protection and safety footwear Additional PPE such as hearing protection may be required based on the Hazard Assessment All dangerous goods being transported shall meet regulatory requirements for TDG documentation and labelling All persons e g shippers drivers handling dangerous goods for transportation shall hold valid TDG certification and carry proof of certification at all times while performing work Ensure all materials are stored in designated areas and ensure layout and access is convenient for unloading and loading trucks and that there is sufficient clearance for safe movement of all necessary vehicles Storage requirements include 58 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e metal containers with lids shall be kept at convenient locations to facilitate effective waste disposal overhead clearance shall be posted wherever necessary overhead power lines shall be clearly identified lumber shall be stored free of protruding nails and other associated hazards except for large tanks material shall not be stored on the ground for all other materials store them on racks skids planks or other safe and appropriate material e stored material shall be stacked secur
109. ade to the workstations tools and or machinery that alter the physical composition of the human machine interface or process so that the ergonomic risk factors are eliminated or reduced 4 Work Practice Controls means procedures or practices are used to reduce Worker exposure to Work related Musculoskeletal Disorder risk factors such as 134 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 O O O O using proper posture and proper lifting techniques for bulky objects selecting and using proper tools and workstations allowing a conditioning or break in period for new and returning employees regularly monitoring and observing Worker practices and correcting practices to reduce risk 5 Administrative controls means controls used to limit the duration frequency and severity of exposure to work related musculoskeletal hazards Examples of administrative controls include but are not limited to providing rest breaks doing stretching exercises providing opportunities for job enrichment limiting overtime work and instituting job rotation 6 Personal Protective Equipment PPE PPE may be used as an interim measure to control work related musculoskeletal hazards but must not be used as a permanent control when other controls are feasible Some factors to consider include O ergonomic related PPE such as wrist rests back belts and back braces have not demonstrated their effectiveness in preventing wor
110. afety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Electrical Hazards Appropriate PPE Required Refer to Enbridge LP MP Safety Manual Section 7 1 Table 2 ARC FLASH HAZARD 3 5 cal cm 2 Incident Energy 18 in 35 IN Arc Flash Boundary SHOCK HAZARD 480 VAC Shock Hazard 42 in Limited Approach 00 Glove Class 12 iN Restricted Approach Bus Name SLS 61 MCC 1 MBKR Prot Device 61 TX 1 BKR SKM Model Stone Lake South Rev 1 0028 22 May 2015 Questions Contact Enbridge Operations Engineering Figure 1 Sample HRC Label Non qualified Workers shall not be permitted to approach within the Limited Approach Boundary for energized conductors and circuit parts unless a Qualified Electrical Worker advises them of the possible hazards and continuously escorts them while inside the boundary Non qualified Workers shall not be allowed within the restricted approach boundary Hazard risk categories for various tasks include but are not limited to performing infrared thermography or other non contact inspections Circuit Breaker CB or fused operation with covers on CB or fused operation with covers off work on energized electrical conductors and circuit parts including voltage testing removal installation of CBs or fused switches removal of bolted covers opening of hinged covers work on energized electrical conductors and circuit parts of utilization equipment fed by a branch circuit of the panel board reading a panel meter
111. agement System LEL Lower Explosive Limit LOA Lockout Authority LOPA Layers of Protection Analysis LOTO Lockout Tagout LP Liquids Pipeline MOC Management of Change MP Major Products MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet MVI Motor Vehicle Incident NEB National Energy Board NFPA National Fire Protection Association NGL Natural Gas Liquids NIOSH National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health OEL Occupational Exposure Limit OHSMS IMS 04 Occupational Health and Safety Management System Integrated Management System 04 OMM Operating and Maintenance Manuals OPIM Other Potentially Infectious Material OSHA Occupational Health and Safety Administration PAPR Powered Air Purifying Respirator PACM Presumed Asbestos Containing Material PCB Polychlorinated Biphenyls PEL Permissible Exposure Limit PHA Process Hazard Analysis PPE Personal Protective Equipment RPE Respiratory Protective Equipment ROPS Roll Over Protection Structures ROW Right of Way RSO Radiation Safety Officer SAR Supplied Air Respirator SCBA Self Contained Breathing Apparatus 252 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 SDS Safety Data Sheet STEL Short Term Exposure Limit SWP Safe Work Permit SWL Safe Working Load TDG Transportation of Dangerous Goods TLV Threshold Limit Value ACGIH
112. al work activities to be performed e The existing or potential safety hazards associated with the general work activities The controls required using the hierarchy of controls to eliminate or reduce these hazards to as low as reasonably practicable e Signatures of all workers performing the general work activities Following mobilization supervisors shall review and update the Project Hazard Assessment if the scope of work changes The Contractor shall review the updated assessment with the crew prior to work for additional input This review with the crew is a critical component of the Hazard Assessment process and shall be completed on an ongoing daily bases 142 JOB HAZARD ASSESSMENT Contractors should have written work procedures for all job activities being performed at the Enbridge s worksite In the absence of written job procedures a Job Hazard Assessment JHA or equivalent is required to be completed by the contractor The Contractor shall provide copies of the applicable work procedures and or completed JHA to Enbridge prior to being issued a safe work permit and starting work As a minimum JHAs or their equivalent must include The date of completion The name s and role s of the contractor representative completing the assessment e Title of the job being assessed The steps involved in performing a specific job The existing or potential safety hazards associated with each step The controls required using the
113. ality O Poisonous plant O Animals insects Personal Limitations O Non routine work O New Inexperienced O Working alone O Fatigue Other Hazards O system de pressurized O Purge ventilate lines Q Gas detection Q Ventilation O Energy isolation LOTO O Fire watch O Fire extinguisher O Spark containment Q intrinsically safe equipment Q GFcis O Warning signs Q Fall protection plan O Specific work procedure CONTROLS Q Scaffolding Q Ladders stairs Q Mechanical lifting A Tag lines O Rescue equipment A Grounding bonding Q Utility locates A Trench box shoring A Proper excavation slopes O Ground leveling planking O Rig matting Q First aid kit Q Eye wash station O Additional lighting U Ground water control O spill kit O Windsock O Housekeeping O Barriers flagging O Inspection area tools O Correct body placement O Spotters safety watch O Signage O Emergency notification O Man down pendants O Required training complete and current O On the job training O Work rest cycles O Restricted work hours Q Direct supervision O Restricted work duties O Pre job meeting O Communication plan O Extraction rescue plan Q Electrical safe approach O MSDS reviewed amp onsite O Procedure practice review U Proper disposal of waste Q Control insects wildlife plants PPE Q Hard hat A Safety glasses w side shields O Goggles Q Face shield Q Hearing protection Q Protective footwe
114. ame Cit te Construction Manager Print Name Cd te Approvals Section Vice President Approving Print Name Director or Project Manager Print Name Regional Operations Director if required Print Name Health and Safety Representative Print Name This form shall be kept at the regional project or department office until the variance expires and then kept according to the document retention policy Expiry Date 273 Section 2 4 Contractor Boilerplate Enbridge Pipelines Inc and Enbridge Energy Company Inc LP MP Health and Safety Appendix to section 2 4 ENBRIDGE MP LP PROJECT Contractor HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 8 274 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Enbridge Pipelines Inc and Enbridge Energy Company Inc LP MP Health and Safety TABLE OF CONTENTS TO INTRODUCTION oops ce cs cece renee aera eeinis aap 3 20 JROEES AND RESPONSIBILIMES icc ses ete esate ais ore eee ar S 3 20 CONTRACTOR SAFETY REPRESENTATION qo me r ere E E Ea erie 4 4 0 COMPETENCY ASSESSMENT AND TRAINING ee cece cece cece eee sneneueeeseenensneseseneeeaennene 5 50 SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT cipine S E RE stamens S RE se PANES aca 5 6 0 CONTRACTOR EVALUATIONS AUDITS amp INSPECTIONS nnn niooineineaoononirianinennonnianen nanana meamea 5 C SE oe eo ane res 6 8 0 SAFETY STAND DOWN ENGAGEMENT MEETINGS iicaiieo 6 9 0 POST INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REVIEW MEETING S
115. ame to bind or damage the hoist device e Ensure the hoist is free to swivel on hooks Ensure the Safe Working Load SWL of the hoist does not exceed the SWL of the supporting structure e Ensure the load chain or hoist cable is free from kinks and twists and is not wrapped around the load e All lifting devices shall be properly assembled using the appropriate rigging component as required for the intended lift e g four part line vs a two part line e The load sling lifting device and load block shall clear all obstructions Identify and mark the swing radius and review the lift zone and all potential drop zones e Ensure a test lift is conducted to assess the center of gravity so that rigging can be re positioned as needed During the lift tag lines shall e be used in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications for the rigging component parts and attachments be knot free be of appropriate length to control the load be appropriate for the pipe or material and the purpose of handling it be used only to perform the function for which it was intended or designed be inspected before each use and removed from service if defective be used to stabilize the load minimizing swing which can impact the SWL be used to protect Workers from putting hands on the load and from positioning themselves beneath or in close proximity to the load During the lift tag lines shall NOT e be used if they create an unsafe condition as d
116. an Authorized Worker to perform initial isolation of the work e implementing the use of a lockbox or connecting equipment e g scissor locks hasps when required e ensuring all Authorized Workers working on the system lock out and tag out at the appropriate isolation point s e verifying the isolation tested to ensure it is under zero energy ensuring an Equipment Isolation Procedure Form or Electrical Energy Isolation Form is completed e coordinating and implementing complex group control isolation over distance when required e assuming responsibility for managing changes i e shift and or personnel and informing Workers i e review and sign off on the Equipment Isolation Procedure Form A LOA is required for every LOTO For a one employee LOTO that employee automatically becomes the LOA For a group LOTO more than one employee one Authorized Worker shall be designated as the LOA If the scope of work changes during isolation the LOA shall immediately stop the work and review the validity of the isolation Once the isolation is confirmed safe the LOA may authorize work to resume Enbridge Regions shall conduct a written periodic inspection at least annually of each Authorized Worker reviewing their responsibilities under this Standard The periodic inspection of the energy control procedure is to ensure that the procedure and the requirements of this Standard are being followed 18 3 Locks Lockout equipment shall
117. ance and repair history for each owned or leased vehicle The records shall be written or electronic e g Maximo and shall include identification of each vehicle including unit number manufacturer serial number or VIN make and year of vehicle copy of Trip Inspection reports CVIP documents repair lubrication and maintenance for each vehicle odometer readings with dates any modifications or manufacturer defects recalls plus corrective action taken regarding the notice e nature of inspection or work performed on vehicle Records for repair of defects shall be attached to the inspection form in which the defect was first recorded Include these records in the applicable unit file Trip Inspections Trip Inspections are a continuous process designed to protect drivers and identify any mechanical problems in the commercial fleet Written vehicle pre and post trip inspections are required for any vehicle with a registered gross vehicle weight greater than gt 4500 kg Use the Trip Inspection form for these inspections As part of each Region s commercial driving procedures all drivers shall be instructed to conduct proper and effective Trip Inspections At a minimum Trip Inspections shall include e date and time of inspection license plate number commercial vehicle identification number or unit number of commercial vehicle e record of odometer or hubometer reading of commercial vehicle at time of inspection e name o
118. and Barricade 2 c chcnariitieeaedieaeiieenieeeels 208 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 16 8 Winter Conditions 2 2 42 54 oo ee Sek ecard een wees 209 17 0 Fall Protection and Travel Restraint Standard cccceeeeseeeesteeeeeees 210 17 1 Personal Fall Arrest Systems cic cscisecsnaicivetchenueredi net enacts 210 17 2 iP all Protection Plan eee heel attaeene eee eens 210 THES HRSSCUCt crete cionceisceteaite iavesice teres ato decane res acne e e a rh 211 17 4 Fall Protection Equipment ccccccsceeeeeeeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeesesssaeeeeeeees 211 18 0 Control of Hazardous Energy Standard 0 ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 214 18 1 WSolation saciid aioe eee eee eta 214 18 2 Responsibilities 2 25 shea eh led daca ditiachimawkamneine 214 18 8 SOCKS sz itese Aeceee tain neent Rare tous tee agai chan uate n a ead 215 18 4 TAGS cs veigasseticQeet ce cekeasedleteas re deteeeved eceocace deteeeteheteavasetttennderseenvantenetemetene 217 18 5 Additional Lockout Tagout Equipment c ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeees 218 18 6 fsolation PONS mrene e teeta acters 219 18 7 Piping Isolation MethodS ssesssnneeneessesennnrrnnnssserenrrrnnressrrrnnrnnnneseee 220 18 8 General Isolation Sle pS isueseicere ase dheogasacrsns eel ieaeeny dee ieeedtaeeds 221 18 9 Authorized Removal of LOCKS cc ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 223 18 10 Contacto reder
119. aped from the sides of an Excavation and from walking and working areas where Workers will be present Measures shall be taken to ensure that rocks and soil do not fall or roll into the Excavation Where parallel excavation will occur within 3 m 10 ft of an adjacent operating pipeline storage of excess surplus spoil above the operating adjacent pipeline s shall only be allowed based on the completion of hoop stress calculations Hazardous materials or impacted soil may be encountered when excavating in or around known or suspected contaminated sites Additional PPE and other necessary controls shall be identified on the Hazard Assessment and by referring to the SDS as necessary For any activity where a Worker could come into contact with the product in the pipe specific training requirements and proper PPE shall be required Any impacted soil shall be stockpiled in a designated location properly segregated from clean soil until proper disposal can be arranged Impacted material removed by Vacuum Excavation shall be disposed of properly All impacted material shall be handled and disposed of with direction from the Enbridge Environmental Department 16 7 Fences and Barricades Unattended Excavations trenches and boreholes shall be barricaded or fenced off as appropriate depending on conditions The type of guarding and material shall be determined according to the level of risk associated with the Excavation Suitable warning devi
120. appropriate Vice President shall approve any exemptions or variances Hazard Assessments shall include all workers involved with the work The results of the assessment shall be communicated to all other workers who may be affected by the work A toolbox meeting prior to the start of work will communicate the findings of the Hazard Assessment and ensure all workers involved in the work are adequately informed of the hazards and they understand the controls developed to minimize the potential for harm Tools for Identifying Assessing and Controlling Hazards Enbridge utilizes distinct tools to identify assess and control hazards associated with the design construction operation and maintenance of the pipeline system as follows Process Hazard Analysis A Process Hazard Analysis PHA is a type of risk assessment with the following main goals e Identification of risks associated with a facility design operation system or installation e Evaluation and minimization of the level of risks through mitigation and controls e Understanding of the residual risk level of facility design operation system or installation with the goal of managing it effectively training and or procedure development Various industry recognized PHA Review methodologies may be used in determining the risk associated with a given system or operation according to the scope and objectives of the study The methodologies acceptable to Enbridge for conducting a PHA
121. ar Q Arc flash PPE O FR clothing O Gloves O High visibility vest O Personal Flotation Devices O Chemical clothes boots O Resp protection o mask full face Cartridge Supplied air o o o o SCBA Other Controls TASKS Field Level Hazard Assessment FLHA HAZARDS D MEE F CONTROLS Resume Work Control Risks Worker s Involved All persons performing this work must print name and initial below and comply with Enbridge safety policies and government regulations Work must stop immediately should conditions change new hazards appear or an emergency occur on the site Retain with Safe Work Permit if applicable otherwise retain for 3 months 282 VERSION 2 Revised March 1 2014 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Section 6 2 SWP Safe Work Permit 7 owe www a it necessary to notify other depertmerts a ee a O S Equipment boletion Procedure Form required Confined Space Permit reguired Pernt C Cere C Additional preptanning requirements tom Permit sawer Use this ipac fo indicute simuftaneous operations LADE eg tant Testers Name initial rust be coreeleted by Enbridge Rep Part E Permit Approval Work cannot begin unt the required epprowels are on this document end a Seid levei hazard anenment hes been completed by the work group All perso
122. arding the Excavation site in general o soil properties next to the Excavation o soil properties forming the sides of the opening Excavation o soil properties taken as samples from excavated material e manual tests to determine quantitative as well as qualitative properties of soil and to provide more information for classifying soil property Manual tests include the following o plasticity test o dry strength o thumb penetration 206 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 o other strength tests e g pocket penetrometer or hand operated shear vane For classification and testing treat frozen soil conditions the same as unfrozen soil conditions 16 4 Sloping The walls of the Excavation shall be sloped when the Excavation is greater than 1 2 m 4 ft deep and shoring or a Trench Box is not used One of the following options shall be used when designing slopes and benching systems e Class C soils shall not be benched and shall be sloped at an angle not steeper than one and one half horizontal to one vertical 34 measured from the horizontal e Have a Qualified Worker classify the soil using manual and visual tests and ensure a maximum slope as follows o Type A amp B 1 1 45 o Type C 11 1 34 Install shoring or use a trench box e Have a professional engineer design a support system for the excavation Benching is a type of sloping that is suitable for class A and B soils only Benc
123. are still present and in good condition Flagging shall be used as a warning to Workers of hazards that exist in work areas Flagging tape shall be e installed to completely encompass the work area containing the potential hazard including access from levels above or below e prominently placed when conditions or activities may or do present a hazard to Workers or the public e placed to ensure Workers cannot enter the area where the hazard exists without prior knowledge of the hazard e removed when the potential hazard no longer exists Workers shall not enter flagged or barricaded areas until they e obtain permission to enter from Workers in control of the area e understand the hazards within the area e take necessary safety precautions The following types of flagging shall be used e RED Danger Do Not Enter Red with black lettering This type of flagging is used where there is danger of an imminent hazard such as falling objects Only Workers involved in the work and aware of the hazards are allowed in these areas All others must obtain prior permission from the flagging owner i e Worker who installed the flagging e YELLOW Caution Yellow with black lettering This type of flagging provides a warning that a hazard exists in the area Yellow flagging can be crossed by workers other than those who installed it but awareness of the surrounding work areas is required A flagging tag shall be attache
124. assemble maintain inspect use and disassemble the fall protection system e rescue procedures to be used if a Worker falls from a height and is suspended in the air 210 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e a determination that the walking working surfaces at heights above 2 m 6 ft which Workers are to work or walk on have the strength and structural integrity to support those activities 17 3 Rescue When a Worker is suspended from a height while using a fall arrest system it can result in serious physical injury or potentially death in less than 30 minutes To reduce the risks associated with short or long periods of suspension follow these practices e rescue any suspended Workers as quickly as possible be aware that a suspended Worker is at risk of orthostatic intolerance and suspension trauma e be aware of signs and symptoms of orthostatic intolerance be aware that a suspended Worker who is unconscious or has a head injury is particularly at risk of orthostatic intolerance e be aware of factors that can increase the risk of suspension trauma ensure a medical professional is present when moving a Worker to a horizontal position following suspension e use of rescue stirrups to allow suspended Workers to maintain blood flow rope cable tenders shall make certain the harness user is conscious at all times 17 4 Fall Protection Equipment Fall protection equipment shall meet the requirements of th
125. ast Guard In addition vessels operating in the State of New York also shall be equipped with an anchor and line of sufficient strength to provide the vessel with safe anchorage 149 Table 4 Summary of Safety Accessories for Enbridge Regional Vehicles Office Emer Tank Delivery Regional m Super i gency Station Injection Office Paa Eora visor i Response ae Vehicle Vehicle Vehicle Vehicle EPSI area maps booster cable portable gas monitor disposable camera fire blanket in suitable case extinguisher 5 or 10 lb dry chemical extinguisher chain rope and booster to secure loads ENB NW fire extinguisher 30 Ib dry 1 chemical extinguisher first aid kit 1 1 1 flags red cloth flashing as amber light required flashlight as required NGL flare pistol and 4 min 10 as 1 1 1 1 max signal required flare cartridges Le ee de required 1 if lt 1 ton r as spare tire 1 1 1 as 1 1 1 1 required required if 21 ton kit i gauge tire inflator sealer 1 1 vehicle as recovery as required 1 1 1 strap tm e pai 150 As required LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Office Emer Tank Delivery Regional PLM Mechanic Electrician Super Field gency Leased Station Injection Office Vehicle Vehicle Vehicle visor Vehicle Response Vehicle Vehicle Vehicle Vehicle Vehic
126. at can cause disease in humans These pathogens include but are not limited to Hepatitis B Virus HBV and the Human Immunodeficiency Virus HIV which causes the disease known as Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome AIDS These pathogens can be transmitted by injection needle stick sharp tools or contact with blood vomit or other body fluids also through contact with 255 mucus membrane eyes or non intact skin Bonding The process of connecting two or more conductive objects together by means of a conductor Borehole A hole in the ground created by drilling auguring boring or other similar operation Breathing Zone Volume surrounding a Worker s nose and mouth from which they breathe air over the course of a work period This zone can be pictured by inscribing a sphere with a radius about 25 cm 10 in centered at the Worker s nose Brown Field Any construction site or activities inside or adjacent within 3 m 10 ft to existing Enbridge facilities If Hot Work is performed in a Hazardous or Restricted Area it is considered Brown Field e g construction work inside a facility or beside an exposed operating pipeline that does not have an identified boundary CO System A type of fixed fire extinguishing system that releases carbon dioxide from cylinders into an enclosed space Operation is triggered automatically or manually Cave lIn The separation of a mass of soil or
127. atety Meetings ci ncsuieliees nertslolionds wade eed nevi dee eee 22 4 6 Alcohol and Drug Policy ses escie csceatve cc npnte cared eeeatinte cena diaemet one eeeeate 22 Auf gt J Worksite RUES sc Metis eocceee tees cae sities enuesite a a n 23 4 8 Working GAIONGt nc 20 goers ee cote ee aati ei eee cease 23 4 9 Journey Management Plan c ccccceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeectaeeeeeeeeeeteeee 25 4 10 Housekeeping aeren a aE e E alee 25 4 11 Training and Competency ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeteneae 26 412 NGMIMOM SOURCES sc cts Aocneee tess Ace che arene ern aaa dle a 26 4 13 Bonding And Grounding sve cececcesscecdeetcechivuavedeecce sahteeavedetoeisessaueteteteees 28 4 14 4 15 4 16 4 17 4 18 4 19 4 20 4 21 4 22 4 23 4 24 4 25 4 26 4 27 4 28 4 29 4 30 4 31 4 32 4 33 4 34 4 35 4 36 5 0 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 6 0 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 7 0 7 1 7 2 7 3 FOE ONE fees hess ddan desea EEE E E vga E E cannes oadadeaaie 31 Cutting and WeldiNg 2s tase dexvee ethernet Roavn ceded ron ap anaes 32 Portable Fire Extinguishers ssicccissiseieietciesendsedes detiievens tenet vdetiieseeeeeieneiees 32 Fire Prevention and Protection scicccsnducaxiechnis akin eaneens 36 Entering Buildings Containing Natural Gas Products or Equipment 38 Vehicles Equipment and Tool Use Maintenance and Inspection 38 ladder SANCIy tienraie irn n cele tas dedl nay chet aasdea ngage 39 Walkways S
128. ation is complete a two way conversation shall take place between the observer and the observed to discuss the findings and any corrective measures Safety observations shall be reported recorded and tracked over time to identify trends or issues The number of safety observations required is set by Enbridge s senior management or department managers per business unit or project management in accordance with business targets and shall be communicated to Workers 4 5 Safety Meetings Safety meetings shall be conducted in accordance with this manual and as required by Applicable Legislation Departmental safety meetings shall be held quarterly at a minimum Regional safety meetings shall be held monthly at a minimum Safety stand downs shall be conducted as required At a minimum Contractors shall conduct and document e adaily tailgate safety meeting to review work permits and health and safety issues associated with the day s work and or in some cases prior to a specific high risk task e a weekly or once per work rotation formal safety meeting to review all health and safety issues the Contractor shall provide a copy of the written minutes of this meeting to the Enbridge Representative Please refer to section 5 2 Pre Job Meetings Tailgates for more information on pre job meetings 4 6 Alcohol and Drug Policy Enbridge is committed to providing workplaces that protect people property and the environment f
129. ations Contractor Personnel provided an exemption shall comply with the requirements for a SWP General Requirements e Enbridge Inspectors issuing SWPs shall receive a valid Work Authorization prior to issuing any SWPs e Only the work stipulated on the SWP in the identified location is to be performed All workers shall be made aware of and adhere to the conditions of the SWP The working group shall complete a FLHA prior to commencing work SWP issuers cannot issue permits to themselves SWP may be issued verbally electronically or in person When required initial Atmospheric Monitoring shall be conducted and documented on the SWP before work can begin e Subsequent Atmospheric Monitoring is completed as indicated on the SWP Initial Atmospheric Monitoring is an Enbridge responsibility and shall be completed or witnessed by an Operations Representative Enbridge Inspector or another Enbridge representative This initial testing shall be documented on the SWP Subsequent Atmospheric Monitoring can be performed by the person responsible for the work and may be verified by Enbridge Duration e A SWP is only valid for the time stated on the permit to a maximum of 12 hours exception mobile crews without Enbridge Inspector e A SWP may be extended an additional 12 hours provided that o The Workers do not exceed the maximum allowable hours worked o A review of the SWP indicates it is still valid o All Workers understand the requirements of
130. ator either verbally or through standard material lifting hand signals see Figures 1 and 2 e ensure there are no hazards present that might endanger a Worker e alert Workers to any hazards that arise while material is being moved when the view of the operator is obscured 172 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 establish and maintain eye contact with the operator remain clearly visible to the operator at all times e stand far enough behind or in front of the equipment to observe the positioning backing path and any obstructions and to allow for sufficient stopping distance in an emergency e stay clear of the vehicle s blind spots or line of fire and avoid walking backward e be clearly identified distinguishable from other Workers by wearing at a minimum Class 2 HVSA e complete any prescribed training required by Applicable Legislation in the jurisdiction where the signaler is performing signaling duties Standard signals shall e be used by the Signaler Spotter when directing vehicles or equipment e be agreed upon and understood by both the operator and signaler spotter prior to moving vehicle equipment The operator shall take direction from only one Signaler However anyone can give a STOP signal and the operator and or Spotter shall comply Communication between the operator and spotter shall be maintained If the ability to transmit signals is interrupted at any time the operator shall saf
131. backfilling e any discrepancies for Below Grade Facility Locates are resolved all Workers have the appropriate training and that records of such training are maintained and accessible 201 For Contractor Excavations the Ground Disturbance Inspector Enbridge Representative shall be present at the side of the Excavation for any Mechanical Excavation or activity with the potential for damage ensure the appropriate parts of the Ground Disturbance Package are reviewed with the Contractor The Excavator Ground Disturber shall obtain verification and review with the Ground Disturbance Inspector Enbridge Representative that all applicable Crossing Agreements and or Proximity Agreements have been obtained as part of the line location and verification process ensure Excavation activities including the Spotter and Operator are overseen by a Supervisor Foreman Competent Person ensure a One Call is placed and confirm the One Call is valid ensure that when there is a discrepancy between the documentation and the line Locates that cannot be reconciled that the discrepancy is resolved note a perimeter slot trench is the preferred method of Positively Identifying Below Grade Facilities when a discrepancy cannot be resolved ensure that smaller diameter NPS 4 or less non metallic pipelines for example PVC polyethylene or other synthetic compounds and all cables electrical communication etc are exposed across the full width of the p
132. be deemed Qualified by a Enbridge Representative for hotline work 202 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 not excavate until a Spotter is present with the required signaling device ensure Spotters understand their responsibilities ensure One Call notifications have been followed review all documentation drawings maintain all required clearances stop work if Positive Identification is lost The Ground Disturbance Spotter shall e check the location of all Below Grade Facilities in the work area and assist the operator in maintaining required clearances and depth of cuts e observe progress and use hand signals and or verbal communication to alert the Operator to potential dangers e stop the work if uncontrolled hazards arise e g unidentified Below Grade Facilities contact between the excavation equipment and a facility e be continually aware that not all Below Grade Facilities are marked with warning tape or with the correct color of warning tape or provided with proper barriers e possess a signaling device e g an air horn is best to alert the equipment Operator to potential dangers e be clearly identified by wearing high visibility apparel that meets all applicable requirements and is distinguishable from others on site 15 5 Pile Driving Auguring Boring and Drilling All Ground Disturbance requirements and practices set out in this Standard and any associated procedures shall be met when pe
133. blast media as required The operator shall e have the nozzle under control before the air is turned on e not reposition from the immediate work area e g lateral or vertical body movement while discharging blasting media e have control of the nozzle s control deadman switch e When reasonably practicable before leaving the worksite at the end of each day remove and dispose of coveralls and shower where practical 4 31 Fire Watch and Safety Watch The role of a Fire Watch or Safety Watch is to protect Workers by monitoring for hazards during a work activity A Qualified Worker shall be assigned the Fire Watch or Safety Watch role and instructed on the scope of work This Worker shall not be assigned or perform other duties If the Fire Watch or Safety Watch leaves the work area the work activity shall stop unless there is another Qualified worker who can assume Fire Watch or Safety Watch duties The Fire Watch and Safety Watch shall have the ability to clearly communicate to the Workers under their care and access emergency response and Site Supervision as required One or more Fire Watches also known as spark watches may be required when Hot Work is being conducted based on the Hazard Assessment If hot work is being conducted in a Hazardous or Restricted Area then a Fire Watch is required and shall be maintained for at least one half hour after the work is completed In addition when hot work is conducted within 15 m
134. ble The Contractor Representative will Review the Enbridge s LP MP Safety Manual Develop a Contractor Project Safety Plan or equivalent and submit to Enbridge for review and acceptance prior to the commencement of any work The plan shall contain information regarding but not limited to the following Contractor Personnel roles and responsibilities Safety personnel requirements Safety meetings frequency and participation at a minimum Site inspections frequency and accountability Safety metric reporting Safety documentation templates Extended Work Hours and Fatigue Management Plan Hot and Cold Weather Work Plans Severe Weather Plan Emergency Response Plan Traffic Accommodation Plan ooooo0 00000 Fire Prevention Plan Project Specific Safety Orientation and Training documents Fall Protection Plan Project specific safety goals and evaluation criteria Description of planned safety incentive plan O 0 000 Page 3 of 8 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 3 0 Enbridge Pipelines Inc and Enbridge Energy Company inc LP MP Health and Safety The Contractor is required to accurately identify all relevant work types within ISN and provide verification through ISN of the applicable work type review and acceptance The Contractor H amp S Program shall contain applicable information regarding but not limited to the following as required Safety Observation Program Safety Violation and Incident Reporti
135. ble level of safety and leak tested to ensure that the valves are holding Blanking involves inserting a physical barrier through the cross section of pipe so material is prevented from flowing past that point Blanks shall be of sufficient rating to withstand the highest possible pressure that may result Blinding involves disconnecting a pipe and attaching a physical barrier to the end so material is prevented from flowing out of the pipe Blind flanges used for this purpose shall be of sufficient rating to withstand the highest possible pressure that may result In some circumstances it may not be reasonably practicable to use the above noted piping isolation methods If so an alternative means of isolation shall be implemented and shall adequately protect Workers Additional isolation methods of hazardous energy include but are not limited to the following 220 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e rotating equipment isolation pockets and cavities potentially containing pressure after isolation shall be checked and relieved of pressure before work starts e gravity and piping under stress isolation Suspension or tension use stoppers chains ropes and or cribbing to prevent unexpected movement of any parts or components e nuclear source isolation isolation and any work on nuclear source radiation shall be in accordance with Enbridge procedures 18 8 General Isolation Steps 1 Shutdown
136. by NFPA 70E 2015 130 7 C for U S facilities or CSA Z 462 2015 Clause 4 3 7 3 for Canadian facilities 3 Arc ratings can be for a single layer such as an arc rated shirt and pants or a coverall or for an arc flash suit or a multi layer system consisting of a combination of arc rated shirt and pants coverall and arc flash suit 7 2 Head Protection Head protection shall be worn when specified by the Hazard Assessment At a minimum Class E approved industrial head protection hard hats shall be worn at all times on Enbridge Worksites except when actively engaged in welding where overhead hazards have been eliminated e sheltered in a vehicle or equipment with an enclosed cab e the Worker is already wearing a helmet and the work does not subject the Worker to potential contact with exposed energized electrical sources e getting in or out of helicopters or when working near helicopters under full throttle unless the helicopter is involved in slinging operations 95 e working in on or near Open Water as determined by an Incident Commander when under the Incident Command System ICS e operating small utility vehicles equipped with seatbelts and roll over protection that meets legislative requirements in control rooms offices lunch rooms or change rooms e when visiting landowners and overhead hazards are not present or have been eliminated If side impact is identified as a hazard to Workers then a side impact rated
137. can be in draft form A detailed final report shall be submitted within 7 calendar days of the incident unless additional investigation time is necessary If so a request for more time shall be made to the specified Enbridge Representative 17 Contractor Incidents that occur off of Enbridge Locations including all work related MV s shall be immediately reported to an Enbridge Representative The purpose of this notification is for information only Such incidents may or may not be recordable The Contractor s investigation report shall include all relevant details of the Incident including but not limited to date time location of the Incident type of incident e g injury illness MVI property Near Miss detailed Incident description persons involved injured Worker information including nature of injury body part and location description or nature of property or other damage immediate basic and root causes e g substandard practices or conditions work or environmental conditions job or process related factors personal factors etc e preventive actions taken and or recommended measures to prevent recurrence e g need for systems controls or changes to work processes or systems e statements from injured Worker s witnesses Supervisor s or others as required photographs and drawings police report if applicable follow up actions taken by the Contractor report to be signed and dated by an authori
138. cations exist to outside areas to request assistance if required e adequate lighting is provided to illuminate the work regular night shift work shall require prior project approval Night security Workers shall e not work alone unless they have an adequate communication plan in place to contact other Workers or emergency assistance as needed e maintain communications and check in at least every two hours with a control room or other Workers familiar with the Worksite and the Emergency Response Plan for that project and or operating facility 4 27 Extended Hours The Contractor shall submit an After Hours Work Plan to the Site Inspector or Site Supervisor prior to any extension of regular work hours or the addition of an extra shift This plan is intended to be used when Contractors are required to work after regular hours in the absence of an Enbridge Representative This plan does remove the requirement for a Contractor to have a Working Alone Policy The Site Inspector shall review and authorize the plan to ensure adequate coordination of the activities and to ensure that emergency response and security issues have been addressed Operations Management shall approve extended work hours within an operating Facility 4 28 Fatigue Management Regional Department or Project Management shall implement a fatigue management plan when Workers are at an increased risk from fatigue related effects The fatigue management plan shall
139. cceptable liquid spray levels follow RPE requirements for Open System work Hearing protection Handling PCBs Chemical Chemically FR Garments None for normal use splash goggles impervious Neoprene or or full face gloves for nitrile apron Higher level of RPE may be required based on shield longer than disposable Atmospheric Monitoring or if there is potential for 1 hour of coveralls the release of PCBs in a vapor or mist form use or Chemically change impervious boots nitrile gloves every 1 hour of use 88 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 PPE In addition to the minimum PPE required for all Enbridge Locations Work Activity Respiratory Protective Equipment Eye Face amp Hand Body These are the minimum requirements a higher Hearing level of RPE may be required based on Atmospheric Monitoring Handling Chemical Chemically FR Garments Review SDS for RPE requirements Handle ina Toluene or splash goggles impervious Neoprene or fume hood when possible other Solvents Full face shield gloves for nitrile apron and when longer than handling large 1 hour of quantities use or exposed to change liquid spray or nitrile transferring gloves liquids every 1 hour of use Handling Acids Chemical Chemically Neoprene or Handle in a fume hood when possible If not or Caustics splash goggles
140. ce with this Standard ensuring appropriate use of Work Authorization and Safe Work Permit ensuring through periodic review that SWP issuers are adequately trained in the Work Authorization and SWP process and tools given the scope of the work identifying opportunities for improvement of the process and communicating them to Management The Work Authorization Issuer is responsible for successfully completing the SWP training specifying the work to be carried out and the location of the work in cooperation with the Enbridge Inspector communicating any operational or Atmospheric Monitoring requirements as well as any site specific hazards to the Enbridge Inspector determining if the work being performed may impact operations verifying the Enbridge Inspector understands the conditions of the Work Authorization suspending and revalidating Work Authorization as required establishing the frequency of contact with the Enbridge Inspector authorizing the Enbridge Inspector to issue Safe Work Permits for the work indicated on the work authorization communicating to the respective region active Work Authorizations 78 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 The SWP Issuer shall be familiar with the worksite and the site specific hazards covered by the SWP being issued The Permit Issuer is responsible for e completing SWP training e specifying the work to be carried out and the location of the work in cooperatio
141. ces shall be provided to ensure advance warning of Excavations trenches or boreholes that may present a hazard to traffic Along a ROW unattended Excavations shall be guarded from unintentional entry by using highly visible material In addition barbed wire shall be used where livestock are present unless the property owner requests alternative controls such as buffalo or electric fencing Where a long trench is left open e g for a new pipeline use other reasonable methods to secure the excavation including placing berms stringing pipe along the ROW and stripping topsoil Where a portion of an Excavation greater than 1 2 m 4 ft deep is constructed with vertical walls use warning signs attached to barricades or ropes or other appropriate methods to prevent Workers from entering that portion of the Excavation Barricades or fences shall be erected at a minimum of 1 m 3 ft from the Excavation edge to maintain an adequate walkway around the Excavation unless space is limited Barricades and fences shall be minimum 1 1 m 42 inches tall and fencing supports shall be adequate to ensure the integrity of the fencing barricade is not compromised due to site ground weather or other conditions 208 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 16 8 Winter Conditions Extreme care shall be taken at all times with frozen soils since higher Excavation forces are required In winter conditions e Becareful
142. cle recovery equipment in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications e g do not exceed the pulling strength limits of the recovery straps e donot use lifting slings snatch straps chains or recovery straps manufactured with chain and hook attachments Contractor work vehicles shall have at minimum a first aid kit and fire extinguisher in each vehicle along with the required notices on the vehicle to indicate the equipment is present Table 1 Summary of Safety Equipment at Enbridge Regional Locations Delivery Location Location Location Injection i with with with Location PLM Crew Mechanical Electrical Dept Dept as required air mover as required foenzene monitor a 2 Cd a bonding and grounding cable and connestions 2 cascade system for refilling air cylinders as required eye wash station flashlight explosion proof and extra batteries floodlight portable explosion proof ground mat as required grounding cable electrical cubicles CAN USA electrical os ae ENB NW hoseline with egress botte a hydrogen sulfide monitor or monitor with a A sulfide sensor llineman sbelt iS belt as required Tee tp buoy and rope locks and locks and tags for lockout lt lt locks and tags for lockout lt lt lockout as required NGL flare pistol and 4 min 10 max signal flare 1 set per cartridges NGL facility NGL personal protective equipmen
143. consider e extended length of shift worked beyond 12 hours extended consecutive days worked beyond 10 consecutive days extended travel time to and from the Worksite total work day including travel exceeds 14 hours e excessive physical effort required as part of normal work activity environmental extremes e g heat cold noise vibration lighting 50 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 The fatigue management program should consider the following identification of the factors that lead to fatigue assessment of the risks associated with the factors that contribute to fatigue identification of control measures to manage exposure to fatigue implementation of the selected control measures rehabilitation return to work management approval processes Contractors shall provide advanced notice to the Enbridge Representative of work that falls under the fatigue management plan 4 29 Sanitary Facilities Regional Department or Project Management shall e provide adequate sanitary facilities at the Worksite for the size and type of Workforce to be employed e provide Workers with sufficient drinking fluids and provide access to toilets and hand washing facilities in accordance with Applicable Legislation Workers shall e use the facilities provided ensure that all facilities are adequately serviced and properly stocked ensure facilities are adequately secured 4 30 Abrasive Blasting All Worker
144. cordance with Enbridge requirements for Hazard Assessments Open System work test planning and site preparation contract requirements and Applicable Legislation Where necessary permits shall be obtained by Enbridge or the Contractor as specified in the contract between Enbridge and the Contractor Copies of all permits shall be in the possession of the Contractor site supervisor as well as the Enbridge Site Inspector For Worksite s where a section of piping is being tested an Enbridge Site Inspector shall be on site The Enbridge Site Inspector shall be Qualified and shall provide on site coordination of the test plan and shall witness the test At the testing location e The piping being tested shall be fitted with approved enclosures at each end i e test heads e there shall be a safe means of access and egress for trenches and properly installed scaffolding at the test heads e there shall be adequate lighting when night work is necessary and a fire extinguisher at both ends of a test section e there shall be adequate heating and lighting facilities for test Workers located a minimum of 15 m 50 ft away from any testing facilities Other requirements include e ensure that only the Workers directly involved in the testing are in the immediate vicinity of test heads pressure pumps or exposed piping during testing e to prevent them from moving or violently separating ensure temporary piping or hoses used during pressuring
145. d Space Entry Permit as verification e dating and signing the Hazard Assessment If two or more Confined Spaces are of similar construction and present the same hazards their assessments may be recorded in a single document but each Confined Space shall be clearly identified in the assessment 8 7 isolation Requirements Each Worker entering a Confined Space shall be adequately protected against isolation related hazards as follows e release of hazardous substances into the Confined Space protect Workers by disconnecting blanking blinding or double block and bleed of piping e contact with electrical energy inside the Confined Space protect Workers by disconnecting de energizing locking out and tagging the source of electrical energy e contact with moving parts of equipment inside the Confined Space protect Workers by disconnecting the equipment from its power source de energizing the equipment locking it out and tagging it Isolate according to the requirements in Standard 18 Control of Hazardous Energy Other adequate means of Worker protection and hazard prevention are required if the above controls are not possible in each of these situations As identified and required by the Hazard Assessment Workers shall also be adequately protected against drowning engulfment entrapment suffocation and other hazards from free flowing material 8 8 Ventilation Requirements If atmospheric hazards exist or are likely to exist
146. d be used to calibrate against 25 LEL In this case the default LEL setting should be set at 25 prior to applying the pentane calibration gas o when calibrated with pentane equivalent methane a calibration gas with 1 25 methane should be used to calibrate against 50 LEL in this case the default LEL setting of portable gas monitors for calibration should be set at 50 prior to applying the pentane calibration gas Contractors shall maintain bump test and calibration logs at the Site and make the logs available at the request of the Enbridge Representative Workers who calibrate Gas Detectors shall e calibrate to the frequency indicated in the manufacturer s specifications bump test portable gas monitors and verify calibration before every Confined Space Entry e attach a gas detector inspection tag to each gas monitor including calibration date and initials of the Worker who calibrated the monitors no tag is required if an auto calibration station is used for personal multi gas monitors however the Worker shall follow Enbridge calibration requirements and the manufacturer s specifications for calibration e tag the calibration record for multi gas monitors and grab sampling equipment when shared with a group of Workers e record calibration results of manually calibrated portable gas monitors in the Gas Monitoring Instrument Service Log and retain on site for 2 years it is not required to maintain a Gas Monitoring Instrument Service
147. d or used e g fire department the Confined Space Entry Supervisor or a designated Enbridge Representative shall contact the rescue service and jointly develop a rescue plan prior to entry The Rescue Plan shall e ensure all parties understand the rescue capabilities and limitations of the rescue service before any rescue service personnel enters the Confined Space e ensure that the rescue service supervisory personnel are trained in Confined Space entry and informed and aware of all hazards associated with entry to the Worksite and specific Confined Spaces 128 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 8 13 Top Entry Confined Spaces If entrance into a Confined Space is from the top the following requirements shall be met e each Worker entering the space shall use a full body harness and where appropriate be attached to a lifeline e if a lifeline is used the lifeline shall be attended by another Worker who is Qualified to carry out the established rescue procedures e where reasonably practicable a mechanical lifting device shall be located at the entry to the Confined Space and available for use during a rescue the device shall be placed at the entrance at all times when one or more Workers are in the Confined Space If the use of a full body harness or lifeline could create an additional hazard an alternate method of rescue shall be developed and implemented 8 14 Confined Space Signage Confi
148. d to all flagging tape Multiple tags may be required depending on work area and hazards The Worker installing the tape shall complete the tag with the following information e name ofthe person who installed the flagging e phone number or radio channel for contact e date on which the flagging was installed e reason for the use of flagging Instead of flagging and barricades a Safety Watch may be used to prevent Workers from entering the hazardous area but only if the area is small enough to be easily managed and the Safety Watch remains in place until the hazard no longer exists Warning signs identifying known hazards shall be posted to warn Workers and others in the area of the specific hazard All signs shall be constructed in a professional manner and shall meet Applicable Legislation and Enbridge s design and installation Standards which are be found in the Engineering Standards IMS 08 Warnings signs include but are not limited to e Directional Signs o Installed as required e No Trespassing Open Ditch o The signs shall be 44 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 4 24 posted at all entries to the ROW face the intersecting road highway where construction activities are being conducted display a contact telephone number for unauthorized Workers to contact Construction Warning Signs o All crossings of any Interstate Highway municipal or private roads shall be posted with constr
149. e Corporate Health amp Safety Department All new Workers who may be exposed to noise hazards at greater than or equal to 2 85 dBA shall receive a baseline audiometric test within 6 months of being hired Prior to establishing a baseline audiogram for a Worker the Worker shall have gone at least 14 hours without being exposed to workplace noise If a Standard Threshold Shift has occurred the Worker shall to be notified in writing within 21 days of the determination In addition to baseline testing Workers who continue to be exposed to workplace noise shall receive ongoing audiometric testing according to the following table If regulatory requirements are more stringent they shall be followed Canada USA EPSI APLI Frequency 5 years 1 year 2 years 2 years Additional testing may be requested by the medical director retained by Enbridge the testing agency or the employee s physician Records shall be maintained according to Enbridge s Record Management Policy and Records Retention Schedule in the following locations e Enbridge Worker Audiometric Testing Results o Enbridge contracted occupational health nurse CAN o testing agency USA Audiometric test results are confidential Results are accessible only to Enbridge s Medical Director and the Worker tested unless the Worker provides written consent to disclose the results to a third party or if disclosure is required by law 7 7 _ High Vi
150. e compressor and oil manufacturers The air intake for the compressed breathing air system shall be situated and installed in accordance with manufacturer s specifications and designed to minimize the intake of contaminants Atmospheric Monitoring of the work area may be required to ensure atmospheric contaminants are not drawn into the compressed breathing air system Breathing air couplings shall be incompatible with outlets for non respirable worksite air or other gas systems Steel and aluminum SCBA cylinders and emergency escape pak cylinders shall be hydrostatically tested every 5 years by a Qualified service supplier All other cylinders e g carbon and fiberglass shall be hydrostatically tested every 3 years by a Qualified service supplier Each SCBA shall be functionally tested in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications Enbridge Employees may refer to the Filling Air Cylinders with Cascade System procedure in the OMM Book 3 to fill SCBA s and emergency escape packs Cylinders for hoseline breathing equipment shall be equipped with a pressure reducing regulator to control hoseline pressure below 1380 kPa 200 psi 112 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Breathing Hoselines Airlines shall be appropriately rated for the maximum pressure produced in systems be protected from tangles unnecessary wear and damage have fully functional quick connectors at all times not exceed 76 m 250
151. e fence temporary or permanent building cement or concrete parking area other steel concrete or similar above ground improvement 00000 The lessened area shall be marked by multiple white markers identifying all of the corners of the Locate Boundary Area Notwithstanding the above when the Locate Boundary Area is constrained by property boundaries all Below Grade Facilities shall be identified through other means such as historical records One Call services or visual searches The Locate Boundary Area can include any additional temporary workspace and or access that may be necessary Extra workspace or access may be used for such purposes as e heavy equipment traffic as part of the excavation work and or e astorage area for spoil equipment and or materials 196 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Initial Locate One Call response Below Grade Facilities shall be located and marked as follows Facility owners or their authorized Contractor shall conduct Initial Locates e additional Locates beyond the Locate Boundary Area may be required to verify alignment or location of Below Grade Facilities e within a Fenced Station Terminal locate markers shall be spaced no more than 3 m 10 ft apart directly over the centerline of the Below Grade Facility e onthe ROW there shall be a clear line of vision between markers used to identify a particular facility location the markers shall be placed directl
152. e the non electrical Worker shall contact a Qualified Electrical Worker for appropriate testing prior to resetting Test all ground fault breakers and Ground Fault Interrupter GFI receptacles in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions 180 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 13 4 Exposed Electrical Equipment Conductors Workers working on or near exposed electrical conductors or circuits that are energized or can become energized shall not assume an electrical conductor is de energized e not make body contact or reach blindly into un insulated equipment or conductors until o visibly isolated from the power supply and locked out o voltage tested and confirmed to be absent of potential energy i e de energized o for high voltage equipment conductors potential energy sources are safety grounded use required PPE when testing for high voltage e when verifying the absence of potential use a voltage detector or tester designed to meet or exceed the system voltage to be tested e not perform electrical work other than hot stick work on energized high voltage conductors Safety grounds on distribution lines and equipment may be temporarily removed during voltage tests 181 14 0 Hazardous Materials Standard Contact the Environmental department to assist with any spill leak or potential contamination of hazardous materials Refer to the Waste Management Plan for information on proper disposa
153. e CSA in Canada and ANSI in the US All components of a fall protection system shall be compatible with one another and with the environment in which they are being used Fall protection equipment shall be inspected by the Worker prior to each use Re certify and inspect fall protection equipment as specified by the manufacturer and Applicable Legislation Keep fall protection equipment free of substances and conditions that would contribute to deterioration Fall protection equipment shall be destroyed if it is defective or if it contacts heat chemicals or other substances that could cause damage Fall protection equipment subjected to impact loading shall be immediately removed from service and shall not be used until inspected and determined by a Qualified Worker to be undamaged and suitable for reuse Personal fall arrest systems when stopping a fall shall e limit the maximum arresting force to 1 800 Ibs 8 KN when using a full body harness not allow a Worker to free fall more than 2 m 6 ft or to contact a lower level limit maximum deceleration distance to 1 07 m 3 5 ft e have sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy of a Worker free falling a distance of 2 m 6 ft or the free fall distance permitted by the system whichever is less 211 Harnesses used for fall protection shall e only full body harnesses will be utilized and they must be rated for the employee s weight Workers who exceed 140
154. e Enbridge Health and Safety Policy and Principles as well as other applicable Enbridge policies and Standards In addition to the measures noted above Enbridge management and Contractor management shall build a culture of proactive health and safety and continuous Workforce support for the OHSMS Management shall be accountable for safety performance 2 2 People Leaders People Leaders are responsible for e ensuring that Workers receive required training and are Qualified to perform the task they are assigned e enforcement of the health and safety Standards in this manual and ensuring the desired health and safety outcomes are achieved e ensuring that actual and potential hazards are mitigated ensuring each worker is fit for duty i e is able to perform the physical demands of the job in a safe and effective manner and is are free of impairment from such things including without limitation fatigue alcohol or drugs 2 3 Workers Workers shall comply with all Enbridge health and safety policies Standards and Applicable Legislation Workers shall immediately report all incidents to their People Leader support investigations by providing full cooperation as requested wear proper PPE and use appropriate tools and equipment stop work if unsafe conditions or unsafe work practices behaviors occur 14 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e complete required training and display competency in the perfor
155. e blasting equipment to clean tanks e hydrovacing e spray painting e when using compressors pumps and generators Bonding and or grounding may be required for the following tasks e drawing samples from the pipeline e draining oil from the pipeline into a pan Enbridge Employee specific procedures for bonding grounding and mitigating induced voltage can be found in the OMM s Book 3 In some cases such as where piping forms an electrical bond it may not be necessary to install bonding cables Bonding cables shall meet Enbridge requirements set out in this manual industry standards and Applicable Legislation 28 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Prior to use and during use all portable equipment used in Bonding and Grounding work e g welding units generators portable light plants air compressors etc shall be properly grounded in accordance with manufacturers specifications and Worksite requirements Workers shall e wear appropriate hand protection when there is potential exposure to induced high voltage including when handling pipe valves casing or measuring equipment e avoid breaking cutting or detaching bonding cables once they are in place for as long as a fire hazard exists ground or electrically bond containers to each other when transferring liquids e only fill portable fuel containers when they are on the ground never do so in truck beds on tailgates or in the trunk
156. e often staggered Cradling Pipe Above Ground NOTE Additional skid on left side to level on a slope Pipes are cradled at each end to prevent movement Some Alternatives for Securing Pipe Blocks VY OQ KA Secured by the Weight of the Pipe Secured to Skid Pinned to Earth Figure 2 Handling and Securing Pipe Examples 237 Weld Gouge Splatter Twist Grinder Num ber of Gauge Links in Gauge Length Figure 3 Chain Defects Cotter Pin Nut Check for wear and deformation o B Check for cracks and twisting lt i k Check for signs Lath 7 Swivel Sy of opening up Tip Throat Check for wear and cracks Figure 4 Hook Inspection 238 Version 1 4 LP MP Safety Manual Version Date 06 01 2015 Y Ps f Ee a Seated j E a g 5 Z zi G E Tag Line a A Figure 6 Safe Use of Hooks 239 SA Sling Softeners Figure 7 If L is great er than S sling angle will Working Load be correct Figure 8 Sling Angles 240 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 CC CC CCC 22 COC CC 22322 222777 dag DPPDID LIITS CC KACO CC CC CCCCC COCCC CCE SS 4 pa CCA Figure 9 Sling Storage Rack Open Type Closed Type TD SSS G A Swaged Socket 100 B Flemish Loop with Mechanical Sleeve Attachm
157. e personal factors and job factors from which substandard acts and conditions originate These factors are the reasons why the immediate direct causes exist and the identification of such factors permits meaningful management control Root Causes are often also referred to as basic causes or indirect causes Safe Work Permit SWP An agreement between the Permit Issuer and Receiver that is used to authorize work for a specific time and location and to ensure a safe area of work for the working group Safe Working Load SWL Commonly understood to be the load which a given lifting device or lifting arrangement can safely lift suspend or lower Safety Data Sheet SDS A Safety Data Sheet SDS previously called a Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS is a document that provides information on the properties of hazardous chemicals and how they affect health and safety in the workplace Safety Watch A qualified Worker responsible for monitoring work activities to ensure safe work practices are followed to identify hazards to alert Workers of hazardous conditions and to initiate emergency response procedures Satellite Lockbox Secondary lockbox used for complex group control i e isolation over distance multiple work groups and work with contractors Self Contained Breathing Apparatus SCBA A respirator that has a portable supply of breathing air and is independent of the ambient atmosphere
158. e relevant medical and or Workers compensation form s readily available to an injured Worker for the Worker to complete and provide to a physician 18 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e data tracking to indicate if the injury warrants lost time Modified Work or no work restrictions e an overall focus on facilitating an injured Worker s return to work as soon as possible 3 4 Incident Classification and EnCompass Incident Management System Enbridge will determine and record the final classification of all Incidents All Incidents shall be entered into the Enbridge EnCompass Incident Management System 19 4 0 General Safety 4 1 Right to Refuse Unsafe Work Workers have the right responsibility and authority to refuse any work where there are reasonable grounds to believe it is dangerous to the health and safety of themselves or any person at an Enbridge Worksite In addition Workers are responsible to stop any work that they reasonably believe presents an imminent or serious threat to the life or health of a Worker or other person exposed to a hazard condition or activity If a Worker has a safety concern or refuses work the Worker reasonably believes is unsafe the Worker shall immediately contact their People Leader before proceeding with the work All refusals of unsafe work shall be investigated and addressed with the Worker before the work proceeds If unsafe work conditions activi
159. e reviewed and updated as required If the source of the changed or new hazard is unknown an investigation shall be required before re entry into the Confined Space is permitted Initial Atmospheric Monitoring results shall be recorded on the Confined Space Entry Permit and then at adequate intervals as identified and required by the permit The record of Atmospheric Monitoring results shall include the following tester signature test date test equipment used test methods used test results 8 10 Confined Space Procedure Requirements Written safe work procedures shall be developed for each Confined Space or similar Confined Space prior to entry into the Confined Space In addition a written rescue plan shall also be developed see 8 12 For Enbridge Facilities the Contractor s Confined Space procedures shall be reviewed by a qualified Enbridge Representative prior to Confined Space work Confined Space procedures shall be attached to the Confined Space Entry Permit and reviewed with Workers affected during the Pre Job Entry Meeting The Confined Space procedures shall establish a constant means of communication e g voice visual signal line between the Confined Space Attendant and e Workers entering the Confined Space e backup Workers or rescue personnel e the Confined Space Entry Supervisor The means of communication shall be e suitable for the hazards identified during the Hazard Assessment e maintained as l
160. e right to suspend the current SWP and require a new SWP to be issued Document Copies e White top copy SWP receiver keeps or posts this copy at the work location while the permit is valid SWP receiver returns this copy FLHA and other pertinent documentation to the SWP issuer when the SWP time period has expired If an incident occurs during the course of work the white copy of the SWP along with all other documentation shall be forwarded to the person responsible for conducting the incident investigation and will be retained as identified in the requirements for incident investigation documentation e Yellow copy SWP issuer posts this copy at the worksite or similar site locality to identify work activities occurring at the site Discard after the white copy is returned or give to the SWP receiver if requested In compliance with Enbridge s Records Management Policy and Records Retention Schedule Enbridge Employees must retain all Safe Work Permits and any related documents or records Contractors shall have a records retention policy to ensure that all documents or records used prepared or produced by the Contractor in the performance of the work are maintained by the Contractor for durations of time that are not less than the limitation periods prescribed in the applicable statutes of limitations or limitation of actions legislation in force in the jurisdictions the Contractor operates 83 84 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4
161. e use only respirators approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NIOSH or the Canadian Standards Association CSA e select or change the RPE used based on results of contaminant hazard monitoring and updated results leave the respirator use area if vapor or gas breakthrough is detected or if there are changes in breathing resistance or leakage of the face piece ensure that shared RPE is disinfected after each personal use e ensure personal and shared RPE is cleaned in accordance with manufacturers specifications Fit testing is to be provided to Contractor personnel by their respective employer 107 In addition Workers shall complete medical evaluations A medical evaluation is required e every five years CAN e every 2 years APLI e annually USA Medical evaluations will include a pulmonary function test or spirometry test The evaluations are reviewed by a licensed health care professional The licensed health care professional shall review and retain the medical evaluation and ensure that e arecommendation regarding the Workers ability to use a respirator is clearly stated e any limitations on respirator use related to medical conditions or workplace conditions in which the respirator will be used are clearly stated e the medical care provider has provided the Worker with a copy of the written recommendation s Additional medical evaluations will be completed before the noted time fra
162. e vehicle to be placarded Contractors shall have their own CMV program which meets all Applicable Legislation Regions are responsible for e designating a CMV representative ensuring proper registration and liability insurance for each CMV ensuring Workers possess the proper type of license to drive their assigned vehicle In addition Regions Projects training coordinators and Human Resources HR shall conduct periodic internal reviews to ensure continued compliance with Applicable Legislation and adherence to Enbridge Standards Such reviews shall include but not be limited to e federally required training for drivers and supervisors e driver files hours of service vehicle files accident analysis driver training e other safety systems to ensure continued compliance with Applicable Legislation e vehicle checks to ensure current and correct documentation is in each vehicle including the Safety Fitness Certificate insurance documents and any required inspection and maintenance documents such as Commercial Vehicle Inspection Program CVIP or Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance CVSA inspections The CMV representative shall maintain e vehicle inspection repair lubrication and maintenance scheduling e vehicle information e maintain hours of service records 162 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 CMV drivers shall have a single valid Commercial Driver s License CDL to drive Enbridge
163. echnicians Operations Management Regional managers team leaders and their designates Other Potentially Infectious Material OPIM Includes the following human fluids semen vaginal secretions cerebrospinal fluid synovial fluid pleural fluid pericardial fluid amniotic fluid saliva in dental procedures and any other body fluid that is visibly contaminated with blood all body fluids in situations where it is difficult or impossible to differentiate between body fluids any unfixed tissue or organ other than intact skin from a human living or dead cell or tissue cultures 265 containing HIV organ cultures culture medium or other solutions containing HIV or HBV and blood organs or other tissues from experimental animals infected with HIV or HBV Partition A portable safety screen complete with stand alone lightweight frame that is used to enclose Hot Work activities available in singular or multi panel arrangement of various widths and heights Permissible Exposure Limit PEL An occupational health standard instituted to safeguard Workers against exposure to toxic material in the workplace Permit Required Confined Space A Confined Space that is hazardous or that may become hazardous due to one or more of the following e work activity would cause adverse health effects e g fiber glassing abrasive blasting welding e contains or has the potential to co
164. ecific procedures and as required based on the results of Atmospheric Monitoring Natural Gas Liquids NGLs NGLs contain propane butane and condensates such as heptane hexane and pentane NGLs are considered to be the most hazardous of the products transported by pipeline When released into the atmosphere NGLs may look like a steam cloud close to the source NGLs are extremely cold with a boiling point of 42 C 44 F NGL vapour may smell something like gasoline and may have a narcotic and intoxicating effect which could lead to unconsciousness Since NGLs are extremely flammable all ignition sources shall be eliminated Diluent Like most petroleum diluent is flammable and contains volatile substances in varying percentages The lighter hydrocarbons included in diluent are typically naphtha benzene and pentane 182 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 As with other pipeline liquids keep ignition sources away from diluents In the event of a release use RPE as required 14 2 Storage and Transportation Follow labeling regulations as required by pipeline regulatory agencies Labels are required to be displayed e onthe pipeline system and e on breakout tanks Employees shall receive orientation and training on the hazards associated with the various products transported by pipeline or stored including non refined synthetic semi refined or refined hydrocarbon liquids and natural gas
165. ecific to gauge installation and who is listed on the nuclear materials license Authorized User When referring to radiation an individual who has received the initial nuclear densitometer radiation safety training according to the nuclear materials license Authorized Worker Qualified and authorized personnel who perform lockout tagout of a machine equipment in order to perform maintenance on that machine equipment Below Grade Facility Refers to existing below grade operating facilities utilities structures and supports such as pipelines cables conduits casings concrete piles or concrete foundations Below Grade Facility Contact Any puncture crack scratch gouge flattening or dent of the surface of a Below Grade Facility OR damage to the protective coating of the Below Grade Facility Benching Benching System A method of protecting Workers from cave ins by excavating the sides of an excavation to form one or a series of horizontal levels or steps usually with vertical or near vertical surfaces between levels Blue Flag Blue signals displayed in accordance with the Code of Federal Regulations signify that workers are on under or between rolling equipment and that equipment shall not be moved or coupled into Blood Includes human blood human blood components and products made from human blood Bloodborne Pathogen Pathogenic microorganism present in human blood th
166. ection area tools ventilation equipment e g CO RPM D correct body placement D manual Efting I repetitive motion D unstable position D heavy swkward loads D over reaching I Mold D biological waste D poisonous plant material D exposure to animals insects I personal multi gas monitor Calibration Bump Test Date Gectrical D electrical safe limits of approach understood and maintained I high voltage probe gloves I GF protection D arc flash PPE as per NFPA 70 O voltmeter not used on conductors greater than 750v CAN or 600v USA D competent amp qualified electrical workers D test amp confirm voltage on electrical conductors Biological D Proper disposal of waste D Control insects wiidlife O Environmental impact controlled O Written rescue evacuation plan developed T Roles and responsibilities established and reviewed with responsible parties O Communication plan established O Rescue equipment on site as required T Rescue equipment identified available and inspected I Nearest Medical Facility Specify O Oftsite Contractor rescue team review rescue plan at Pre job meeting Work carmot begin until the regsired signatures are on this document All persons performing this work must comply with Enbridge safety policies and government regulations Wort must stop should conditions change new hazards appear o an emergency occurs on the site Permit Approver Print Name Signature Permit
167. ed access e free from damage The LOA s personal LOTO is always the first on the lockbox and the last off of the master lockbox The LOA s lock shall be placed at the securing point of the master lockbox Satellite Lockboxes Satellite lockboxes may be used in conjunction with a master lockbox Instead of having all authorized Workers LOTO at the master lockbox Workers can LOTO ata satellite lockbox A satellite lockbox shall be set up by a crew lead e g the crew lead attaches a personal lock to the master lockbox then places their key to that personal lock into a secondary lockbox known as a Satellite lockbox The Authorized Workers on a crew shall LOTO at the satellite lockbox A master lockbox can have any number of satellite lockboxes linked to it The LOA s personal LOTO is always the first on the lockbox and the last off of the lockbox The LOA s lock shall be placed at the securing point of the lockbox It is recommended that lockboxes used to store keys for equipment lockouts be a color other than red to prevent any confusion as to the purpose of the lockbox Lockboxes used to store keys for equipment lockouts should have documentation stored with the lockbox or nearby to enable Qualified Workers to determine what equipment is associated with the lockbox and why the equipment is locked out Equipment lockboxes should be secured with a tag indicating that the lockbox contains a key s that is locking out a piece of equ
168. ed before a Worker enters a Confined Space and before a Worker re enters a Confined Space that has been unoccupied for any length of time e be used to determine the Class 1 2 3 or Non Permit of the Confined Space Remote gas detector accessories e g sample draw pumps may be needed for Atmospheric Monitoring at various locations or elevations Before entry into a Confined Space conduct initial Atmospheric Monitoring through openings from outside the Confined Space where possible Use a calibrated direct reading and or grab sample instrument If testing from outside the Confined Space is not possible conduct initial Atmospheric Monitoring from inside the Confined Space using PPE RPE in accordance Standard 7 PPE in this manual Confined Spaces are considered Class 3 until Atmospheric Monitoring is complete 125 Continuous Atmospheric Monitoring for the following is required anytime a Worker is inside a Confined Space e oxygen Oz e lower explosive limits LEL e hydrogen sulfide H2S e carbon monoxide CO Periodic Atmospheric Monitoring and Atmospheric Sampling may be required for other hazards or contaminants e g benzene These frequencies shall be documented on the Confined Space Entry Permit If Atmospheric Monitoring indicates the Class of the Confined Space has changed or new hazards are present e the work shall stop e all Workers shall evacuate the Confined Space and e the Hazard Assessment shall b
169. ed from cave ins by sloping the sides of the Excavation and or installing temporary protective structures such as shoring or trench boxes Ensure sufficient space is provided in Working Excavations to perform all required tasks including adequate clearance under and between Facilities and walls When installing components in a shoring system each brace shall be installed in descending order using a ladder and working downward from the surface The reverse order shall be used to remove components unless conditions make it unsafe for Workers to enter the excavation In such cases an alternate method of removal that protects Workers from injury shall be used Shoring shall extend a minimum of 400 mm 18 in above the surface of the ground or vertical trench walls when surrounding site conditions are sloping toward the Excavation When site conditions are flat shoring only needs to extend to ground level A professional engineer shall be consulted to review the stability of any structure or foundation that may be affected by an excavation or trench If required a temporary protective structure shall be designed constructed and installed to support the structure or foundation in accordance with the specifications of a professional engineer A professional engineer shall design any support system used in an Excavation greater than 6 m 20 ft deep Trench Boxes shall be designed by a professional engineer Before the trench box is insta
170. ed surface or area then another trained Worker shall carry out the decontamination using appropriate disinfectant and PPE in accordance with procedures e all contaminated or potentially contaminated material including PPE shall be placed by the involved Worker s in a designated receptacle for collection prior to leaving the work area All Enbridge Locations shall post warning signs and label storage or collection containers as required by procedures associated with this Standard Warning signs shall be fluorescent orange with lettering and symbols of a contrasting color Storage or collection containers shall be identifiable e g red bags or other suitable labeled containers Enbridge Employees should refer to the Bloodborne Pathogens Procedure in the GDL under IMS 04 Tier 2 procedures for additional responsibilities instructions for medical follow up vaccinations paperwork and records 10 3 Standard Precautions Standard Precautions are based on the premise that all blood and bodily fluids are considered infectious and shall be treated as such Workers shall e wash their hands as soon as possible after any exposure to blood or bodily fluids including their own e cover cuts and scrapes effectively and completely with bandaging to prevent the transmission of their own blood and bodily fluids and to also prevent their own exposure to blood or bodily fluids from other sources e apply fresh bandaging to their own cuts scrapes
171. edures e g driver responsibilities recordkeeping conduct and discipline drug and alcohol distracted driving load security log books and inspection Standards e immediately report all Motor Vehicle Incidents MVI driver s license violations and suspensions to their People Leader e obey all traffic signals and posted speed limits drive slowly and with caution as appropriate e g when road or driving conditions are poor or hazardous and or when Workers or other people are present drive defensively at all times only operate properly equipped and maintained vehicles e properly use all of the safety mechanisms installed on vehicles including seat belts e ensure that all vehicle occupants are wearing their seat belts at all times when the vehicle is in motion Other driving related requirements include never operate a vehicle with a person in the bed of the vehicle e where equipment is in operation do not stop park or pass through the area without the equipment operator s acknowledging your presence follow the directions of flag persons traffic signals when present e when parking on roadways black top or gravel park on the working right side if the roadway if safe to do so e when driving in adverse conditions such as rain snow or ice allow plenty of distance for stopping 152 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e when driving in adverse conditions such as rain snow or ice
172. ee Individuals filling full or part time positions that have been established for an undefined period of continuous employment Individuals filling temporary or casual full time or part time positions that are established for a limited predetermined period of time usually less than one year in length 257 Enbridge A generic term used for Enbridge Liquids Pipelines Major Projects and other legal entities under the control of Liquids Pipelines Enbridge Contractor A named individual who is not an Employee and who provides specific services for a specified time under a contract with Enbridge The individual may contract directly with Enbridge or may be covered under any and all schedules in any and all contracts with Enbridge Inc This individual may require internal network access and or building access For a complete definition refer to the Human Resources Employment Policies and Procedures for Contractors located on elink Enbridge Employee Enbridge Employee refers to both Employee s and Enbridge Contractor s Enbridge Inc The parent Enbridge corporation and each of its wholly owned subsidiaries and affiliates Enbridge Locations All Enbridge sites workplaces worksites facilities terminals stations and administrative and project offices Enbridge Operating Asset An Enbridge owned asset that has been commissioned Enbridge Operations A generic term that refers to the Enbrid
173. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 113 8 0 Confined Space Entry Standard cccceeecesseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeteeeee 114 8 1 Responsibilities 223 ccc keealedheieaaia dita hi maukoeneaeine 114 8 2 Training and Qua lifiCatonsecietvenss onsesetneiei ses cate ecca viene tnaeenids 118 8 3 Confined Space Classes ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeteeeas 120 8 4 Work PRACTICSS sien 2a sired ncn etek peak deid dex eras genase wae EE EAE EEEa EErEE EE 121 8 5 Confined Space Entry Permit cceeeeeceeecceeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeneae 121 8 6 Confined Space Hazard ASSCSSMEN cceeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeeteees 122 8 7 Isolation Requirements snuck cateere csonctienteeeeieeitel ieevnysetaeeennecs 123 8 8 Ventilation Requirement cccccceeeeseseceneeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 123 8 9 Atmospheric Monitoring and Sampling ccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 125 8 10 Confined Space Procedure Requirement cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 126 8 11 Pre Job Entry Meeting lt 3 lt 8 hnweka ekeddoda cada eae eaadaene 127 8 12 On Site Evacuation and Rescue ceeeeceeceeee eee eteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 127 8 13 Top Entry Confined Spaces cc ccccccecceeeeessceceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeteneae 129 8 14 Confined Space Signage cccccceceeeeeeesscceeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeeeeteenae 129 9 0 Injury Prevention Standard s acc0 2 sivencea ron annon ates tee eee es 130 91 Injury Preventhonece
174. eeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeteeeenneeeeeeees 188 14 5 XGRISAVEIMISIRAZGCOM 8s ccscccshoesrses ties ccdaaeis chi vee Rene bet crag ele eee 189 14 6 Respiratory Hazards 0 0 ccc eeeeenee eee eeeeeeeeecaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeesnaeeeeeeees 190 14 7 Nitrogen Pipeline Purging c cccceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeees 194 15 0 Ground Disturbance Standard ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeenesseeeeeeeees 196 15 1 Damage Prevention sci sees aa ee a ON ee ea ae 196 15 2 Positive Identification Exposure of Below Grade Facilities 198 15 3 Mechanical Clearance x2 ssccesiieicyudecinashecetanshecccaleeteeee sheen ianees 200 15 4 Roles and Responsibilities cecceceeeeeeeeeeeencceeeeeeeeeeeeseneaeaeeeeeees 201 15 5 Pile Driving Auguring Boring and Drilling cceceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 203 16 0 Excavation Safety Standard ccecccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecneeeeeeeeeeteesenneeeeeeees 204 16 1 Mechanical Excavation cccecceecsccceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeteeseseaaaeeeeeees 204 16 2 Worker Protechioneccoicaxteannenieokacnyuietntidtelaiaiuaabeantie edaeeh iadetaeaaees 205 16 3 Classification of Soil and ROCK iiciics ceceecsececeetssraiectivieteateensivettiorecnee 206 16 4 SIPING aia aa Seabee a E ara EE E EE N A EN E 207 16 5 Exits ANGE MAN CC Os aoe INN 2 Od Sa Oe ey oleae 207 16 6 Material SIO RAGS x eae nec cceares ct escewtecen niet seresncsnnteiateseketecmacereasttactoenedtees 207 16 7 Fences
175. eeeeeteeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeees 65 Opern Syste Misaia a rote eee Oh needed EA 76 Site PINNING wise iceetens nanka a a a a 76 Safe Work Permit and Work Authorization Standard ccceeeeeeee 78 Responsibilities for Issuing Safe Work Permits and Work Authorization 78 Safe Work Permit Requirement cccceeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeees 81 Work Authorization Requirement c ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaees 85 Suspension of Work Authorization and Safe Work Permits 85 Personal Protective Equipment Standard 0 eeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 87 Personal Protective Equipment ccceeesssscccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 87 Head PlOleclons 22 nica cican nde eens ca ean a im aancs as 95 Eye and Pace Protect nsncncenctueis tmnarietenaacnaenvadn Aone neanent 96 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 7 4 Hand Protections farce Pails e Ge iee Ptiaeaduese oeeuonak 98 FOr FEOOCPIORS COM eiren nose tice AS rea ter AAE T AE aha 99 7 6 Hearing Conservation sos iiecess cit alatdicceeh nedes thetihen gab nbet sleadicauad abet choi 101 7 7 High Visibility Safety Apparel eecesseccceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 103 7 8 Flame Resistant Garments cicesa dennctenyrn Ane eden 104 7 9 Respiratory Protective Program ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeteeee 106 7 10 Additional PPE Requirement eeeceeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
176. eeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeas 246 20 7 Propane Bottles and Accessories eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeetteeeeeeeeeetteeee 249 20 8 Portable Heaters tda on estentdacs ne dentta duutenidadacteaacuie 249 PCTONIY INS erie Sapte aera a E E vee atte SeA E Gees cine alte ane etee N S 251 Defined TOP ernie EEE E EE GE EEA AE EEE E 254 Appendix LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Values Safety e Relentlessly ensure the safety of our communities customers employees contractors and partners e Take a proactive approach to identifying and preventing safety issues e Take immediate action when a safety issue is identified e Continually seek ways to improve safety performance Integrity e Maintain truth in all interactions e Do the right thing do not take the easy way out e Take accountability for our actions without passing the blame to others e Follow through on commitments Respect e Value the contributions of others e Take the time to understand the perspective of others e Treat everyone with unfailing dignity Principles 10 our path to Zero HEALTH AND SAFETY AT ENBRIDGE OUR COMMITMENT Enbridge is committed to ensuring everyone returns home safely at the end of each and every day and that our assets are operated in a safe manner This commitment to safety is based on caring for The Enbridge Values of Integrity Safety and Respect in support of Our Communities the environment
177. eeting and Hazard Assessment 115 supporting the Confined Space Attendant in controlling access to the confined space verifying safe entry and exit points are available to Workers and rescue Workers prior to their entry into the Confined Space ensuring that acceptable conditions are maintained for the duration of the entry work and that any requirements or status changes are communicated to the next Confined Space Entry Supervisor accounting for all personnel and equipment when the entry work is terminated In addition the Confined Space Entry Supervisor shall ensure the Confined Space Entry Permit is completed and reviewed with affected Workers Before approving the Confined Space Entry Permit and allowing entry to begin the Confined Space Entry Supervisor shall ensure e all procedures specified by the Confined Space Entry Permit and the Hazard Assessment are readily available to Workers e all equipment specified by the Confined Space Entry Permit and the Hazard Assessment is readily available and in place Each Worker entering a Confined Space is responsible for 116 attending and completing training as required by this Standard applying the training to their work i e to perform their assigned tasks and duties properly and in a safe manner immediately notifying the Confined Space Entry Supervisor when they do not feel Qualified to perform a task or assigned duty conducting work as directed by the Confined Space Entry Su
178. eieetare h eni 155 12 5 Commercial Motor Vehicles Canada ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeees 156 12 6 Commercial Motor Vehicles United States ccccceeeeeeeeeeereeeees 162 12 7 Powered Mobile Elevating Work Platforms cccceeecseseseteeeeeeeees 165 12 8 Powered Mobile Equipment ccceeeeeeeseeecceceeeeeeeeeeessnaaeeeeeeees 166 12 9 All Terrain and Off Road Vehicles ceeeccesccceeeeeeeeeeesessceeeeeeees 169 aeaa O AUC E EAA eee AN Str ae Se en a aes esti a as eee eds 170 12 11 Signalers and Spotters 0 cece ececcceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeesesseaaaeeeeeees 172 13 0 Electrical Safety Standard vie cece nests atlondieeeiariinedeiendinece 175 13 1 Limited Approach Boundaries ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeenneeeeeeees 176 13 2 IGN VONAGE samana nn e tare gre sna pane canna Ra at 180 13 3 LOW Voltage eie arra ee A ea e A ERARE nested toc RE RAER 180 13 4 Exposed Electrical Equipment Conductors ccccceeeceeeeeeteeeeeeeees 181 14 0 Hazardous Materials Standard ccccceceeeeeeeeeeceeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeesneeeeeeees 182 14 1 Characteristics of Products Transported by Pipeline cee 182 14 2 Storage and Transportation cccccsccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeees 183 14 3 Radiation and Radiography cc cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeees 186 14 4 Asbestos Management Program cccccceeee
179. ely to ensure prevention of tipping sliding collapse or other hazards pipe shall be adequately blocked chocked when stored shelving shall o be marked with weight limits o be secured o have determined inspection timeline requirements e all secured loads shall be assessed prior to the release of the securing mechanism e carefully assess the load to ensure the load has not shifted during transport 4 35 Rail Locations Workers shall never get on under or between moving or unsecured railway equipment not leave or place tools vehicles or equipment on rail tracks e look both ways before crossing a track listen and look for trains or other railway equipment coming from either direction at any time e never stop a vehicle on or near tracks at a railway crossing or other locations along the tracks always adhere to Blue Flag signals and requirements e ensure effective engine stock and rail locking devices are used when required If the operator of a locomotive is unable to safely and effectively operate a railroad s locomotive while operating near or on an Enbridge Facility they shall cease operations In such cases the Enbridge Site Supervisor for the Enbridge Facility shall contact the rail line owner Enbridge Facilities that include rail lines on site or nearby shall ensure that safety measures and Hazard Assessments address the presence of rail lines and how the rail lines may affect the scope of work and range of possible hazards
180. ely stop operations requiring signals until communication is reestablished and a proper signal is given and understood If eye contact is not possible a lift plan shall be developed If electronic communication is required then that equipment shall be tested on site before beginning operations to ensure that the signal is effective clear and reliable PROCEED SLOWLY FORWARD PROCEED SLOWLY BACKWARD CLEAR TO LEAVE THE AREA NI Er T T i TURNS EMERGENCY STOP DISTANCE TO STOPPING POINT STOP 4 re ad Figure 1 Standard Hand Signals 173 HOIST LOWER USE MAIN HOIST SWING s 1 S STOP EMERGENCY STOP USE WHIP LINE RAISE BOOM Le S S 1 LOWER BOOM TRAVEL DOG EVERYTHING TRAVEL BOTH TRACKS 1 TRAVEL ONE TRACK EXTEND BOOM RETRACT BOOM MOVE SLOWLY RAISE THE BOOM AND LOWER LOAD LOWER THE BOOM AND RAISE LOAD EXTEND BOOM ONE HAND RETRACT BOOM ONE HAND Figure 2 Material Lifting Hand Signals 174 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 13 0 Electrical Safety Standard Under normal operating conditions only Qualified Electrical Workers wearing proper PPE and using proper equipment shall perform construction testing repair and maintenance on electrical equipment with or without Hazard Risk Category HRC labels Unless it is not practical all circuits shall be set or placed in an energy free safe work condition LOTO procedures shall be used before a Qualified Electrical W
181. end of work shift or at beginning of next work shift No CMV or other assigned vehicle is permitted to be driven until major defects have been repaired or corrected CMV drivers shall prepare a daily written post Trip Inspection report at the end of each driving day Every driver is responsible for preparing such a report for each vehicle driven The report shall list any condition that the driver either found or had reported to them that would affect safety of operation or cause a breakdown If no defect or deficiency is reported or found the report shall state this The driver shall sign the report in all cases Each Region shall have a system of records that tracks the inspection maintenance and repair history for each of owned or leased CMV The records shall be written or electronic such as Maximo Every CMV or segment of a combination vehicle requires periodic inspection by a Qualified individual at least once every 12 months This inspection shall meet the Minimum Periodic Inspection Standards outlined by the Department of Transportation Documentation of the most recent periodic inspection shall be kept on or in the vehicle and at the maintenance facility for a period of 14 months Drivers Carrying Cargo 163 Drivers carrying cargo shall e ensure that all cargo transported inside and on a CMV is contained immobilized or secured according to all Applicable Legislation training in this area is required for anyone driving
182. ent 1 in diameter and smaller 95 112 in diameter and larger 92 5 C Thimble Splice Hand Tucked 1 4 in 90 1 2 in 86 5 16 in 89 5 g in 84 3 g in 88 3 4 in 83 7 16 in 87 7 g in and larger 81 Figure 10 Attaching Rope to Fittings 241 Table 1 Safe Working Load for Wire Rope Slings Rope Single Leg Tonnes Two Leg Bridle or Basket Hitch Tonnes Diameter inches il 6 x 19 Classification Construction ea eee ey 25 23 23 AA AO Tay Tey Tey tay 1 gt oe 20 170 Teo TsO as Aa sof aof sa saf s2 sa ze 23 2A ZO S Aa a A R E a EEEE BER E E Ba Ee Se ee A an A T Ta eee ee R ae a MARME UR OREDO ama ULOLULULULULULULUEUR ER a mo ar EHO ZIV oe WD TO EO TO TSO IO ooo TY 6 x 37 Classification Construction e peo popeo o2 re AUT po AsV o eo LOLOL SOLO Ao WO e feoeo jnoj zonna jz zanen eon ET OY eo ao AO TO en so aopo HOY en aro oao ero wT E a led z popoean sofao jaro faofao farojn EEAS SEO EO HO fH EEUE EEEE a Softeners should be used if slings are used to handle loads with sharp corners The radius of the bend should not be smaller than five times the diameter of the rope If the radius is smaller a choker hitch rating should be used 2 Table is based on a safety factor of 5 sling angles formed by one leg and a horizontal line through the crane hook and uniform loading 3 For 3 leg bridle slings multiply safe load limits for 2 leg bridle slings by 1 5 and for 4 leg
183. ent licensed for highway use shall have reflective stripes placed in the rear of the vehicle with the exception of cars and vehicles designated as non emergency response by regional site management Rear striping shall be red alternating with white Stripes shall be at least 5 cm 2 in wide Reflective stripes on the rear of truck tractors shall comply with the regulations of the Federal Motor Vehicle Carrier Safety Administration FMCSA USA or Transport Canada CAN Vehicle recovery straps tow ropes including the attachment hardware shall be labeled with their assigned strength and safety ratings Tow ropes and hardware shall be of adequate pulling strength to ensure the weight of the vehicle can be safely towed Chains shall not be used for towing 12 4 Vehicle Operation Workers operating vehicles shall e perform a walk around prior to moving any parked vehicle checking for o potential obstructions and approach distances o fluids on under the vehicle o vehicle damage o adequate tire inflation and any sharp objects or foreign material in the tire treads o Clear visibility including any damage or cracks to the windshield and rear side windows e back into a space when safe to do so pull through a parking space when it is possible secure and or mount materials tools and equipment against movement when stowed in the same compartment as Workers or erect barriers to safely separate Workers from stowed items secure truck bed and t
184. ervisor shall document and sign the Pre Job Entry Meeting section on the back of the Confined Space Entry Permit Part 7 This signature authorizes entry into the Confined Space The Confined Space Entry Supervisor shall also ensure all Workers involved sign under this section Involved or affected Workers include but are not limited to the following Workers entering the Confined Space Confined Space Attendant atmospheric testers onsite designated rescue personnel 8 12 On Site Evacuation and Rescue A Worker shall not enter a Class 1 2 or 3 Confined Space or a Non Permit Required Confined Space unless a detailed written rescue plan is e developed and readily available e reviewed at the Pre Job Entry Meeting prior to entry into the Confined Space 127 e ready for immediate implementation to ensure an effective evacuation and rescue can be carried out in the event of an emergency Rescue plans shall be retained with the Confined Space Entry Permit and should be reviewed periodically and practiced regularly The written rescue plan specific to a Confined Space shall include but is not limited to the following Confined Space Attendant name s rescue personnel services to be used location and dimensions of the Confined Space location of entry and exit points and obstacles to removing an injured Worker note the use of plans drawings or sketches is helpful e required training for Workers involved in rescue procedures
185. ess they are performing non entry rescue in accordance with the rescue procedure e prior to leaving the entrance of a Confined Space the Confined Space Attendant shall verify that no person is inside the Confined Space before it is closed off and shall ensure proper signage barricades are in place to prevent unauthorized entry into the Confined Space The Confined Space Entry Permit approver is responsible for acknowledging the work reviewing hazards and controls with the Permit Issuer e ensuring the Confined Space Entry Permit Issuer is aware of site specific information The Confined Space Entry Permit Issuer is responsible for reviewing hazards and controls with the Permit Receiver e verifying compliance with the requirements on the Confined Space Entry Permit verifying that appropriate controls are in place ensuring Atmospheric Monitoring is complete e classifying the space as per the initial Atmospheric Monitoring and identified hazards e determining the need for a Confined Space Attendant The Confined Space Entry Permit receiver is responsible for providing the Permit Issuer with adequate notice providing a sufficient description of the scope of work reviewing hazards and controls with Workers involved in the work ensuring requirements on the permit are followed 8 2 Training and Qualification Before entry or work within a Confined Space the Confined Space Entry Supervisor and all Workers with assigned duties related
186. esting trailers shall be parked with the entrance facing away from the test area The testing trailer door s shall remain closed during testing operations If it is necessary to test indoors the 15 m 50 ft exclusion zone shall encompass the entire room in which the test is completed 15 m 50 ft Zone Exclusion Zone e The boundary of this zone shall be marked with red flagging stating Danger Do Not Enter All unnecessary equipment and workers shall stay out of this zone when the pipe is pressurized above normal operating pressures e Squeeze pumps water tanks and temperature recorders may be located in this zone Temperature recorders and other equipment shall be checked prior to pressurization and 15 minutes after the pipe reaches full pressure This will help keep the number of Workers in the area to a minimum during the critical pressurization time e Ensure the 15 m 50 ft zone applies over the entire length of the pipeline being tested Note Within populated areas traffic control is required and shall be identified in the Hazard Assessment and as part of the SWP e Workers shall stay in their vehicles if they are within this zone monitoring the pipeline during the hydro test with the exception of checking for leaks or opening or closing valves e Hydro test signs shall be placed on public access points and located at a point 15 m 50 ft from the pipeline 30 m 100 ft Zone e this zone will not be marked the pub
187. et pinched against a wall between a forklift load and the wall Methods of guarding shall be provided to protect Workers from pinch point injuries Specific pinch point hazards shall be identified on the Hazard Assessment Based on the potential and existing pinch point hazards additional specific PPE may be required to protect Worker from line of fire and pinch points More information on machine guarding can be found in section 20 5 Wrap points are the exposed rotating components on machinery or equipment Wrap points present a potential hazard to Workers as different items can be caught up or entangled in a wrap point Such items may include a Worker s clothing hair or jewelry A combination of controls shall be used near wrap points including guarding Workers shall not wear loose fitting garments or jewelry Workers with long hair shall keep their hair tied back to avoid entanglement Shear points are formed when two edges come close enough together to cut what is between them Cutting points are found where an edge is moved fast and forcefully enough to cut material Shear points and cut points shall be guarded ina manner that encloses the points within the machinery or equipment or shall otherwise be guarded to prevent the operator from being exposed to the hazard In addition to effective engineered guarding and using the right PPE for the work administrative controls shall also be used including Worker training and safe work
188. etermined by the Hazard Assessment e be wrapped or secured in any form to a Worker Always use two tag lines where rotation or uncontrolled motion of a load being hoisted is anticipated During the lift the Operator shall follow these requirements e Check the brake when lifting the load above ground level if there is any slippage stop the operation The brake shall be repaired or replaced before the equipment is returned to service e Do not move carry or swing loads over the head of any Worker 228 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Do not allow Workers to be under the load or between the load and a stationary object If possible identify the hazardous area drop zone by marking the swing radius in congested areas Avoid traveling with loads suspended whenever possible If travel is necessary carry the boom in line with the direction of travel and ensure tag lines are used to control the load swing Keep loads as close to the ground as reasonably possible Remain at the controls while loads are suspended If it is necessary to leave the controls the suspended load shall be secured e g skidded or blocked up All locking and safety devices shall be set as necessary to safely secure the machine Ensure the hoisting line is in a vertical position and over the center of the load in such a manner as to reduce danger to Workers from a swing or uncontrolled movement of the load Dynamic loadin
189. ew member shall be in view of another crewmember at all times The crew members should rotate their duties during the job to minimize fatigue to the operator holding the tools The equipment operator nearest the high pressure nozzle shall always have a means of immediately reducing pressure or interrupting the flow to the nozzle At least one control valve or switch shall control each high pressure tool An operator shall operate only one high pressure lance mole or shotgun at one time Sharp bends and turns can result in hose failure High pressure cleaning hose shall be positioned and handled to minimize bends and turns High pressure hose connections shall have whip checks and connections properly secured When the hose is pressurized personnel shall not handle the hose within one foot of the hose to hose connections High pressure water traveling at a high velocity can slice any solid material and has the tendency to inject microorganism in the human body Some of the debris propelled by water jets can injure eyes skin and body parts upon impact There is also a risk of developing musculoskeletal or repetitive strain injuries when working with HPWJ equipment and tools Precautions to be used when performing HPWJ tasks include but are not limited to e never point a pressure washer at yourself or others never attempt to push or move objects with spray from the washer always plug a properly grounded pressure washer into a properly gr
190. f carrier operating commercial vehicle name of municipality or location on highway where commercial vehicle was inspected e each defect in the operation of every item required to be inspected in accordance with Section 10 of NSCMC Standard 13 Part 2 or that no defect was detected e name of person who inspected commercial vehicle and include a statement signed by that person stating the commercial vehicle had been inspected in accordance with applicable requirements under Section 10 of NSCMC Standard 13 Part 2 e name and signature of driver or person making the report all applicable items identified in Schedule 1 of NSC Standard 13 Trip Inspections 160 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Report any defects identified on a trip inspection and take appropriate action including taking the vehicle out of service if a defect is detected or as required by Applicable Legislation Repairs of major defects shall be documented and certified After a major defect is repaired all documentation which noted the defect shall be amended to certify the defect was repaired or corrected or that no repair was necessary Records for repair of defects shall be attached to the inspection form in which the defect was first recorded Include these records in the applicable unit file No CMV can be operated or driven on a highway unless inspected and deemed fit for duty CMV drivers shall submit completed Trip Inspection doc
191. f snow and ice As appropriate use authorized traction control aids such as sand gravel or an approved snow melt When weather conditions such as snow fog or rain may contribute to or increase hazards e g by obscuring a hazard Workers shall identify the hazardous areas e g with flagging marking or other appropriate means Where use of a traction control aid is not authorized or appropriate Workers in consultation with the Site Supervisor shall identify alternative means of reducing eliminating or controlling the hazard such as traction aids or grated walking surfaces Be aware of the potential for different hazards related to ice and or snow For instance ice build up or slippery conditions may be present under snow cover Other hazards may also be present or hidden under ice or snow Workers shall not walk or stand on exposed pipes 9 3 Line of Fire and Pinch Points Line of fire is when a Worker may be at risk of injury from a hazard such as e Hazards associated with working equipment or machinery e release of spray e falling objects 130 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Generally Workers may be in the line of fire at any work location where equipment or machinery is transmitting energy e g in movement Pinch points also represent an injury risk A pinch point Incident is when any part of a Worker s body gets caught between two other objects For instance a Worker s leg may g
192. f the following occurs a safety or personal lock has been abandoned a key has been lost by a Worker or work group an emergency situation develops removal of an equipment lock without an equipment isolation form or log sheet documenting who installed the lock and why the equipment was locked out The lock cannot be removed until all abandoned lock removal procedure steps have been performed Unauthorized removal of a personal safety or equipment lock by anyone other than the Worker to whom it belongs is prohibited 18 10 Contractor Enbridge s Authorized Workers shall use Enbridge LOTO equipment to isolate all required energy sources The isolation of these sources shall occur before Contractors perform any activities related to servicing and or maintenance of machines equipment at an Enbridge Worksite Contractors shall develop and implement their own LOTO procedure and policy to ensure Worker and equipment protection and to meet Enbridge requirements and all Applicable Legislation As a minimum each Worker working on equipment that is affected by a lockout shall install their own lock and tag at the isolation point s prior to starting work Contractors shall provide their own equipment i e personal locks for their lockout portion Contractors performing LOTO can follow one of the following methods e A Enbridge Authorized Worker attaches lockout locks and tags to the isolation points place the keys in a lockbox and attac
193. f to reset e Cycle 2 120 hours on duty in 14 consecutive days providing that the driver takes 24 consecutive hours off duty time so as to never accumulate more than 70 hours of on duty time during the 14 day cycle period without taking 24 hours off Each crew shall choose whether each driver will follow cycle 1 or cycle 2 A driver is in violation when driving in excess of the cumulative hours specified in a cycle If a driver reaches a cycle limit the driver shall stop driving and take the required time off All drivers shall meet the medical standards outlined in the National Safety Code NSC of Motor Carriers Inspections and Maintenance Inspect heavy duty vehicles with a gross vehicle weight or gross combination weight rating greater than gt 4500 kg in accordance with the NSC for Motor Carriers and record on the Vehicle Inspection Form Inspect repair and maintain trailers in accordance with the Commercial Vehicle Maintenance Standards Ensure that every Enbridge owned or leased vehicle including trailers meets the maintenance requirements of local and provincial territorial maintenance standards as well as any specified in Maximo Job Plans 159 Drivers shall ensure that CMVs and trailers that require an annual or semi annual Commercial Vehicle Inspection Program CVIP inspection are inspected prior to operation Each region or Contractor company shall have a system that records and tracks the inspection mainten
194. facility owners responded to the locate request and located their staked facilities including but not limited to the Enbridge Initial Locate Has the Verification Sweep been completed and logged for all identified and unknown buried facilities Checking NO to any of the above requires regional or project management sign off to continue PERFORMING LOCATES AND VISUAL INSPECTION Has the Ground Disturbance Package GDP been reviewed by required personnel Have all locate and or drawing discrepancies been resolved with the locator and facility owner operator Does the locsting staking correspond with the Written Agreements and site observations Have ail buried facilities been visibly exposed in accordance with Company Standard Written Agreements and Regulations Are there any signs of construction activity in the area to indicate other possible buried facilities cathodic and telephone pedestals cut lines etc Have all as facilities on the Grawing s been surface located and marked staked within the proposed excavation and within the required distance of the outer perimeter of the exposed excavation as per the Company Standard Are above ground facilities e g power lines cable trays pipe racks identified signs erected and hazard controls established to prevent contact and to maintain a safe dearance Haz the Excavation Perimeter see defined terms been clearly established for the operator anc spotter Has a pre excavation mee
195. ffers Workers using hand held grinders and buffers shall not use the side of a wheel unless it is designed for side grinding stand to the side when starting the grinder out of the line of fire adopt a stance to one side of a steel wire wheel where possible unplug the tool when changing wheels or guards not use the tool to shape wood Workers shall also check air grinders for maximum speed by dismantling the wheel and using a speed counter If the speed exceeds the maximum revolutions per minute rpm reset the governor Prior to use the grinder or buffer shall be inspected to ensure the wheel is free of cracks the wheel does not vibrate excessively the buffing wheel has no loose wires or excess wear the disc is the correct size and type for the grinder and is approved for more revolutions per minute rpm than the grinder all components are properly secured and in place e there is no dead man locking switch these are prohibited 243 Fixed grinding wheels shall have tool rests that are a maximum of 3 mm 1 8 in from the face of the stone and project 6 mm 1 4 in on either side of the grindstone The angular exposure of the grinding wheel periphery and sides for safety guards shall not exceed 90 degrees or one fourth of the periphery 20 2 Electric Tools and Equipment Workers using electric tools shall unplug the tool when attaching or removing bits blades or other accessories use approved electrical equipment to powe
196. flying debris and weather conditions e wear a high visibility outer vest at all times when the vehicle does not have ROPS e wear seatbelts when the vehicles safety system is designed for seat belt use All ATVs UTVs and Snowmobiles shall e be inspected prior to use 169 be registered and insured with such documents carried on the equipment e have license plates securely attached in a visible location as required by Applicable Legislation receive permission prior to operation on private property e be operated at speeds appropriate for the terrain visibility conditions and experience e be equipped with an aerial whip and flag First Aid kit 5 lb ABC fire extinguisher plus portable communication equipment as required e g hand held radio cellular or satellite phone e have an emergency kit depending on the conditions and use as required by the Hazard Assessment UTV s and Snowmobiles may only carry passengers when there is a passenger seat Seat belts shall be worn by passengers when the vehicle safety system is designed for their use 12 10 Aircraft The pilot is responsible for all aspects of the flight including passenger safety Passengers Enbridge Employees and Contractor personnel are encouraged to take responsibility for their own safety and seek clarification of safety information where necessary Helicopters including those involved in slinging operations shall be operated with a 5 power reserve Pilots ma
197. following e determining the potential for Worker exposure to hazardous materials at Enbridge Locations including assessing how the each hazardous material is used e establishing protective measures based on the assessment and SDS including e engineering controls e g mechanical ventilation substitution of the hazardous material with an alternative less hazardous material where practicable e administrative controls e g adjusting an employee s work schedule effective use of PPE ensuring new or transferred employees receive initial training in GHS HAZCOM WHMIS as part of safety orientations e ensuring applicable SDS are readily available to Workers at each Enbridge Location 189 ensuring Workers are familiar with the SDS for all hazardous materials used at the Facility or Site and that the applicable SDS is reviewed before a product is used for the first time ensuring Workers are provided with information about hazardous materials to which they may be exposed before starting a non routine task e g applying fiberglass including hazard analysis actions to limit exposure safe work practices ensuring hazardous material containers are properly labeled ensuring a current and complete inventory of all hazardous materials is maintained for each Facility or Site ensuring any missing SDSs for hazardous materials used at a Facility are obtained from vendors and a copy of the SDS is sent to Health amp Safety ensuring W
198. frames or supports o have muadsills that are not constructed by joining smaller pieces of wood together o have blocks under supports for wedging and bridging o not have a smaller dimension than 1 3 of the height of the scaffold without outriggers o have outriggers on base plates fastened at approximately 1 3 of the total height when required o have bridging that is secured in place when bridging is required e scaffold supports and bracing shall o be securely fastened in accordance with manufacturers specifications o have all structural members in place o have all cross braces in place 41 o be tied or secured to a building or other structural supports if the height exceeds 3 times the smallest base dimension o increase the number of ties if hoarding enclosure is used in windy conditions or if there are other dynamic loads caused by the work being done on the scaffold o have ties that are placed as the scaffold is being erected e scaffold planking shall o be manufactured scaffold planks that are used stored inspected and maintained according to manufacturers specifications or solid sawn lumber planks that are rated as scaffold grade or better o be visually inspected before installation subject the plank to a load test if the visual inspection reveals damage that could affect its strength or function o extend the required distance from the support and overlap as required o be secured to prevent movement in any direction e
199. g impacts the capacity of the crane Ensure tension is maintained on the rigging and that the rigging is not unhooked until the load is fully secured Workers shall stay clear of the load being lifted not walk or pass under a suspended load not come between the load and a stationary object never hold any part of the load rigging or lifting equipment while the load is suspended and or in motion maintain a safe distance from the load until the tension on the rigging is relaxed and the load is stable Qualified Signalers Spotters where a Signaler Spotter is required they shall be Qualified in crane and hoisting hand signals refer to section 12 11 and shall have completed any specific training required by Applicable Legislation in the event that the equipment Operator cannot see the load or the Signaler the Lift Plan shall determine the means of constant communication that shall be used the Signaler shall wear a gauntlet or other unique means to identify them as the designated Signaler Pipe Handling Operations Workers shall be trained to safely handle and secure pipe and materials Follow these requirements Ensure the appropriate lifting equipment is used i e side booms track hoes equipped with vacuum devices and cranes Ensure pipe and fittings are handled using only approved rigging equipment designed not to damage the load i e Teflon or brass insert stringing pipe hooks sorting hooks and nylon slings Wheneve
200. gasoline paper are removed from the Hot Work area and placed a safe distance away from the Hot Work e verification of a non explosive environment with an Atmospheric Monitoring device e ensure continuous monitoring of Hot Work area during Hot Work in Hazardous and Restricted Areas and after the Hot Work has been completed in accordance with the Fire Watch standards set out in section 4 31 of this manual e if fire hazards cannot be removed then guards shall be used to confine heat sparks and slag e fire extinguishers are in place as per section 4 16 of this manual Monitor the environment during Hot Work to ensure an unknown or previously undetected flammable atmosphere does not develop A Safety Watch is required when engaged in certain Hot Work activities including but not limited to e welding flame cutting arc air gouging or grinding in Hazardous Areas or Restricted Areas e any Hot Work on or around Open Systems any Hot Work where product or vapors are present A Safety Watch shall be maintained after Hot Work is completed in accordance with section 4 31 The number of Safety Watches and the period of time a Safety Watch will be maintained shall be determined based on the Hazard Assessment and Applicable Legislation 31 4 15 Cutting and Welding When welding and cutting precautions shall be taken against exposure to excessive ultraviolet radiation burns fire and or explosion asphyxiation exposure to toxic gases fu
201. ge Representative Employee responsible for the location e g site supervisor PLM coordinator supervisor technician terminal supervisor or designate Enbridge Representative Employee or third party hire representing Enbridge for specific Contractor work or project Enbridge Site Inspector An Enbridge employee or any third party hire overseeing Enbridge projects on behalf of Enbridge and who is responsible for the inspection of work May include trade specific inspectors Enbridge Workforce See Workforce Enclosed Space Enclosed or partly enclosed area that is not designed nor intended for frequent and lengthy occupancy has unrestricted means of entry and exit e g pump shelters and densitometer instrument and sample buildings and that may aggravate ordinary job hazards Energized Connected to an energy source or contains residual or stored energy Energized Equipment Conductors and conductive parts of electrical equipment that are not locked out and verified energy free High voltage equipment is considered energized until grounded 258 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Energy Isolation Device Mechanical device that physically prevents the transmission or release of energy Energy Source Any origin of electrical mechanical hydraulic pneumatic chemical thermal or other force Ergonomics Scientific study of people
202. ge Locations they manage ensuring all required documentation applicable to confined space entry is developed completed and maintained in accordance with Enbridge requirements and Applicable Legislation ensuring all resources e g personnel equipment PPE required for each Confined Space Entry are available LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 In addition Enbridge management and Contractor management shall ensure a Hazard Assessment review is completed at least once every 3 years in relation to Confined Spaces at Enbridge Locations under their management A Hazard Assessment review shall also be required within the three year period if hazard conditions change or if new hazard information becomes known In all cases the Hazard Assessment review shall evaluate the effectiveness of the Hazard Assessment process regarding the Confined Space and the suitability of established controls The review of controls shall be based on relevant factors such as e changes in workplace conditions or work activities e workplace inspection reports e injury statistics e Incident investigations In addition Enbridge shall inform Contractors who are required to enter Confined Spaces about e Worksite specific Confined Space Entry requirements e any specific identified hazards as well as experience with the space such as knowledge of hazardous conditions e precautions or procedures to be followed when in or near Confi
203. graphical location of the Work Total number of Contractor and Subcontractor workers on site The number of crews and how they are spread out The risks hazards associated with the Work The type and nature of work activities being performed There are two levels of representation required by Enbridge Level 1 United States A combined Supervisor or Worker Safety Representative is required to have the OSHA 510 30 hour current within the last five years or approved equivalent training on projects with 15 or less people on site Canada A combined Supervisor or Worker Safety Representative is required to have at a minimum Leadership for Safety Excellence or approved equivalent training on projects with 15 or less people on site within 5 years of the start date of their scope of work Level 2 A minimum of one full time Safety Representative with NO OTHER field construction duties is required for any project with 16 or more people on site or equivalent In addition Enbridge may approve other comparable qualifications after a review of the person s combination of training and experience Other approved qualifications may be but are not limited to e Completion of Occupational Health and Safety certificate from a recognized Post Secondary Education Source or Certified Safety Professional CSP Canadian Registered Safety Professional CRSP Page 4 of 8 277 278 5 0 6 0 Enbridge Pipelines Inc and Enbridge Energy Company Inc
204. hall be assessed for all physical chemical and biological agents Exposures will be measured against Exposure Limits An Exposure Limit is a Workplace standard below which is believed that nearly all normal and healthy Workers may be repeatedly exposed day after day for working lifetime without adverse health effects Exposure mitigation and control protocols will be utilized anytime a measured exposure is above an Action Level where applicable An Action Level is a threshold value equal to or below the Exposure Limit which initiates an exposure mitigating response action Worker exposure shall be determined empirically or conceptually prior to the start of new projects or job tasks Periodic exposure surveillance may also be required for routine or continuous work practices 9 5 Assessment and Prevention of Ergonomic Hazards There are many different types of ergonomic hazards in the workplace For instance in some cases the risk of injury may be due to improper use of manual lifting techniques and or awkward or unsafe body positioning for the work Other potential factors may include overexertion overextension repetitive motions repetitive strain or working too long in the same position or at the same task To recognize and control ergonomic hazards use methods such as Ergonomic Assessment Task Analysis Hazard Assessment Safe Work Permit With effective use of Hazard Assessment methods important factors and risk fact
205. hall be used to control the isolation point keys e the keys to the locks can be brought to the location where work is being performed then placed and secured in a lockbox at the work area The LOA can begin coordinating the return to operation process only when all personal locks have been removed by the Workers at the work area and the remote site 224 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 19 0 Material Handling Standard 19 1 Classification of Lifts Critical Lifts The Workers involved in a critical lift shall apply the required controls and any other appropriate measures to ensure the safe and effective execution of the lift Lifts classified as Critical Lifts include e any single crane lift when the load is greater than 75 of the manufacturer s rating chart e any tandem lift multi crane lift involving two or more cranes lifting the same load simultaneously when the load may exceed more than 75 of the lifting capacity of any one crane as measured on the manufacturer s rating chart e any lift where the load travels over or between overhead high voltage power lines this does not include cables in cable trays The minimum control measure required for all critical lifts is the completion of an Engineering Lift Plan ELP The ELP shall include all details and lift calculations for the lift including scale drawings showing configurations and clearances A Qualified Lift Engineer shall visit the si
206. hat may be present in each season For instance during winter conditions consider PPE such as e slip resistant rubber Vibram Fire amp Ice thermoplastic polyurethane TPU compound or Oarprene sole that maintains traction in cold weather removable easily fitted traction grip aids outdoor use only thermally insulated footwear with a removable inner boot system e work boot insulators and or liner Where foot protection does not mitigate the primary hazard associated with the work such as when slope reading then alternative footwear appropriate for the hazards should be considered and may be used if approved by the Regional Director Workers and Visitors may be exempt from the requirement for protective footwear only if they are on a supervised or controlled tour of a Site or Facility or e if they are visiting a Site or Facility for administrative reasons only and while there are not exposed to hazards that would require the foot protection set out in this section 7 5 99 Protective footwear shall have markings as required as shown in Table 1 by jurisdiction 100 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Table 1 Protective Footwear Markings Canada USA General hazards CSA 1 Green ANSI Class 75 Triangle Electrical work or omega symbol Q Electrical Hazard EH entering substations Chainsaw work white label with green fir tree symbol 7 6 Hear
207. have fire suppression equipment suitable to the conditions and hazards Powered Mobile Equipment operators shall complete training in the safe operation of the equipment to which they are assigned and shall have their competency confirmed and documented by a People Leader Workers other than the designated operator shall not operate Powered Mobile Equipment unless authorized by the People Leader in charge The operator of the equipment is responsible for the safe operation and movement of the vehicle Workers operating Powered Mobile Equipment shall wear seatbelts when operating Powered Mobile Equipment use standard horn signals for Powered Mobile Equipment ensure lighting is functional and used as necessary comply with all Site traffic control plans wear HVSA HSVA may be removed by the Worker when enclosed in the cab of the equipment not use communication devices or allow other distractions during operation not climb Powered Mobile Equipment while in motion 166 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e not allow others to climb Powered Mobile Equipment while in motion e not allow other Workers to ride on Powered Mobile Equipment except in the seats provided ensuring that all passengers wear seatbelts In addition Workers working with or around Powered Mobile Equipment shall ensure e mats are not stacked higher than the side boards on forwarders used to haul mats e cable guards are used when wor
208. he period that begins when a driver begins work or is required by the motor carrier to be available for work prior to 158 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 starting a workshift the driver shall have at least 8 consecutive hours off duty e cycle limits see Table below Drivers shall comply with all three types of driving time limits Daily Limits Workshift Limits Cycle Limits 13 hours driving time ina 13 hours driving time ina Cycle 1 day workshift maximum 70 hours on duty in 7 consecutive days 36 hours off required between cycles 14 hours on duty in a day 14 hours on duty ina Cycle 2 workshift maximum 120 hours on duty in 14 consecutive days Minimum 10 hours off Maximum 16 hours duty in a day elapsed time in a workshift Due to the cumulative effect of being tired over several days and weeks the hours of service regulations include a maximum number of on duty hours that drivers can accumulate before they are required to take time off to reset On duty time includes both driving time and other non driving duties carried out during the working hours Cycle hours are calculated by adding the on duty hours of the current day to the on duty hours of the previous 6 or 13 days If a driver reaches the cycle limit they shall stop driving until they reset their cycle e Cycle 1 70 hours on duty in 7 consecutive days after which 36 consecutive hours shall be taken of
209. he system have a maximum height of three times the minimum base width unless additional stabilizing supports are used e have a Qualified person confirm that the scaffold is erected properly and attach an inspection tag which includes the load rating prior to allowing work to commence e use components and planking that are in good repair If the scaffold is higher than 15 m 50 ft it shall be designed by a professional engineer and erected used and maintained in accordance with the engineered design Workers who are involved in erecting disassembling moving operating repairing maintaining or inspecting a scaffold shall be trained to recognize any hazards associated with the work All Workers who perform work while on a scaffold shall be trained by a Qualified person to recognize the hazards associated with the type of scaffold being used and to understand the procedures to control or minimize those hazards When erecting and dismantling supported scaffolds a Qualified Worker shall ensure that all fall protection requirements are met and that a safe means of access is provided Scaffold components shall meet all Applicable Legislation as well as the following requirements set out in this manual e scaffold bases shall o be set on level and compacted soils o have base plates preferably with screw jacks to allow for adjustment and should rest centrally on mudsills o have mudsills continuous under at least two consecutive end
210. here e the LEL is greater than gt 10 e the oxygen content is greater than gt 23 CAN or 23 5 USA If these conditions are exceeded during Hot Work activities the Hot Work shall stop and remain stopped until the conditions are deemed safe for work to continue This determination shall be based on additional or subsequent air testing If it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate a hazardous e g explosive or flammable atmosphere within the Confined Space through another means the Confined Space shall be inerted Inerted refers to removing oxygen from a Confined Space and replacing it with an inert gas such as nitrogen carbon dioxide or argon to remove the hazard of fire or explosion Inerted Confined Spaces are classified as Class 3 due to the removal of oxygen oxygen deficient atmosphere Class 3 Confined Spaces require the use of SCBA 8 5 Confined Space Entry Permit A Worker shall not enter a Confined Space without a valid Confined Space Entry Permit The permit shall be e approved by the Regional Director Manager or designate or the Project Director or designate for work within Class 3 Confined Spaces or approved by the Site Supervisor for all other work e signed by both the Permit Issuer and the Permit Receiver 121 The Confined Space Entry Permit is verification that a Hazard Assessment has been completed Do not issue any Confined Space Entry Permit until e the scope of work has been o def
211. hes an equipment lock to the lockbox The Contractor then attaches their LOTO equipment to the lockbox e A Enbridge Authorized Worker attaches a hasp scissor clamp and equipment lock and tag to each isolation point The Contractor then attaches their LOTO equipment to each isolation point and follows their LOTO program e g setting up a satellite lockbox for the rest of their crew Once the LOTO has been completed an Enbridge Authorized Worker verifies that the isolated equipment is at a zero energy state If Contractor personnel would like to verify isolation they shall be afforded the opportunity to do so Contractor personnel who leave the worksite shall remove all of their locks and tags from the isolations point s 223 For new construction isolation turnovers or tie ins into pre existing systems all affected parties shall communicate the status of the equipment being turned over Enbridge in conjunction with the Contractor shall develop and document specific lockout procedures for complicated multiple lockouts and or complex electrical lockouts before work commences e g major lockout for a meter manifold system or high voltage lockout in a substation The Contractor will develop a specialized testing procedure that ensures positive isolation of the testing equipment from all other work areas The commissioning Contractor shall have a checklist in place that identifies all points to be energized or isolated 18 11 C
212. hierarchy of controls to eliminate or reduce these hazards to as low as reasonably practicable e Signatures of all workers performing the job It is the contractor s obligation to ensure all workers participating in the job understand the procedure s and or JHA s associated with the work 143 FIELD LEVEL HAZARD ASSESSMENT FLHA Every shift contractor workers shall complete a FLHA or an equivalent just prior to the start of work It shall be completed at the worksite location in efforts to identify and control the field based hazards of the work being performed and site or environmental conditions that may adversely affect the work e g icy conditions simultaneous operations pedestrians The Contractor must ensure FLHAs are reviewed and updated as work or conditions change throughout the shift As a minimum FLHAs or their equivalent must include The date and time of completion e The name s of the contractor workers completing the assessment e List of jobs being performed The existing or potential safety hazards associated with the jobifield conditions The controls required using the hierarchy of controls to eliminate or reduce these hazards to as low as reasonably practicable Signatures of all workers performing the job A FLHA may cover individual or group work provided the group of individuals are performing the same task Workers performing the work must participate in the FLHA completion Any additional worker joi
213. hing is done by sloping the sides of the trench back in a series of steps or benches instead of at one steady angle The angle of the benched soil shall not exceed 45 degrees from the horizontal 16 5 Exits and Entrances For Working Excavations ensure e there are at least two entrances exits there is an exit on each side of the pipe if Workers are required to work on either side of the pipe e entrances and exits are in locations such that no Worker has to travel more than 8 m 25 ft laterally to the nearest means of egress e ladders used in Working Excavations in the Province of Manitoba are placed no more than 3 m 10 ft from the Worker soil ramp entrances and exits have a maximum slope of 1 3 egress ladders are placed inside the trench box side rails of ladders extend 1 m 3 ft above the shoring trench box or excavation e ladders are properly secured Stairs may be constructed with slopes at an angle between 30 and 50 degrees to the horizontal plane Trenches 1 2 m 4 ft or more in depth shall be provided a fixed means of egress 16 6 Material Storage All materials tools vehicles and equipment shall be stored at least 1 m 3 ft from the edge of a Working Excavation 207 Spoil piles shall be located a minimum of 1 m 3 ft from the edge of a Working Excavation The slope of spoil piles next to Working Excavations shall not be at an angle greater than 45 from the horizontal All loose materials shall be scr
214. hydrostatic test noted Any container that shows a loss in net content of more than 10 shall be refilled or replaced 4 Each region area shall assign a Qualified employee to inspect foam trailers using the Foam Trailer Check Sheet Table 2 Maintenance Frequency for Portable Fire Extinguishers Hydrostatic Test cartridge type dry chemical see f overta vears extinguishers stored on vehicles eee eee na y iey mechanical damage cartridge type dry chemical ae nono xeeea see extinguishers stored in buildings or ys every 12 years outdoors if evidence of corrosion or mechanical damage conductivity test annually on all CO hose assemblies CO extinguishers whenever evidence of every 5 years corrosion or mechanical damage found on tank Rechargeable Stored Pressure 2 Extinguishers e every 6 years every 12 years Halon stored pressure extinguishers ea evidence ST eOH OSI Or every 12 years mechanical damage liquid charged AFFF foam Byely s yoan i e if evidence of corrosion or every 5 years extinguishers mechanical damage e annually wheeled fire extinguishers e if evidence of corrosion or every 12 years mechanical damage 1 Non rechargeable stored pressure extinguishers are not internally inspected or hydrostatically tested These extinguishers are removed from service at a maximum interval of 12 years from the date of manufacture or sooner when exhibiting signs of corrosion or mechanical damage 2 Rechargeable stored pressure e
215. iate position There is no limit on the length of cable bar or chain that is acceptable or the maximum number of energy isolating devices that may be secured at one time However the locking practices used must provide a level of Worker protection that is at least as good as if there was an individual securing device on each energy isolating device Master Lockboxes Lockboxes are used to simplify lockout procedures for group lockout If an LOA isolates a system on behalf of a group for a safety lock out the LOA shall place the keys to the locks used to isolate the system inside a master lockbox and secure it closed with their personal lock This lockbox is referred to as the master lockbox as it holds the master keys to the system At this point the master lockbox becomes the single isolation point of the system Each Authorized Worker required to work on the system shall place a personal lock on the lockbox This ensures that the master keys cannot be removed from the master lockbox until each Worker removes his or her personal lock Authorized Workers shall be aware of the location of the master lockbox at all times Lockboxes shall be e lockable sealable and readily identifiable e used for one isolation at a time e used to store the lockset key and any unused lockset locks 218 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e able to accept a lock or a multiple lockout device securing the box from unauthoriz
216. ible device and warning signs must be in place to keep unauthorized Workers out of the exclusion zone e rated safety chains shall be used at all times 16 3 Classification of Soil and Rock For Working Excavations using the Excavation Checklist a Qualified Worker shall classify each soil and rock deposit before and during excavation as one of the following soil types a Type A Hard and Compact e g clay and cemented soils equivalent to Type 2 in Ontario and Saskatchewan b Type B Likely to crack or crumble e g angular gravel silt loam crushed rock equivalent to Type 3 in Ontario and Saskatchewan c Type C Soft sandy or loose soil e g gravel sand submerged soil equivalent to Type 4 in Ontario and Saskatchewan d Stable Rock equivalent to Type 1 soil in Ontario and Saskatchewan Each soil and rock deposit shall be classified by a Qualified Worker as Stable Rock Type A Type B or Type C Soil cannot be classified as Type A if it is fissured previously disturbed if it has water seeping through it or if it is subject to vibration Type B is previously disturbed soils except those which would otherwise be classed as Type C The determination to change the soil classification will depend on site specific soil characteristics and Applicable Legislation A Qualified Worker shall classify soil types using the following methods e a visual test to determine the following o qualitative information reg
217. iccsticccoccten anes eee aad 130 9 27 Tractionand SIPPING eters ace teect ates oer erecta oes ictk cata ueatiaal becca tetas 130 9 3 Line of Fire and Pinch Points icc c s ce cececeessebeceenceeecauatsdeeeet cedemeestabeteae 130 9 4 Industrial My quencies cee eae asa aa ea a 132 9 5 Assessment and Prevention of Ergonomic Hazards ccceeeee 132 10 0 First Aid and Bloodborne Pathogens Standard ccccceeceeeseteeeeeees 136 10 1 Program REGuirsiiGnis soicsccecs etters ced ctcteete cesta decet cad eecanisuesannietee 136 10X GOTO S aie e aa thot cated Monae E neta ea Mette tins 136 10 3 Standard Precautions sc sere ea hee ea era seas 137 TO SEIPSE AIC soa es cscs ae E E EE E E 138 11 0 Safety Equipment Standard ececcecccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenseeneeeeees 139 11 1 First Aid EOQUIDIMOI easctaced teres eee tte aah ea da aa tee eee 139 11 2 Portable Atmospheric Monitoring and Sampling eeeeeeeeeeees 141 11 3 Standard Safety Equipment ccccccceeeeeeesessceeeeeeeeeeessesseeeeeeeees 146 12 0 Vehicles and Mobile Equipment Standard ceeceeeeeeeeeeesteeeeeeeees 152 12 1 General Requirements for Drivers cccceeesessseceeeeeeeeeenesseeeeeeeeees 152 12 2 Distracted Driving and Use of Communication Devices 153 12 3 Vehicle Safety and Signage cccceeeeeeeeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeesssaeaeeeeeees 153 12 4 Vehicle Operanlon sccicut nes Acvaetieetyates ocnchen tare Anu
218. icipate in the Contractor s H amp S assessment of the Subcontractor if Enbridge deems appropriate at Enbridge s sole discretion The Contractor shall make available for review by Enbridge upon its request any documentation that the Contractor has reviewed and evaluated to assess Subcontractors H amp S Management System Enbridge reserves the right at its sole discretion to reject the Contractor s selection of any Subcontractor An explanation of the Enbridge s justification will be provided in writing to the Contractor at the Contractor s request CONTRACTOR EVALUATIONS AUDITS amp INSPECTIONS The Contractor may be subject to evaluations by Enbridge The results of the evaluations may be shared with the Contractor by Enbridge at the Contractor s request An evaluation may take but is not limited to the following forms e Formal audit by an internal or external auditor e Informal inspections during or after the execution of the Work and or Page 5 of 8 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 7 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 Enbridge Pipelines Inc and Enbridge Energy Company Inc LP MP Health and Safety e Post Work evaluations The above evaluations may occur annually during the execution of the Work or upon completion of the Work at the Enbridge s sole discretion Enbridge will provide notification to the Contractor in writing in accordance with the audit provisions contained within the Part 4 of the C
219. idge Representative e before the task is carried out a pre job meeting shall be conducted with the crew to review hazards and processes anticipated for the Ground Disturbance activities or factors all Below Grade Facilities shall be Surface Located and Positively Identified e when passing or swinging the bucket over Facilities the Operator shall maintain safe clearances keeping the bucket curled and the teeth pointed up e once the approved activities are complete buckets without teeth shall then be used for all other activities or the bucket teeth shall be protected by a flat bar Dozers with ripper teeth shall not be allowed on an Enbridge ROW or near Below Grade Facilities without written approval from Operations Management or designate This approval does not apply to Greenfield work Manually operated jack hammers or hoes equipped with jack hammers are prohibited from working directly over a Below Grade Facility 204 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 16 2 Worker Protection Prior to entering a Working Excavation the Excavation Checklist shall be completed When Working Excavations meet the criteria for a Confined Space Entry as outlined in the Confined Space Standard entry into the Working Excavation shall be treated as entering a Confined Space Workers shall be prohibited from entering any unsafe Excavation When a Working Excavation is more than 1 2 m 4 ft deep Workers shall be protect
220. idual or group on a tour of a Enbridge worksite Waste Management Plan A written document designed to assist Enbridge personnel and contractors with the identification of appropriate waste management practices for each waste type generated by Enbridge operations What If s An Enbridge accepted Process Hazard Analysis PHA methodology Wipe Test The procedure to be performed on the shielding of a radiation source a guard or protective cover of the radioactive source capable of detecting the presence of 0 005 microcurie of radioactive material Work Authorization Issuer An Enbridge Operations Representative who shall be familiar with the operational and or site specific hazards covered by the Work Authorization being issued Work Planning Templates Templates which assist in separating out higher risk work activities ensuring that hazards and controls associated with this work are identified and engineering and administrative controls are 271 developed and implemented before the start of work Work Restraint Protection devices used at elevations that will not permit a Worker to travel beyond a certain point Workers See Workforce Workforce Terms used to refer to Employees and Enbridge Contractors cumulatively For the sake of this manual the term Workforce also includes Contractor Personnel Working Excavation An excavation that will be entered by Workers
221. ils when over 1 3 m 4 ft e comply with Applicable Legislation including building codes All floor walkway vault handrail and ground openings that present a fall hazard of over 1 3 m 4 ft shall be properly marked and guarded when Workers could be present Exposed duct banks and conduit shall not be used as walkways Building exits shall be marked and shall have emergency lighting where required by Applicable Legislation 4 22 Scaffolds and non mobile Elevated Work Platforms Workers using scaffolds Swing stage scaffolds and non mobile elevated work platforms shall use Personal Fall Protection systems when working at heights greater than 2 m 6 ft without proper guardrails Workers shall not e sit or climb on the edge of the Swing stage work cage or scaffold handrails e use ladders unsecured planks or other devices as a work platform Workers shall e check the scaffold inspection tag prior to use to ensure the scaffold is fit for the intended use e lift or lower larger articles from elevated locations by a hand line or a hoist 40 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Scaffolds shall e be installed inspected maintained and repaired in accordance with the manufacturers specifications and Applicable Legislation e be erected and dismantled under the supervision of a Qualified person competent in their construction and use e be erected plumb to ensure maximum structural capacity of t
222. immediately notify the Enbridge Site Inspector Markings shall e be highly visible to equipment operators despite local conditions e g wind snow e adhere to the American Public Works Association APWA uniform colour code unless otherwise documented 197 Temporary markers shall be removed upon completion of the work Verification Locate Required for Contractor Ground Disturbances When required the Verification Locate shall be performed over the entire Locate Boundary Area and shall follow these requirements e Ensure the Verification Locate is performed by a locator operator qualifications may be required other than the individual who performed the Initial Locate Confirm the accuracy of all Initial Locates e Identify unknown or undocumented facilities in the Locate Boundary Area resulting from the Initial Locate or Verification Locate e Report any discrepancies to the Ground Disturbance Supervisor and to the Facility owner e Investigate and resolve any reported discrepancies Provide all appropriate records drawings and documentation to the party performing the Verification Locate Further Verification Locates may be performed if deemed necessary by the Excavator Ground Disturber 15 2 Positive Identification Exposure of Below Grade Facilities These Positive Identification specifications are the minimum requirements Additional Positive Identification may be required based on the Hazard Assessment Pri
223. imum safe distances i e Limited Approach Boundaries sometimes referred to as safe limits of approach are maintained by all Workers and equipment in the area As part of this duty the Qualified Spotter shall monitor movements of all Workers tools and equipment when work is in progress near energized lines Table 1 Limited Approach Boundaries Voltage of Power Line or Conductor Minimum Safe Limited Approach Boundary Phase to Ground AC Phase to Phase AC Non Qualified Qualified Electrical Voltage Voltage Workers Workers 425 12 000 735 20 780 3 0 m 10 ft 0 9 m 3 ft 12 000 22 000 20 780 38 105 3 0 m 10 ft 1 2 m 4 ft 22 000 50 000 38 105 86 600 3 0 m 10 ft 1 5 m 5 ft 50 000 90 000 86 600 155 880 4 5 m 15 ft 1 8 m 6 ft 90 000 120 000 155 880 207 845 4 5 m 15 ft 2 1 m 7 ft 120 000 150 000 207 845 259 805 6 0 m 20 ft 2 7 m 9 ft 150 000 250 000 259 805 433 010 6 0 m 20 ft 3 3 m 11 ft 250 000 300 000 433 010 519 615 7 5 m 25 ft 3 9 m 13 ft 300 000 350 000 519 615 606 215 7 5 m 25 ft 4 5 m 15 ft 350 000 400 000 606 215 692 820 9 0 m 30 ft 5 4 m 18 ft Electrical Hazard Analysis Arc flash risk assessment and shock risk assessment shall be performed as per CSA Z462 Canada and NFPA 70E U S The HRC label shall identify the hazard risk category and the minimum requirements for PPE see Figure 1 for a sample label 176 LP MP S
224. in accordance with the hierarchy of controls At a minimum this program change to process or change above process to program shall contain the following elements 1 Project Hazard Assessment 2 Job Hazard Assessment JHA or equivalent 3 Field Level Hazard Assessment FLHA or equivalent The hazard assessment document and completion time shall be agreed upon by the Contractor and Enbridge and completed throughout the Contractor scope of work 14 1 PROJECT HAZARD ASSESSMENT The Contractor shall complete a Project Hazard Assessment for all general work activities For brownfield sites the Enbridge shall review and provide a copy of the Enbridge s facility hazard assessment to the Contractor The Contractor shall incorporate the facility hazard assessment information affecting their general work activities into their Project Hazard Assessment A copy of the completed Project Hazard Assessment shall be provided to Enbridge for review prior to site mobilization The completion time for this assessment shall be agreed upon by the Contractor and Enbridge during pre job planning activities As a minimum the Project Hazard Assessment shall include e The date of completion Page 7 of 8 280 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Enbridge Pipelines Inc and Enbridge Energy Company Inc LP MP Health and Safety The name s and role s of the contractor representative completing the assessment e List of gener
225. in a Confined Space the Confined Space shall be purged or ventilated or both before any Worker enters the space Acceptable atmospheric levels shall be maintained at all times when one or more Workers are present in a Confined Space Ventilation requirements shall be documented on the Hazard Assessment If testing indicates that the Confined Space s atmosphere is explosive or if assessment determines that an explosive atmosphere is likely to develop then purging of the space with an inert gas shall be performed prior to ventilation Using air movers as a means of ventilation may create a hazardous explosive atmosphere due to the addition of oxygen into the Confined Space If ventilation and or purging are not practical to maintain acceptable atmospheric levels in a Confined Space the Workers involved shall wear RPE in accordance 123 with Class 2 or Class 3 requirements depending on the classification assigned to the space If mechanical ventilation is required to maintain a safe atmosphere in a Confined Space the ventilation equipment shall be equipped with an alarm that will be activated automatically if the equipment fails An adequate warning system of ventilation failure shall be in place to ensure each Worker receives each warning and is able to exit the Confined Space safely The mechanical ventilation equipment shall be audible or visible to every Worker in the Confined Space or monitored by a Worker who is in c
226. ined in sufficient detail to ensure all hazards are identified and controlled o reviewed with the Permit Issuer for accuracy e all potential hazards and controls have been identified If the Permit Receiver or Permit Issuer changes while the work is in progress the new Permit Receiver or Permit Issuer shall read and sign the Confined Space Entry Permit to acknowledge the conditions under which the permit was issued Changes to the original permit may be noted on copies of the original Confined Space Entry Permits are valid for a maximum of 12 hours or until the end of the shift in which the permit was written When a shift change occurs a new permit shall be written and reviewed before resuming work activities Any Site emergency shall force the stoppage of all work and thus shall require all Confined Space Entry Permits to be re written or re authorized before work can continue A Confined Space Entry Permit may be extended past the 12 hour period as long as e the same Worker is involved in the work e the extension is identified and authorized on the Confined Space permit e areview of the Confined Space permit indicates it is still valid Confined Space Entry Permits and applicable records shall be maintained as follows e Permit Receiver white copy e Permit Issuer pink copy e information board yellow copy The white copy of the permit applicable records shall be readily available from the Confined Space Attendant at or nea
227. ing isolation and energizing or lockout on Enbridge Operating Assets Contractors shall not de energize isolate or energize Enbridge Operating Assets All Lockout Procedures shall be documented and a copy kept as part of the project documentation Workers should consider all electrical conductors to be energized unless the conductor is e visibly isolated from the power supply and e tested to confirm it is de energized properly grounded and locked out For electrical isolation of High Voltage or work upstream of the 480 V main breaker use the Electrical Equipment Isolation Work Clearance Form For all other isolation activities use the Equipment Isolation Procedure Form Lock Out Tag Out LOTO is required before performing certain activities including but not limited to e when a Worker is required to remove or bypass any guard or other safety device e when a Worker is required to place any part of their body into a point of operation Line of Fire or other danger zones that exist during a machines operation cycle e the servicing and maintenance of equipment Ensure that there is a continuity of LOTO protection This includes transfer of LOTO protection between outgoing and incoming shifts to control hazardous energy When energy sources remain isolated from a previous shift the incoming shift members shall verify that the machinery is effectively isolated and de energized If the locked out machine equipment will
228. ing Conservation Workers who are exposed to noise at 85 dBA or above shall wear hearing protection Enbridge shall ensure appropriate hearing protection is provided and available to Workers at each Worksite and that the protection is properly used and maintained in accordance with manufacturers specifications Enbridge shall carry out hearing conservation measures for employees exposed to noise at levels e greater than or equal to 2 82 dBA of an 8 hr TWA or e greater than gt 115 dBA at any time Contractors shall have a hearing conservation program where required and are responsible for providing their employees with the required testing and any required hearing protection Enbridge is responsible for the following hearing conservation measures for Enbridge Employees e coordinating hearing conservation training as required identifying potential noise hazards e g new equipment noise sources or changes that may affect noise exposure assessments e ensuring noise hazardous areas and equipment are identified including areas where additional hearing protection is required e identifying and implementing engineering controls to reduce noise levels wherever practicable Audiometric Testing Enbridge shall be responsible for the following for employees e arranging audiometric testing with the testing agency including initial Ongoing and follow up testing or evaluation when required participating in reviewing abnormal
229. ing Hot Work activities Such measures may include the following e controlling smoke and open flames controlling sparks from construction equipment and welding or grinding operations e position fire suppression and other special equipment close to the Worksite and or consulting with local fire departments about emergency response arrangements e providing fire extinguishers of appropriate size and type Burning shall not be permitted on Enbridge property or ROW without prior authorization from the Operations Regional Manager or Construction Manager or designate Green Field burning is to be conducted in accordance with all regulatory requirements When authorization to burn has been received complete the following e Submit a detailed Hazard Assessment for approval prior to the commencement of burning e obtain a burning permit from the Authority Having Jurisdiction prior to commencement of burning and follow Applicable Legislation e provide a continuous Safety Watch for at least 1 hour after the fire is completely extinguished e supply a minimum of two 30 Ib or 4 20 lb ABC dry chemical fire extinguishers that are readily available For the location of facility fire suppression equipment see the location s Site Safety Plot Plan 37 4 18 Entering Buildings Containing Natural Gas Products or Equipment Buildings containing natural gas are provided with fixed gas detection equipment that is equipped with an alarm The alarm
230. ing an oxygen deficient atmosphere Health effects of being exposed to an oxygen deficient atmosphere include e deep and rapid breathing e if the oxygen level goes as low as 16 the effects progress to dizziness rapid heartbeat headache and a possible inability to move e at 14 and lower humans cannot survive 192 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Nuisance Dusts Nuisance dusts are a common workplace air contaminant Dusts can become a respiratory hazard to Workers when sufficient amounts of inhalable or respirable particulates are present in work space air Nuisance dusts can be generated by many commonly used work practices within Enbridge Work practices can include but are not limited to e abrasive blasting e cutting and grinding TLVs for inhalable and respirable particulates are 3 milligram per cubic meter mg m3 and 10 mg m3 respectively Where Worker exposure to nuisance dusts above a TLV is known or suspected specific work practices and control measure must be in place This may include one or more of the following practices dilution ventilation general or local exhaust ventilation RPE skin protective equipment or clothing dust suppression or wetting Cadmium and Lead Cadmium and lead are toxic metals commonly found in industrial paints and coatings Because of their anti rust and anti fouling properties cadmium and lead are often electroplated onto steel nuts bolts and
231. ing operations shall be immediately suspended and the Ground Disturbance Foreman Supervisor shall be notified Excavation shall not resume until adequate measures to protect the adjacent pipeline against movement stress associated with the excavation are taken e g sheet piling may be installed as protection to the satisfaction of the Facility owner All Mechanical Excavation shall stop immediately if there is Contact or a Near Miss with a Below Grade Facility The excavating equipment shall be immediately shut down and left in place if safe to do so Any Below Grade Facility contact or Near Miss shall be reported immediately to the Ground Disturbance Inspector Enbridge Representative and shall be investigated as required Buckets without teeth shall be utilized or the bucket teeth shall be protected by a flat bar Unless prohibited by a crossing agreement written approval is required from Operations Management or designate for the use of buckets with teeth When the use of buckets with teeth has been approved the Ground Disturbance Inspector shall be on site at all times during all activities where teeth are required In addition the following requirements shall be met e use of buckets with teeth shall be limited to the removal of rock concrete asphalt or frozen soil no closer than 0 6 m 2 ft from any Below Grade Facility e a Hazard Assessment shall be completed by the Contractor and approved by the Enbridge Site Inspector Enbr
232. ion Ensure that all vehicles equipment and tools are inspected maintained and used according to Enbridge requirements manufacturers specifications and Applicable Legislation Any vehicles equipment or tools that are found to have defects or malfunctions shall be tagged Do Not Operate and removed from service Isolate all Hazardous Energy prior to servicing maintaining or inspecting equipment Refer to manufacturers weather and temperature limitations for equipment prior to use in extreme weather conditions Only Qualified Workers shall perform maintenance activities on tools and equipment Tools and equipment that specify that they shall be returned to the supplier or manufacturer for service repair calibration or adjustment shall be returned at the required intervals All Contractor equipment dispatched to an Enbridge Location shall be in good working order and have the relevant operation testing and maintenance records plus maintenance instructions These records may be requested by Enbridge 38 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 representatives prior to the equipment being used at Enbridge Locations or at any time 4 20 Ladder Safety Ladders shall e be inspected before and after each use for any cracks or defects if defective repair immediately or tag and remove from service not be used to form a walkway between two platforms or surfaces not be erected on boxes carts table
233. ion Date 06 01 2015 7 0 Personal Protective Equipment Standard 7 1 Personal Protective Equipment Enbridge employees are provided at no cost all required basic PPE Enbridge management including Regional Departmental amp Project and Contractor management are responsible for e training employees on the proper use care maintenance and limitations of PPE determining when PPE is required based on Hazard Assessments ensuring that each type of PPE used by an employees is fitted properly e retraining employees when workplace changes and or revised PPE make previous training obsolete e ensuring Workers use only approved PPE All Workers are responsible for using approved PPE and for maintaining PPE in accordance with manufacturers specifications Materials or supplies used for cleaning PPE shall be provided at no cost to Workers The minimum PPE for all Enbridge Worksites in the field shall be e safety glasses prescription or not with fitted side shields and protective lenses e safety boots with minimum 6 inch ankle support i e minimum 15 cm 6 in to the top of the boot from the heel full length pants and long sleeved shirts approved hard hat gloves that provide sufficient protection for the work being performed additional PPE or protective apparel may be required depending on the specific site requirements hazards or activities At the discretion of the Site Supervisor short sleeve t shirts may be worn for
234. ion strategy should be to push air in from the top and channel exhaust air out from the bottom However if the contaminant is lighter than air e g methane the contaminant has a tendency to rise to the top of the space thus the ventilation strategy should be to push air in from the bottom and pull air out from the top e Ventilation should be continuous where possible if the source s of the hazardous atmosphere still exists or if operations in the Confined Space generate contaminants or hazards that create a hazardous atmosphere e When a Confined Space has only a single man way or opening or has interior obstructions that decrease the effectiveness of dilution ventilation local exhaust ventilation with a capture hood duct placed at the source of contaminants is recommended e Confined Spaces containing flammable gases or vapors may need to be purged with an inert gas prior to ventilating with air If inert gases e g nitrogen argon carbon dioxide are used for inerting the Confined Space the space shall be well ventilated after the inerting is completed Then the atmosphere shall be re tested before any Worker enters the space e Where flammable or combustible gases may be present the ventilation equipment used shall be designed for use in such environments The 124 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 equipment shall also be properly grounded and bonded to prevent static electricity from potentiall
235. ions on the applicable SDSs plus the Hazard Assessment for that Location Enbridge requirements for Contractors and Enbridge Locations include e Locate an eyewash station within 7 6 m 25 ft of harmful chemicals e g strong acids or caustics or where the Hazard Assessment determines an eyewash station is required 139 e All types of eyewash stations shall be clearly identified and readily accessible Do not block access areas around the station shall be kept clear e Supply tepid lukewarm potable water for fixed plumbed systems Placement of portable systems should consider the availability of access to potable water e Inspect plumbed self contained and portable eyewash equipment monthly All models shall have approved nozzle caps to prevent foreign matter buildup and be cleaned and mounted correctly e For self contained eyewash stations and unsealed portable eyewashes change the flushing fluids quarterly or as specified by the manufacturer If using water add a preservative to maintain freshness there are commercial additives that can help prevent freezing and micro organism build up e At isolated or remote work areas at least one portable eyewash squeeze bottle shall be available anywhere there is a potential hazard from chemicals e Locate squeeze bottles close to the chemical hazard and protect each bottle from the elements e g prevent freezing e During inspection ensure the eyewash equipment is clean
236. ipment s 18 6 Isolation Points Isolation may be single point isolation or multiple point isolation e Single point isolation Isolation of machine equipment from its hazardous energy source can be achieved through the lockout of a single isolation device e Multiple point isolation Isolation of machine equipment from its hazardous energy source requires the lockout of more than one isolation device This type of lockout is usually considered more complex Isolation devices used during LOTO shall be capable of being locked out meaning a lock can be affixed or it has a locking mechanism built into it If locks cannot be physically installed on the isolation device tags alone may be used However before a decision to use only tags is made engineering changes that allow for the use of locks shall first be considered or attempted Before tags are used the Site Supervisor shall be notified Tags used for tagout shall be placed at the same location as the isolating device Tags shall have two parts separated by a perforation e one part remains at the isolation point 219 e one part remains with the Authorized Worker who placed the tag or if group tagout involved remains in a lockbox Tags shall include the following information employee or crew name employee or crew contact information work performed notation that this is a tagout If a lockbox is not used each Authorized Worker shall personally place and re
237. iquid form Always use nitrogen in a well ventilated area e The transition from liquid to gas can generate a lot of pressure quickly which causes cold temperatures Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold and can cause severe frostbite upon contact e Cold nitrogen gas is heavier than air so the risk of exposure to nitrogen is greatest in low lying areas e g Excavations tank berms vaults and culverts Site Preparation Work Controls To reduce potential exposures to nitrogen use controls such as install a windsock for monitoring wind direction ensure SCBA 2 minimum and fire extinguishers are readily available e always position liquid nitrogen trucks tanks injection equipment and blow down tanks in well ventilated areas to prevent accumulation of excessive concentrations of nitrogen e install piping or hoses to vents and locate discharge ends downwind away from work area inform Workers to stay clear e ensure Workers wear hearing protection during nitrogen injection and venting activities 194 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e ensure Workers wear appropriate eye face protection RPE insulated gloves and body protection as needed when handling or operating purging equipment Workers not directly involved in nitrogen purging activities shall stay upwind out of the work area and in designated safe zones 195 15 0 Ground Disturbance Standard 15 1 Damage Prevention Ground Disturbance Pla
238. issuer Fanii Print Name Print Name Signature Signature By signing this permit the recebeer acknowledges that al safety requirements have been met heve been reviewed with the workers will be maintained for the duration of the permit and E is safe to proceed with the wort All workers perticioating in the work must sign in the aree provided on the back of the permit durirg the pre job entry meeting 285 Confined Space Entry Supervisor print sign This signature authorizes the entry of the following workers into the confines space O Procedures plans to be followed entry safe work evecuation rescue attach to permit O Air Testing Initial air testing results and frequency of further testing O Conditions under which entry is not allowed or must be terminated O Entrant responsibilities tracking requirements sign in out with confined space attendant Conditions Under Which Entry is to be Terminated Frequency of Ongoing Air Testing result must be recorded at the interval Personal Monitor Required O Yes O No O Continuous for O LEL H5 CO mandatory Testing results to be recorded every I Other toxins to be tested Frequency of testing Frequency of testing Frequency of testing Reminder If the confined space has been unoccupied for any length of time tests shall be performed and recorded before a worker enters or re enters the space Confined Space Attendant Notes I Communication system with entran
239. ix The Confined Space Attendant is responsible for ensuring they have the necessary training and certifications to allow for their designation by a Confined Space Entry Supervisor as the Attendant for an entry wearing appropriate clothing e g vest or other means of identification as the Confined Space Attendant in accordance with Applicable Legislation and or the particular requirements for that Worksite attending and participating in the Confined Space Pre Job Entry Meeting in accordance with section 8 11 reviewing the entry and rescue procedures being aware of all Confined Space Entry Permit and Hazard Assessment requirements and ensuring all requirements are followed being aware of the hazards faced by Workers during entry work including information on the signs and symptoms of different exposures and the possible behavioral or other effects of different exposures ensuring they have an effective means of constant communication with the Workers entering the Confined Space the emergency rescue services and the Confined Space Entry Supervisor at all times ensuring initial and ongoing air testing occurs as required and recording the test results on the Confined Space Entry Permit ensuring entry points are kept clean and clear controlling access to the Confined Space and prohibiting entry to unauthorized Workers tracking and recording on the Confined Space Entry Permit all personnel entering and exiting a confined space and
240. ject safety plan determines their need Additional AED requirements include 140 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e if a project is legally required to have a first aid room a AED shall be kept in the room e each AED shall be mounted on a wall or stored in a cabinet with proper signage and protective casing only Workers trained in the use of an AED are authorized to use an AED AEDs are not intrinsically safe and shall not be stored in Hazardous Areas e inspect AEDs in accordance with manufacturers specifications Before purchasing an AED model please contact the Corporate Health amp Safety to confirm approved AED models for purchase Contractors and First Aid Contractors shall provide first aid supplies e g first aid kits blankets stretchers and splints to Contractor personnel and crews in accordance with Applicable Legislation Where Mobile Treatment Centers MTCs are required they shall be equipped with supplies suitable to the scope of practice of the attendants and the medical control guidelines Examples of required equipment include e AEDs and anaphylaxis kits for use by EMTs e ALS equipment for use by Paramedics where specifically required 11 2 Portable Atmospheric Monitoring and Sampling Personal monitors shall be worn by each individual when working in Confined Spaces removing storage tank seals tank man ways or tank mixers entering tanks that have not been cleaned
241. k related musculoskeletal disorders anti vibration gloves have proven to be somewhat effective in reducing vibration hazards PPE should not contribute to work related musculoskeletal disorder hazards and increase safety risks PPE used for the purpose of preventing or reducing ergonomic hazards shall be approved by Health amp Safety or recommended prescribed by a licensed health care professional 135 10 0 First Aid and Bloodborne Pathogens Standard 10 1 Program Requirements This Standard applies to any Worker who provides first aid or medical assistance where there is a potential risk of infection illness or injury due to exposure to body fluids Blood Bloodborne Pathogens and or Other Potentially Infectious Material OPIM Refer to these defined terms Depending on a Worker s job assigned duties and or level of first aid training a Worker may at times be in a position to provide first aid or medical assistance Note in most instances Workers who are specifically trained or Qualified to provide first aid and or emergency response will respond to Incidents or events where first aid or medical assistance is required Also refer to 11 1 First Aid Equipment Use engineering controls and work practice controls to eliminate or minimize employee exposure to bloodborne pathogens in the workplace Where the potential for exposure remains after an incident the following controls must be implemented including the use of PPE
242. kg 310 Ibs including body and tools shall be required to wear a harness that is rated heavy duty and designed for their weight e be selected for specific applications and consider o compliance o potential arrest injury o suspension trauma e have buckles that hold securely without slippage or other failure Workers shall never be permitted to work alone in a harness when there is a fall potential of 2 m 6 ft or more It may be advantageous in some circumstances to locate the lanyard or tie off attachment of the harness as near to the body s center of gravity as possible to reduce the whiplash and other trauma when a fall is arrested This also facilitates moving legs upward and head downward while suspended Lanyards used for fall protection shall e be secured to an approved drop line lifeline or fixed anchorage point e have shock absorbers used with wire rope lifelines to keep fall arrest loads below accepted limits e allow for 100 tie off or a self retracting lifeline Lanyards should be secured whenever possible above the waist or overhead to minimize actual fall distance Use a fall protection calculator to determine the length of lanyard required in a fall arrest system Where practical the use of a retractable lanyard in place of a basic lifeline lanyard system is recommended Vertical and Horizontal Lifelines Horizontal lifelines shall e be designed installed and used under the supervision of a Qualified
243. king on tractors and other equipment with a winch to protect from the danger of flying cables e keys are removed and equipment locked when daily work activities are completed e 3 points of contact are used whenever entering exiting or climbing ladders designated points of access on equipment e maintain adequate separation from all above and Below Grade Facilities Prior to operating Powered Mobile Equipment the operator shall document a pre use inspection ensure all loose objects are secured conduct a circle check of the equipment for o potential obstructions and approach distances o fluids on or under the equipment o equipment damage be completely familiar with all of the following o controls indicators and warning lights caution warning and danger decals affixed to the equipment limits of the equipment equipment blind spots O O In addition the operator shall be cautious when rotating the cab or when maneuvering through tight spots be cautious when entering exiting buildings e be cautious when reversing and use a Signaler Spotter when vision is obscured or when required by the Hazard Assessment e limit equipment use in congested work zones unless a clear work plan is established and communicated to affected Workers e adhere to the manufacturer recommendations for the safe movement of Powered Mobile Equipment e adhere to the capacity ratings during operation of Powered Mobile Equipment e make the unit inope
244. l lifting equipment including tank davits and machinery prior to and during each use to ensure it is in safe operating condition replace any obscured damaged or missing warnings operating instructions or capacity instructions that are normally attached to the equipment repair or replace any deficiencies or defective parts before using equipment remove the equipment from service if there are deficiencies or defective parts that cannot be repaired Additional Pre Lift Requirements Follow these requirements when preparing for the lift Use barricades and warning signs as necessary to control traffic in the work area 227 e Fully extend outriggers and position them on a firm base to provide adequate support prior to any lift or booming operation e All machine ratings are based on the machine being level in both directions with outriggers extended If this is not possible the Operator shall take this into account when loading and handling and de rate as necessary e Secure loads over 3 6 m 12 ft long at a minimum of 2 points see Figure 1 depending on load distribution and load shape e Remove or secure loose materials parts blocking and packing from the load e Remove obstructions from the area before lifting or moving a load Attach the load to the hook by slings or other approved lifting devices Set up to rig the hoist directly over the load If the load is not positioned correctly it may swing causing the hook or fr
245. l of Hazardous Material 14 1 Characteristics of Products Transported by Pipeline Enbridge s pipeline system transports various non refined synthetic semi refined or refined hydrocarbon liquids and natural gas liquids All products transported by pipeline shall be considered toxic and flammable volatile hydrocarbon liquids All of these liquids are under pressure when the system is operating Vapors and gases released by these liquids e may create breathing hazards as well as fire and explosion hazards e are heavier than air and will accumulate in buildings Confined Spaces and low areas such as pits Excavations bermed areas and natural depressions in the ground The primary breathing hazards associated with the pipeline products being pumped include petroleum vapors benzene vapors and H2S gas H2S at levels of 100 ppm IDLH or more may be present in crude oils and condensates classified as sweet or sour Workers are at greatest risk of being exposed to these types of vapors and gases when working around free or released product and Open Systems The risk of exposure also exists when working in Hazardous Areas and Restricted Areas e Respiratory fire and explosion hazards have the potential to exist around spills and Open Systems until the area or system is free of liquid and determined to be isolated and gas free e Gas detection is required to verify a safe atmosphere Appropriate RPE shall be worn as specified in job sp
246. l vaults boreholes pits sump tanks vertical and horizontal culverts and is large enough so that a Worker s entire body can enter the space This applies to entry or work within Confined Spaces including but not limited to 8 1 vaults culverts tanks open top or closed underground above ground or in trucks railway tank cars pressure vessels pits some parts of machinery ventilation systems access openings manholes pipes towers heaters Responsibilities Enbridge and Contractor management are responsible for ensuring the compliance with all Applicable Legislation and Enbridge requirements including but not limited to 114 ensuring work is conducted in accordance with Confined Space Entry Permits and Hazard Assessments and any procedures established as a result of this Standard ensuring a Qualified Confined Space Entry Supervisor is assigned for each confined space entry ensuring all Workers involved in Confined Space work have completed applicable Confined Space training ensuring compliance with the signage requirements for Confined Spaces maintaining a written inventory of existing and potential Confined Space Worksites at the Enbridge Locations they manage e g at assigned Worksites or for a Region reviewing and updating the inventory of confined spaces at least once every 3 years to verify accuracy ensuring confined space rescue plans are developed for typical Confined Spaces at the Enbrid
247. le EPSI Vehicle EPSI EPSI winter survival kit NOTES as required determined by Site Supervisor as required warning reflector road hazard 3 3 3 3 i 1 1 i triangles 151 12 0 Vehicles and Mobile Equipment Standard 12 1 General Requirements for Drivers Workers who drive or operate vehicles shall comply with e Enbridge s Drivers License and Driving Record Policy e Contractor personnel shall adhere to their own Driver s Licensing and Driving Record policies e and all Applicable Legislation Prior to operating a vehicle Workers shall e be properly trained according to the applicable training matrix e be aware of their health and safety responsibilities with regards to driving e complete training in the use of required safety equipment e g warning devices fire extinguishers PPE etc Workers shall NOT operate any vehicle NOR permit another person to operate any vehicle if the vehicle or its equipment is in a condition that is likely to cause danger to a person or property In addition Workers shall e possess a valid driver s license for each type of vehicle they operate and have the correct license in their possession when operating a vehicle maintain a good driving record and submit driver s abstracts when required e retain each vehicle s current registration and insurance information in the cab of each vehicle e comply with all other driving related Enbridge policies and proc
248. lic and other Workers shall stay at least 33 m 100 ft away from the pipe e this zone applies over the entire length of the pipeline section being tested the public shall be kept out except when crossing the pipeline in vehicles Landowners along the right of way shall be notified in advance of the hydro test and those living within the 30 m 100 ft zone shall be evacuated e inthe event piping and equipment is present in the test area or within 33 m 100 ft of the pressurized components the area shall be flagged and remain off limits to all Workers during the test e when testing trailers or vehicles are parked extra precautions shall be taken e g stage behind large equipment Pneumatic Testing e adhere to Engineering s specifications for pneumatic testing e both ends of the test section shall have a flange test head or trap welded to the pipe e distinct warning signs shall be posted during air pressure testing such as DANGER AIR PRESSURE TESTING IN PROGRESS 4 33 Pigging 57 Pigging activities shall be carried out in accordance with but not limited to the Hazard Assessment Open System work and pipeline purging procedures as well Applicable Legislation Where required permits shall be obtained Copies of all permits shall be in the possession of the Contractor site supervisor as well as the Enbridge Site Inspector For pigging the following requirements apply e pipeline sections shall be fitted with appr
249. licable to a project or work activity All Workers assigned to one or more of the Ground Disturbance roles noted in this sub section shall at a minimum have successfully completed a Ground Disturbance course that meets Enbridge s training requirements The Ground Disturbance Inspector Enbridge Representative shall ensure Crossing Agreements are obtained as required activities involving mechanized equipment are adequately supervised e all Below Grade Facilities in the work area are Surface Located according to the One Call ticket request and in accordance with this Standard and other applicable policies e any other necessary safety controls are implemented considering the unique aspects of the work e that all applicable locate documentation matches a visual check of the Worksite e the appropriate permits and Hazard Assessments are completed prior to beginning work activities e Workers and Facilities are adequately protected in accordance with Enbridge requirements Hazard Assessment processes and this manual e work is stopped when there is a concern for safety pipeline integrity or damage to equipment or Facilities e exposed pipes conduits and cables are not damaged as confirmed by visual inspection in the ditch Excavation before backfilling e Crossing Agreements are reviewed and maintained on site as part of the Ground Disturbance Package e that Below Grade Facilities are not damaged as confirmed by visual inspection before
250. liminate control ignition sources collect and secure garbage daily until it can be properly disposed store fuels volatile solvents or any other flammable substances in containers that are clearly labeled approved for their contents and located in a safe place away from ignition sources e ensure flammable liquid containers are electrically bonded when liquids are being transferred from one to another e flammable substances and quantities of chemical in excess of that needed for one day s work shall be stored in an approved storage Facility isolated from the actual work areas e post visible signs stating NO SMOKING OR OPEN FLAMES WITHIN 8 METERS 25 FEET OF THIS AREA in areas where flammable substances are stored or used guard against clothing becoming contaminated with flammable liquids clean up spills promptly store and dispose of oily rags in approved containers of not more than 5 gallon capacity with self closing lids designed to relieve internal pressure when subjected to fire exposure e implement other fire prevention controls based on an assessment of the hazards A fire protection plan may be required based on the potential fire hazards Projects shall prepare a fire protection plan to prevent wildfires within or adjacent to the work areas The plan shall contain effective prevention and control measures to 36 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 address the potential for uncontrolled fires dur
251. ling the trailer to the towing vehicle secure all loads visually inspect trailers and hitches prior to each trip have the trailer ball mount assembly removed from the receiver when not in use e ensure hitch and receiver are compatible and correctly sized Trailers are required to have functional lighting when in use Visual Safety Checks At least once each day that a vehicle is in use Workers shall conduct a vehicle safety check of their assigned vehicle including but not limited to tires wheels rims lights reflectors steering turn signals horn rear vision mirrors windshield and wipers Report any defects to your immediate people leader supervisor Defects that cause that vehicle to be considered un drivable according to local Applicable Legislation shall be immediately corrected Vehicle Markings All vehicles shall be marked as determined by Regional Site Management The following standard decals shall be affixed when required e first aid kit e boosting battery see vehicle owner s manual for boosting hybrid vehicles e walk around your vehicle e fire extinguisher inside Reflective stripes on Enbridge Operations vehicle roofs are optional their use is at the discretion of regional management When used 154 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e place reflective stripes diagonally from left front to right rear e roof striping shall be red in color Enbridge owned vehicles and equipm
252. ll times Tighten your stomach muscles Use intra abdominal pressure to support your spine when you lift offsetting the force of the load Train your muscles to work together Lift with your legs Let your leg muscles do the work of lifting Do not rely on your weaker back muscles Keep the load close Do not hold the load away from your body The closer it is to your spine the less force it exerts on your back Keep your back upright Whether lifting or putting down the load do not add the weight of your body to the load Avoid twisting A hierarchy of intervention methods is presented below in the order of priority In situations with multiple causal factors a combination of control methods may be warranted 1 Process Elimination means elimination of non value added processes job tasks motion transportation and uncomfortable layouts Elimination may be achieved by design redesign modifications or different approaches e g lifting down sample cans from workstations and lifting them up to the trucks may be eliminated by using a cart 2 Substitution means substituting a new work process or tool without ergonomic hazards for a work process with identified ergonomic hazards Substitution serves to eliminate the hazard For example hand tools that require awkward wrist positions such as extreme wrist flexion extension or deviation can be replaced with tools that allow a neutral wrist posture 3 Engineering Controls changes are m
253. lled a copy of the engineering certificate or a stamped engineering drawing including assembly instructions shall be available Trench boxes stacked in deep Excavations shall be adequately secured to one another in accordance with the engineered design Trench Boxes shall have continuous sides and shall extend a minimum of 400 mm 18 in above the vertical wall of the Excavation when surrounding site conditions are sloping toward the excavation When site conditions are flat the Trench Box only needs to extend to ground level A registered professional engineer shall design and approve hoisting hook up and drag points Workers working in Trench Boxes shall remain inside the box as long as they are in the Working Excavation leave if the Trench Box is to be moved e maintain a distance at the end of a Trench Box of at least 1 5 times the height of an unprotected wall 205 The space between the Trench Box and the Excavation wall shall be backfilled in order to allow closer access to the top of the box and to limit soil movement in case of a cave in Sheet Piles When sheet piling is required to be installed a professional engineer shall design it A detailed procedure and Hazard Assessment must be submitted to the Enbridge for review The following requirements shall also be met e review existing facilities for potential impacts i e vibration during the installation or removal process e a Safety Watch e g Rigger with aud
254. loves when hand contact with blood body fluids or OPIM is anticipated e discard gloves if they are cracked peeling torn or punctured or when their ability to function as a barrier is compromised e remove any PPE or other clothing that is penetrated by blood body fluids or OPIM immediately or as soon as reasonably practical Workers shall not 136 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 reuse contaminated gloves nor wash them or decontaminate them e eat drink smoke apply cosmetics or lip balm or handle personal contact lenses where there is a potential of exposure to blood body fluids or OPIM e Where a potential exposure to or contact with blood body fluids or OPIM has occurred the Worker shall e wash their hands with soap and water immediately or as soon as reasonably practical or wash their hands immediately after removing potentially contaminated gloves or any other potentially contaminated PPE e wash any area of the body as soon as possible after exposure or contact flush mucous membranes with water as soon as possible after exposure or contact Additional preventive measures shall include e equipment or surfaces that may be contaminated by blood body fluids or OPIM shall be decontaminated preferably by the Worker involved if able to perform this task e g a Worker is cut but able to apply their own bandage and wash the affected surfaces e if a Worker is unable to wash a contaminat
255. ly clean accumulated debris from the top of the cutter s fuel tank and from the engine pumps and axle protection plates on a regular basis ensure other Workers do not approach the brush cutter s articulating joint when the brush cutter is operating operate brush cutters with protective guards installed wear additional PPE as required by the Hazard Assessment ensure each brush cutter has protective guards and only operate brush cutters with the guards installed dispose of brush and slash by mulching and spreading on an area designated by the regional project manager or an Enbridge ROW agent or landowner 45 A Worker shall not operate a brush cutter when other workers are within 150 m 500 ft of the front or sides of the brush cutter see manufacturers recommendations Brush cutting is a Ground Disturbance activity when it meets the criteria in the Ground Disturbance definition Ground Disturbance precautions shall be in place prior to beginning brush cutting 46 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 4 25 Severe and Inclement Weather Workers shall check and monitor weather reports prior to issuing and approving permits Permits suspended due to inclement weather shall be revalidated once weather conditions improve If potential or imminent severe weather is forecast the hazards due to severe weather need to be identified and controls implemented Controls can include but are not limited to ha
256. m a distance and under low light conditions Class 3 HVSA shall be worn e when working on or adjacent to roadways with traffic soeeds above 80 km hr 50 mph e by traffic control personnel e as determined by the Hazard Assessment Level FR HVSA shall be worn when required by the Hazard Assessment 7 8 Flame Resistant Garments Workers shall wear Flame Resistant FR Garments according to this Standard and maintain them in accordance with the manufacturers specifications FR Garments are required to be worn as daily work wear when inside fenced or operating Facilities working within 30 m 100 ft of an Open System e working within 30 m 100 ft of Ground Disturbance Excavation that contains an operating pipeline e any other work where there is the potential for flash fires or short duration flame exposures identified on the Hazard Assessment Exceptions include e low risk areas including office buildings and areas on the ROW identified by the Site Supervisor e controlled vehicle or escorted tours where risks are eliminated by a Enbridge Representative Additional FR Garment Requirements FR Garments shall meet all of the requirements detailed in Enbridge s Flame Resistant Garment Requirements and Specifications document found in the GDL under IMS 04 Tier Processes The outer layer of FR Garments provided by Enbridge for Enbridge employees shall be a minimum Arc Thermal Protection Value ATPV of 8 Cal cm HRC 2
257. mance of their work participate in pre job meetings and hazard assessments have the proper training and authorization to operate equipment e be fit for duty by being able to perform the physical demands of the job ina safe and effective manner and be are free of impairment from such things including without limitation fatigue alcohol or drugs As noted Workers have a responsibility to stop unsafe work Workers also have the right and responsibility to refuse unsafe work without fear of retaliation 2 4 Contractors Contractors and Subcontractors shall comply with Enbridge health and safety Standards set out in this manual If a Contractor has a health and safety standard or policy materially different from Enbridge s the Contractor shall follow the most stringent requirement All Contractors shall e comply with all contractual obligations and Applicable Legislation ensure their employees and Subcontractors are orientated to and comply with Enbridge s requirements in this manual e hold regularly scheduled and documented safety meetings for the duration of the assigned work or project e ensure all workers are trained and Qualified to perform their assigned work activities e conduct formal safety inspections of their work area s e g weekly or per shift and ensure all identified deficiencies are tracked and corrected and all tracking and corrective actions are documented Contractors who fail to comply with the Standards and req
258. material thickness 4 The Hazard Risk Category HRC has been revised and will no longer be the determining factor in PPE selection for electrical work The old Arc Hazard labels will be replaced with the labels shown in Figure 1 of section 13 1 which references the PPE selection in Table 2 below Voltage Rated Gloves O OoOO00 0 0 Class 00 up to 500V AC Class 0 up to 1000V AC Class 1 up to 7 500V AC Class 2 up to 17 000V AC Class 3 up to 26 500V AC Class 4 up to 36 000V AC At a minimum safety glasses complete with side shields shall always be worn under a full face shield and under non impact resistant chemical splash goggles Table 2 Guidance on Selection of Arc Rated Clothing and Other PPE for Use When Incident Energy Exposure Is Determined 94 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Incident Energy Exposure lt 1 2 cal em Protective Clothing and PPE Protective clothing nonmelting in accordance with ASTM F1506 or untreated natural fiber Shirt long sleeve and pants long or coverall Other PPE Face shield for projectile protection AN Safety glasses or safety goggles Hearing protection Heavy duty leather gloves or rubber insulating gloves with leather protectors AN Incident Energy Exposure 2 1 2 to 12 cal em Protective Clothing and PPE Other PPE Hard hat Arc rated hard hat liner AN Safety glasses or safety goggles SR Hearing protecti
259. me set out above if e an employee reports medical signs or symptoms that may affect their ability to wear a respirator e a People Leader notifies the Corporate Health amp Safety Department that an employee may need to be re evaluated e observations made during fit testing indicate the need for re evaluation there is a change in workplace conditions that may result in an increased physiological burden placed on an employee Contractor Personnel shall provide proof of medical evaluation upon request RPE Selection and Permitted Work for Known Exposure Concentrations When opening petroleum systems where a known potential for exposure exists all Workers in the immediate work area shall wear the appropriate RPE in accordance with the completed Hazard Assessment until a safe atmosphere has been verified If the concentration of the contaminant is unknown or there is a potential for a hazardous atmosphere e g work around Open Systems assume the atmosphere is hazardous perform exposure assessments and use RPE in accordance with Table 1 Planned work shall not take place in Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health IDLH environments If an IDLH environment exists or has potential to exist then work shall stop until controls are in place to eliminate control or minimize the hazards to an acceptable level 108 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Table 1 RPE for Exposure Concentrations Hazard Concentra
260. ment of Change MOC A systematic approach to ensuring proposed changes are rigorously assessed for risk and impact and that change is effectively managed prior to implementation to achieve targeted results Master Lockbox Primary lockbox where isolation point keys are located when using satellite lockbox system Material Lifting Structure Structure used to support a material lifting hoist and its load e g gantry Material Lifting Equipment Apparatus used to lift support or position material or equipment Mechanical Excavation Using mechanized equipment to excavate Modified Work Any work related injury or illness that prevents a Worker s ability to perform their regularly assigned duties but are medically able to perform alternate modified or restricted work Near Miss Any event which under slightly different circumstances may have resulted in injury or ill health of people or damage or loss to property plant materials or the environment Non permit Required Confined Space A Confined Space that has been checked inspected and its atmosphere has been monitored and is being continuously monitored to ensure it 264 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 does not have or does not have the potential to have any of the characteristics required to be classified as a permit required Confined Space Normal Service Involves operatio
261. mes or dusts If welding or cutting cannot be conducted safely then it shall not be performed until safe to do so following a Hazard Assessment Remove flammable materials and products from the immediate vicinity when cutting or welding Where required use partitions to enclose welding and cutting activities Before work begins the welder or welder s helper shall ensure that no other Worker is at risk of exposure to the arc flash cutting slag or the spark path Ensure non essential Workers are removed from the Hot Work area and are restricted from gaining unauthorized access Turn welding machines off at the end of each workday or when left unattended The ground return line from the work being welded shall e be a single cable rated for the load of the welding machine e be in good condition e only be clamped to the material being welded 4 16 Portable Fire Extinguishers Workers may attempt to extinguish a fire only if safe to do so and if they are confident in their abilities to effectively extinguish the fire If Workers cannot ensure their own safety or if there is a risk of being trapped in the fire Workers shall immediately evacuate Select and install portable fire extinguishers in accordance with Applicable Legislation Provide appropriate fire protection taking into consideration the building structure e g metal or wooden studs or ceiling tiles potential fuel sources e g parts cleaner wooden cabinets plywood walls o
262. move their tag to the required point s Isolating for Other Work Groups If an Authorized Worker is isolating machines equipment for an internal work group but not performing the work themselves e g electrician locking out for a mechanic they may use equipment locks at the isolation points The working group is responsible for applying lockout locks to the isolation points An Equipment Isolation Procedure Form is required for all lockouts that fall within the scope of this Standard Procedures may be developed when the isolation procedure is consistent e g pigging If a procedure has not been developed the LOA is responsible for ensuring one is developed prior to the start of work The Equipment Isolation Procedure Form shall be available to all Workers performing the lockout during the isolation work 18 7 Piping Isolation Methods Double blocking and bleeding involves the use of a 3 valve system in which a pipe has two closed valves and an open drain valve positioned between them so material is prevented from flowing and is re directed in case of a valve leak Double block and bleed methods are to be used whenever reasonably practicable When used a double block and bleed shall be located directly upstream of the work area If a flow in the pipe can come from more than one direction a double block and bleed is required on each upstream side The valves of a double block and bleed system shall be secured to ensure an accepta
263. n Positive Identification shall be completed in accordance with all of the above noted requirements for Mechanical Excavations If backfilling of the exposure hole is required once the Below Grade Facility is exposed it shall be identified and marked with the required information Facility owner depth size and type of facility and APWA uniform colour code Ensure the identification of Below Grade Facilities is clearly visible to all traffic and that Positive Identification can be maintained When Below Grade Facilities are positively identified ensure these requirements are completed e compare all records drawings and documentation and e conduct a visual check to confirm that the Positive Identification accurately reflects the location of all Below Grade Facilities Probing Probing for Positive Identification is not permitted unless approved by regional management director or designate based on ground conditions Approval to probe shall be documented on the Hazard Assessment When the use of probes is approved probes shall have rounded or blunt tips to prevent damage to Below Grade Facilities Probing is acceptable in the following situations e maintaining mechanical clearance provided Positive Identification has been performed and is maintained depth of cover preliminary probe reports for crossings e other situations that do not involve Positive Identification 15 3 Mechanical Clearance No Mechanical Excavation shall
264. n non flame resistant outerwear may be worn over approved FR clothing FR Garments are limited to protection against unplanned exposure to intense heat transfer for three seconds or less If the existing or potential hazards are for other thermal energy types e g steam or longer heat transfer additional PPE needs are to be determined Laundering of FR Clothing Follow the laundering instructions and temperature limits for FR Garments identified on the garment care tag When possible send FR Garments to a professional laundering service that is knowledgeable in the proper care of FR Garments especially if they garments are contaminated Dispose of contaminated FR Garments if no instructions for decontamination are provided Do not use chlorine bleach fabric softeners or a combination of hydrogen peroxide with hard water when laundering FR Garments as it may compromise the flame resistant properties in the fabric weaken the fabric and result in color loss over time FR Garments shall also be kept free from exposure to oxidizing chemicals e g OxiClean Follow manufacturer s recommendations on service life and dispose of retired FR Garments in a manner that ensures the garments can no longer be used 105 7 9 Respiratory Protective Program For protection from airborne contaminants Workers shall wear Respiratory Protective Equipment RPE in accordance with this Standard Airborne contaminants and hazards can include but are
265. n of lifting equipment with randomly distributed load within the rated load limit or uniform load of less than lt 65 or rated load limit for no more than 25 of the time for a normal work shift One Call First Call A One Call is a notice given to a local One Call Centre authority that an excavation will be taking place Legislation varies by location but anyone performing an excavation is typically legally obligated to contact the One Call Centre authority 2 5 days prior to commencing excavation The One Call Centre authority notifies its members owner operators that their Below Grade Facilities are in the vicinity of the excavation One Call Member A Facility Owner operator who subscribes to the One Call Centre authority and is notified when a One Call is placed if the excavation area is in the vicinity of the members Below Grade Facilities Open Blade Knife Cutting tool with an exposed blade hand held or otherwise with or without a handle It does not include hand held saws grinders or other power tools that may be used for cutting purposes Open System Any part of the pipeline system open to the atmosphere that has been isolated Open Water Water that is unprotected and exposed such as rivers lakes and ponds Overseeing To watch over observe and manage Enbridge requirements of the Contractor Operations Employee Generic term used to refer to all Operations employees including t
266. n of specific work steps identification of the hazards associated with each work step and placement of controls to either eliminate or control hazards to ALARA The tools are effective at identifying engineering and administrative controls which can be developed as a part of the planning phase thereby reducing the reliance on personal protective equipment PPE as the primary means of control at a worksite Task Safety Analysis A Task Safety Analysis TSA is a systematic review of a task Critical tasks are Liquids Pipelines Operations tasks that have been identified as critical through the task evaluation process The results are tabulated in a Task Evaluation List Task Safety Analyses shall be completed documented and reviewed for critical tasks Procedures may be developed from the results of the Task Safety Analysis Completed task safety analyses or the developed procedures shall be communicated to all Workers who are or will be performing the associated task Workers shall review TSAs or the associated procedures for the tasks they perform as conditions change Any errors or missing information in a TSA or procedure shall be communicated to the Workers People Leader for review and update as required Field Level Hazard Assessment The Field Level Hazard Assessment FLHA is a card completed by Workers just prior to the start of work to identify and control the field based hazards of the work being performed and site or
267. n used for oxygen service have broken gauge lenses replaced prior to use When working with oxygen cylinders follow these requirements e Do not use or place oil or grease on or near an oxygen cylinder when under pressure e Never lubricate oxygen fittings Ensure all wrenches used are oil grease free Ensure the valve is fully open when in use to prevent oxygen leakage around the stem Compressed Gas Cylinder Storage Storage practices for compressed gas cylinders shall be in accordance with Applicable Legislation including fire and building codes and the following requirements shall also be met 247 vented room with air exchange explosion proof lighting e properly rated fire walls separating the storage space from other nearby spaces areas e storage room shall have at least one exterior wall along an outside wall in a space storage room shall be located away from machinery e flammable gas shall be stored outdoors unless specific fire code requirements and manufacturers specifications are met When stored cylinders shall be e placed up right unless the cylinder contains a non flammable gas which is designed to be stored on their side away from sources of heat secured with non combustible materials or means preferably chained located in a dry well protected well ventilated location placed at least 6 m 20 ft from highly combustible materials or separated by a fire resistant barrier no shorter than 1 5 m 5 fee
268. n with the SWP receiver identifying and discussing site specific hazards with the SWP receiver determining if the work being performed may impact operations ensuring permit is correctly completed conducting or having a Enbridge Representative perform initial Atmospheric Monitoring when required and documenting the results on the SWP verifying the SWP receiver understands the conditions of the SWP suspending and revalidating work as required conducting periodic general inspections of the job site to confirm adherence to SWP e inform SWP receiver of changes that could impact their work including if the SWP issuer is transferring their responsibility to another Issuer A Worksite visit with the SWP Receiver to identify hazards of the work location may be required based on job scope The SWP Receiver shall be familiar with the SWP process the work area equipment and understand the work to be carried out The SWP receiver is responsible for reviewing and agreeing to the conditions of the SWP communicating the SWP requirements to all Workers involved in the work ensuring the SWP requirements are fulfilled by all workers during the work keeping a copy of the SWP readily available at the work location suspending work as required having suspended work revalidated by SWP issuer before recommencing work e ensuring FLHAs are completed and reviewed for the work and that workers involved in the work participated in the FLHA e informi
269. native methods or alternate approaches to the work Workers on a walking working surface horizontal and vertical surface with an unprotected side or edge which is 2 m 6 ft or more above a lower level shall be protected from falling by the use of guardrail systems safety net systems or personal fall arrest systems In addition to the work platform itself i e floor girder beam etc an independent means of support shall be used consisting of either e a personal fall protection system consisting of a lifeline rope grabbing device lanyard and shock absorber and full body harness e aretractable lanyard with a full body harness a lanyard with 100 tie off capabilities and a full body harness Secure or tie back a thrust out or parapet hook to a solid part of the structure to prevent movement or dislodgement Anchor points shall be capable of withstanding at minimum of 5000 Ib shock load A fall prevention system shall be utilized whenever a person is on a wind girder without handrails to install adjust or remove anchorage points 17 2 Fall Protection Plan A written Fall Protection Plan shall be completed by a Qualified Worker whenever Workers could potentially fall 2 m 6 ft or more where they are not protected by a guardrail system The plan shall contain the following fall hazards at the Worksite fall protection system s to be used anchors to be used clearance distances below the work area procedures used to
270. nd free from ferrous or other contaminants which may hamper non sparking properties o control all potential ignition sources o ground and bond as required in section 4 13 Bonding and Grounding e donot stop vehicles or equipment in areas where there is combustible ground cover like dry grass weeds or straw e leave strike anywhere matches and lighters with open mechanisms including disposable lighters in designated areas e g left inside a vehicle or locker e do not position portable light plants and or generator sets near combustible or flammable material do not drill metals without sufficient lubrication do not mechanically cut pipe at speeds that produce excessive heat e inspect and maintain equipment regularly e g friction in a defective or under lubricated equipment bearing can overheat the bearing and cause a fire by vaporizing and igniting lubricating oil e ensure diesel fueled equipment is equipped with o an exhaust system fitted with a functional spark arrester excluding turbocharged equipment to remain effective spark arresters shall be periodically blown clean with compressed air through the cleanout plug o an air intake system fitted with a positive air shut off with a rev limiter if not equipped in this manner then initial and constant Atmospheric Monitoring is required when the diesel driven equipment is used in Hazardous or Restricted Areas Pyrophoric iron sulfide is a black deposit that can build up in locations
271. nders into an enclosed space Operation is triggered automatically or manually Hand Expose To remove the soil surrounding a pipeline in a manner that does not have the potential to damage the pipeline or its coating Hand Exposing See Hand Expose Hand Exposure See Hand Expose Hazard Source or situation with a potential for harm in terms of injury ill health damage to property damage to workplace and environment or any other definitions as set out by regulations and codes Hazard Assessment Methodology used to identify assess and control hazards in order to eliminate or reduce risk to an acceptable level Includes FLHA Process Hazard Assessment or Analysis HAZOPS Job Safety Analysis Facility Hazard Assessments etc Hazard and Operability Studies HAZOPS An Enbridge accepted Process Hazard Assessment PHA Review methodology Hazard Risk Category HRC Categories defined by NFPA 70E 2012 and CSA 2462 12 to explain protection levels needed when performing tasks on energized electrical equipment The values range from 1 to 4 Hazardous Area An area in which there is significant potential for a flammable or toxic atmosphere to be present or develop Hazardous Atmosphere An atmosphere which exposes an individual to a risk of injury illness disablement or death due to one or more of the following causes e A flammable gas vapor concentration in excess
272. ndle each lift are the materials slippery to handle e safe footing e g are controls in place to prevent slippery walking surfaces in the work area e stability of objects or loads e g are loads or stacked items in a stable position before and during the lifting work e weight of the load ensure individual Workers do not lift loads more than 50 lbs 23 kg 133 visibility factors take measures to ensure each Worker s vision is not blocked by the load or object being lifted or by other nearby Workers material or equipment If a lifting task involves one or more risk factors or conditions such as those listed above request assistance from one or more Workers as appropriate or use mechanical lifting equipment If using mechanical equipment request assistance from another Worker as appropriate e g to assist with sightlines guide the load or other assistance to ensure the lifting work is completed safely When lifting use the following controls Plan the lift and test the load Before lifting think about the item being moved and assess o can that be done alone o is it too awkward for one person o is the path clear o what is the approximate weight before lifting Ask for help If the load is too heavy or awkward to lift ask for assistance Get a firm footing Keep your feet apart for stability and point your toes out Bend your knees Do not bend at the waist Keep the principles of leverage in mind at a
273. ned Spaces The Confined Space Entry Supervisor is responsible for e ensuring all Confined Space Entry and regulatory requirements are met prior to approving the Confined Space Entry Permit e ensuring all Workers are Qualified to perform their their assigned tasks and roles e knowing the hazards that may be faced during entry work including information on the potential modes of exposure plus the signs symptoms and consequences of different exposures e ensuring a Hazard Assessment is completed prior to entry and reviewing the Hazard Assessment with the Workers e conducting and overseeing the work in accordance with the Pre Job Entry Meeting e ensuring Workers follow the requirements set out during the Pre Job Entry Meeting e ensuring adequate steps have been taken to eliminate and or control all present or potential hazards including isolation of equipment using the LOTO process e verifying hazard controls are implemented and effective ensuring all required Atmospheric Monitoring and testing has been completed as required and is properly documented e ensuring that all PPE RPE and rescue equipment is inspected by a Qualified Worker and is in good working order before use e ensuring that no Worker enters or remains in a Confined Space unless an effective rescue can be carried out e ensuring that rescue services are available ensuring a suitable means of communication among Workers is established in accordance with the Pre Job Entry M
274. ned Spaces that are permanent or that are frequently accessed shall be identified by signage stating Danger Confined Space Entry Permit Required or a sign using similar language 129 9 0 Injury Prevention Standard 9 1 Injury Prevention Rebar T bar and other impalement hazards shall be capped or otherwise protected Blocks shall be used to prevent equipment from rolling and heavy parts from falling Check with fellow Workers before removing blocks Overhead ice buildup should be removed as soon as it starts to occur to prevent the formation of a large mass that could potentially injure Workers or damage equipment The removal method shall be determined based on the hazards 9 2 Traction and Slipping Workers shall take all appropriate measures to prevent slipping hazards in all work areas and walkways Such measures or controls may include the application of sand or other approved materials that provide grip and traction In addition all work areas and walkways shall be visually identifiable through signage flagging or other methods appropriate for the work and weather conditions At all times work areas and walkways shall be maintained to minimize the risk of slips or falls including e covering of holes and openings good housekeeping removal or repair of uneven walking surfaces e g repair of uneven floor boards e removal of unnecessary objects or equipment Work areas and walkways shall be kept clear o
275. ned using the lever type load binder by itself a ratchet type binder shall be used e visually inspect web binders before each use for webbing and ratchet damage e visually inspect the chain binders before each use for o excessive wear o twisted or distorted links o excessive stretch e remove load binders from service and replace if damaged or weakened Vehicle Operations near Wildlife Workers driving in areas where wildlife may be present or active shall e pay attention to wildlife crossing signs continually scan the fields and areas adjacent to the roadways especially near dawn or dusk at night and during mating season e slow down when the first wildlife crossing sign is sighted and or when wildlife is observed on or near the roadside the presence of one animal may indicate others are near as some wildlife such as deer may be present in groups 12 5 Commercial Motor Vehicles Canada This subsection applies to all Canadian Regions operating commercial vehicles and trailers that have a Registered Gross Weight of more than or that weighs more than 4500 kg Contractors shall have their own Commercial Motor Vehicle program which meets all applicable Canadian legislation Regions are responsible for e designating a Commercial Motor Vehicle CMV representative e ensuring proper registration and liability insurance for each CMV e ensuring Workers possess the proper type of license to drive their assigned vehicle In addition
276. nee aee eaa ack ela tak aortas nented donee testes 223 18 11 Complex Group Control Process ccceeeeessccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 224 19 0 Material Handling Standard ce eccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesnneeeeeeees 225 19 1 CIASSINGATOM OT HIS cc crcte echt eat vtatil etched eat RE 225 19 2 Preparation Operation and Responsibilities sssseseeeeeeeeeees 226 a Eo FG am 9 2 lt pecan a aca ep PS aa PRI mE aE PEP mene ea em 230 19 4 Using Excavation Equipment for Lifting cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 231 19 5 Inspection and Maintenance cccccceeeeeeeesecceeeeeeeeeeeesssseeeeeenees 231 19 6 Reg irementS cece tees ascot at cteinal E ued eh eoer a 232 19 7 Hoisting and RIGGING x x sczcss ceaeicesscdececasechiees cebeceuass chiens cxtecees ceases tedecens 233 20 0 Tools and Equipment Standard cccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeee 243 20 1 Tool and Equipment Operation cece e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenee 243 20 2 Electric Tools and Equipment ceeecececceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee 244 20 3 Gas Operated Equipment ccccceeeeessseeeceeeeeeeeeeteeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneas 245 20 4 Air Operated Tools and Equipment ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 245 20 5 Equipment and Machine Guarding ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeeeeeeee 246 20 6 Compressed Gas Cylinders ccc eeeeeeceeeeeeeee
277. ng Procedure Medical Management of Personal Injury Program Investigation Procedure Preventative Maintenance Program Respiratory Protection Program Control or Hazardous Energy Program Lock Out Tag Out or LOTO Confined Space Entry Program Overhead Utility Program o sl SY o E fe o R o Ao Bal 0 The Contractor is required to maintain approved status within ISNetworld at all times while performing work activities for Enbridge Any changes in status are to be reported to Enbridge immediately Contractor and Sub Contractor Management shall be engaged in the promotion of safety at worksites It is expected that Management is actively involved by regularly visiting the site conducting documented safety inspections participating in safety meetings and attending Safety Stand down events Measurement activities shall be developed and included in the Contractor documents for performance review between the Contractor Enbridge at intervals outlined in the Enbridge LP MP Safety Program CONTRACTOR SAFETY REPRESENTATION The degree of Contractor safety representation required for each project will be determined in advance of construction prior to award and identified in the bid documents Each project is analyzed to determine the appropriate level of safety representation which is required to provide adequate field presence The following factors shall be considered when making this decision e Scope complexity and length of the Work The geo
278. ng SWP issuer of a transfer of responsibility to determine if a new SWP is required e returning the equipment process or area to a safe condition before returning the safe work permit and field level Hazard Assessments back to the SWP issuer e ensuring SWP permits are completed and signed off when returned to the SWP issuer The Enbridge Inspectors responsibilities include those expected of the SWP issuer as well as being responsible for reviewing scope of work and location of work with Work Authorization Issuer e identifying to the Work Authorization Issuer the other Enbridge Inspectors who will be issuing SWPs on a job e ensuring other Enbridge Inspectors authorized to issue SWPs on a job are aware of and agree to the Work Authorization details e ensuring the Work Authorization agreement is adhered to for the duration of the job 79 80 issuing SWPs to the working group s LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 6 2 Safe Work Permit Requirements Work requiring SWP e work where the shutdown and or isolation of equipment and or processes are required to complete the work e work on electrical equipment and circuits with voltages gt 750V CAN or 600V USA work upstream of the 480V main breaker Hot Work in hazardous or restricted areas with the following exceptions o driving vehicles through restricted areas o breaking low voltage connections in restricted areas o work that involves using low voltage e
279. ng System GPS in a vehicle Workers shall ensure e the GPS unit is properly affixed to the vehicle prior to driving e the GPS is programmed prior to driving e safely park the vehicle prior to making programming changes to GPS units 12 3 Vehicle Safety and Signage All Worksite Workforce vehicles over 34 ton shall e have backup alarms installed that operate automatically when reverse is engaged o are clearly audible above background noise e have headlights on when in operation e have all required safety accessories including but not limited to o secured fire extinguisher o first aid kit o roadside emergency kit o winter emergency kit where applicable 153 o buggy whip where required e g Mainline Construction Enbridge Visitor rentals short duration rentals and personal vehicles have separate requirements For additional information Enbridge Employees should consult the Enbridge Vehicle Rental Policy on eLink Safe Use of Trailers and Hitches When using trailers and hitches Workers shall e test signal lights and brakes prior to departure test and calibrate auxiliary brakes prior to departure if equipped with breakaway cable check the cable length and ensure the coupling is fully plugged in e use adequately sized tow chains that are securely fastened cross the tow chains to prevent the hitch from contacting the ground if it becomes disconnected e secure the coupling latch e g pin lock bolt and nut after coup
280. ng annual reviews of the LP MP Safety Manual Contractor variances shall be reviewed as part of the Contractor Health and Safety Management System assessment A variance shall always be in compliance with Applicable Legislation The variance process can be found in the GDL under IMS 04 Tier 2 processes 13 2 0 Responsibilities 2 1 Management Enbridge management and Contractor management are accountable for safety performance Both Enbridge management and Contractor management shall ensure their respective workforces operate in compliance with all applicable health and safety requirements which shall include Applicable Legislation and Enbridge s Health and Safety policies and Standards as follows e complies with Enbridge s policies Standards and regulatory requirements e mitigates actual and potential hazards e maintains awareness of the health and safety impact of work activities e investigates health and safety Incidents to prevent recurrence e monitors and assures Workers are Qualified e identifies manages and communicates hazards in the workplace through pre job Hazard Assessments e stops and corrects unsafe work as appropriate e wears provides and appropriately uses proper Personal Protective Equipment PPE tools and equipment and applies training appropriately e verifies that Suppliers Visitors and other Workers under their control conduct themselves in accordance with the requirements of this manual and th
281. ng equipment where applicable ensure that the lifting device and all components are of sufficient size and strength to support the weight of the load and that they do not exceed the manufacturer s ratings under any circumstances ensure tag lines are used when rotation or swinging of the load is hazardous or when the load needs guidance under any operating conditions ensure that the planned lift does not exceed the manufacturer s recommendations perform daily equipment inspections to verify that the lifting device and all components are in safe working condition also maintain a written record or log book of these inspections ensure equipment e g boom stays within the safe limits of approach to electrical lines and conductors in accordance with the Hazard Assessment process and or Lift Plan ensure procedures applicable to the operation of the equipment are readily available in the cab at all times including a permanently attached load and radius chart that can be easily read by the Operator from their operating position possess and keep available for inspection an Operator s license or certificate replace any obscured damaged or missing warnings operating instructions or capacity instructions that are normally attached to the equipment repair or replace any deficiencies or defective parts before using equipment not allow Workers on the load when the load is in motion A Qualified person shall visually inspect all materia
282. ning the work activity must review attempt to identify additional hazards and controls and sign off on the active FLHA Page 8 of 8 281 Section 5 1 FLHA Field Level Hazard Assessment FLHA Chinnor O LEL H S Benzene Q Ignition sources O Struck by against O Caught in between O Compressed gas O Stored energy pressure Q Line of fire Q Slips trips falls O Ground conditions O Working at heights HAZARDS Q Buried utilities Q Access egress O Traffic A Congested area O Mobile equipment A Drowning O Energized Electrical overhead buried exposed O Sharp edges Q Excavation cave in O Welding flash O Violence O Radiation O Adapter cords Ergonomic O Heavy awkward loads O Overexertion O Unstable position O Overhead work O Vibration O Repetitive motions Chemical O Explosive flammable Q Corrosive O Oxidizing agents Q Acute chronic toxicity Q Highly reactive O Skin eye irritants Environmental O Weather conditions A Dry surroundings fire O Noise A Inadequate lighting O Extreme temperatures O Remote access to ER O Damp wet conditions Q Icy Muddy conditions A Spills leaks Biological O Mold SWP if applicable Location Scope of Work Date Time Emergency Completed by Physical A Simultaneous Operations O Static electricity O Overreaching Q High winds O Biological waste O Atmosphere O Overhead work O Induced voltage O Manual lifting Q Air qu
283. nning For Ground Disturbance planning these requirements shall be followed e obtain a Ground Disturbance Permit for all Enbridge Ground Disturbance activities Ground Disturbance Permits are not valid beyond 7 days as long as the one call locate remains valid e the Excavator Ground Disturber shall request a One Call and obtain a locate ticket prior to any Ground Disturbance activities e all approvals applicable records drawings and documentation including One Call Tickets shall remain on site and be accessible as part of the Ground Disturbance Package e the Excavation Area shall be marked with pink and white striped flagging The Locate Boundary Area shall be marked with white markings with the following exceptions e other visible markings shall be used in snow conditions e ROW markers shall be used for Mainline Construction Locate Phase After the Locate Boundary Area is defined an Initial Locate shall be completed When the Ground Disturbance is being conducted by a Contractor performing work for Enbridge a Verification Locate shall also be performed In the Locate Boundary Area all Below Grade Facilities shall be Surface Located within the excavation perimeter and extending 30 m 100 ft from that perimeter The Locate Boundary Area may be lessened in the following situation e when constrained by a defined ROW boundary e when constrained by surface features such as o improved roadway or railway tree line shrub lin
284. ns for use Synthetic web slings are lengthened by joining slings with a shackle or looping them through eyes instead of knotting two slings together 234 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 A designated Qualified Worker shall inspect slings before use The Worker shall also ensure slings and accessories e have not been damaged in storage or shipment are clearly labeled and or tagged are rated for hoisting indicating the manufacturer s ratings and the safe working limits e are the correct type and have the proper capacity rating for the application The designated Qualified Worker shall ensure defective slings and accessories e g worn frayed kinked twisted or showing signs of damage or excessive wear are removed from service tagged and repaired or discarded if they cannot be repaired Inspection records shall be kept for each sling including e sling identification information e dates of periodic inspections e comments regarding the condition of the sling at the time of the inspection Wire ropes on electric hoists shall be inspected to confirm e hoisting ropes are secured to the drum by at least 2 wraps when the hook is in the lowest position winch lines are free of knots e the number and spacing of clips conforms to manufacturers specifications Follow the SWL for wire rope slings shown in Table 2 Figure 10 shows the methods of attaching rope to the fittings Guards shall be used
285. ns performing this work must comply with Enbridge safety polices and government regulations Work must stop immediately sould condtiom change new hazards appear of an emergency occur on the ste obs Pert tever tatan weris copy tr 2 yeer VERSION fsvhad Merch 3 2024 283 Section 6 3 WA CAN000000 Work Authorization Form n Extended new expiry expiry e CRM Emergency Assembly Area MM DD YY Time Receiver Initials Location Physical address geographical description Revalidated at MM DD YY Time Issuer Initials Frequency of Contact with Permit Issuer or Designate HE FE Part B Term and Conditions of Work Authorization Operational and or site specific hazards reviewed and discussed e g Facility Hazard Assessment Q No O Yes OQ N A Terms and conditions Use this space to indicate how operational and or site specific hazards were reviewed and discussed work restrictions simultaneous operations that may affect the working group e g tank fill occurring pig launching receiving additional Company inspectors etc or other special comments instructions Work cannot begin until Safe Work Permit s has been issued and a field level hazard assessment has been completed by the work group All persons performing this work must comply with Enbridge safety policies and government regulations Work must stop immediately should conditions change new hazards appear or an emergency occur on the site Company I
286. nspector Q LPE Q MP Q Ops Part D Work Authorization Returned ree a j meremees Z Distribution White inspector s Gold issuer Retain white copy for 2 years VERSION 1 Revised March 1 2014 284 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Section 8 5 Confined Space Entry Permit Type of Work 0 Cold O Hot Permit CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT Hazard Assessment Confined Space Class non permit confined spaces require only parts 1 4 and 6 of this permit O Gass1 D Gas2 O Non Permit Confined Space include rationale O Electrical line side of 480V main breaker f E i i O spark arrestors O fire extinguisher type size O purge space lines with inert gas O mechanical ventilation capacity O mechanical ventilation alarms atarm that indicates failure of the O Loading unloading scrapers O Motor or pump maintenance T Vahe inspection maintenance a D explosive fiammable materiais O corrosive material acids caustics O hydrogen sulfide O benzene toluene etc D weiding fumes O abrasive blast dust O cleaners degreasers O gasoline or diesel D pipeline coating O NGL D herbicides pesticides D bonding grounding equipment D air shut offs O first aid kit D approved eye wash station D welding screen O spill kit absorbent material Administrative D specific work entry procedure attach to permit D fall protection plan O housekeeping D insp
287. nt or storage containers holding radioactive material shall be labeled DANGER RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL and locked when not in use a nameplate shall also be affixed to the equipment container showing the owner s name the maximum quantity the type of radioactive material and a symbol trefoil indicating ionizing radiation e inanemergency or Facility evacuation the radiographic technician shall ensure that the radioactive source is in a secure position isolated and safe before leaving the work area Contractors performing this work are responsible for acquiring transferring or disposing of any and all radioactive material associated with this testing When legally required to have an Radiation Safety Officer RSO present the Contractor shall provide a Qualified individual Sealed Radioactive Sources Acquisition of radioactive materials for installation on Enbridge operating assets shall be made in accordance with the existing specific licenses and coordinated through the Enbridge RSO Any new source material and source holders shall be added to the license through an amendment and prior to purchase All shipments of such material shall be completed in accordance with the current license including the issuance of transfer documents for shipping and the receipt of the material Radiation sources for installation or removal shall only be handled only by an individual who is licensed and Qualified to handle the specific source and holder in
288. nt within energized substations follow these requirements e ensure Qualified Electrical Workers directly supervise non qualified electrical Workers and maintain line of sight ensure no Worker works alone ensure no person enters the barricaded area without the approval ensure a Hazard Assessment is completed and a safe work plan developed use Safety Watches as specified in the Hazard Assessment and SWP erect self standing non conductive barricades at the exterior of the substation to adequately protect non electrical Workers from the hazards within the substation e attach markings e g ribbon to the barricades for increased visibility to all Workers e do not use ribbons or other such materials as a means to support barricades 175 e ensure that if the substation fence is removed a temporary fence of equal height is installed To maintain a safe clearance from the substation grounding system all construction equipment such as work trailers and supplies shall be stored a minimum of 3 m 10 ft outside of the substation fence 13 1 Limited Approach Boundaries Enbridge Workers shall maintain the Limited Approach Boundaries outlined in Table 1 These boundaries apply to Workers as noted including their work involving tools vehicles or equipment Also refer to the Limited Approach Boundaries for overhead power lines and related requirements provided at the end of this section A Qualified Spotter shall ensure the min
289. ntain a hazardous atmosphere e g H2S LEL or Os e contains a material that has the potential for drowning or suffocating a Worker e g liquid e has an internal configuration such that a Worker could become trapped or asphyxiated and or contains any other safety or health hazard which is recognized as immediately dangerous to life and health IDLH e g energy sources visibility People Leader Anyone who has direct report s Positive Identification See Positively Identify Positively Identify To visually locate daylight the location depth and size of Below Grade Facility by using either water washing hydrovac as an example or hand digging This includes elevation or alignment changes that can alter the depth direction of the pipe i e 90 and 45 degree elbows fittings plugs weldolets flanges branch piping known abandoned facilities etc Powered Air Purifying Respirator PAPR A type of respiratory protection that uses a blower to pass contaminated air through an element that removes the contaminants and supplies the purified air to a respirator inlet covering Powered Mobile Equipment A self propelled machine or combination of machines including a prime mover or a motor vehicle designed to manipulate or move material Process Hazard Analysis A detailed examination of a process equipment or facility design that will assist in identifying hazards 266
290. ntrol meets applicable industry practices in regards to training Competency and Worker qualifications e g proper journeymen to apprentice ratios Operator Qualification OQ Plans will be used when appropriate Workers shall be trained e according to the applicable Enbridge training matrix or the Contractor s internal requirements e inthe operation of vehicles tools and equipment that they are required to use e inthe safe work practices and hazards associated with the vehicles tools and equipment they use e to safely carry out the tasks or work activities associated with their job function e beyond the requirements set out in this manual when required by Applicable Legislation Contractors shall be able to provide proof of training of its Workers to an Enbridge Representative upon request If a Worker s training certification or qualification for a Critical work task or duty is or becomes expired it shall not be considered valid and the Worker shall be required to complete the required training and receive a valid certification before the Worker will be permitted to perform the Critical work task or duty to which the certification applies 4 12 Ignition Sources Ignition sources have the potential to cause fires and or explosions in areas where flammable vapors gases are potentially present in the air Ignition sources are typically created during Hot Work activities Ignition sources include e sparks e g from elect
291. nts shall undergo non destructive testing under the direction and control of a professional engineer and in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications Equipment shall be inspected before each use Follow these additional maintenance and inspection requirements e the Manufacturer s specifications shall be followed when assembling disassembling equipment under the direction of a Qualified Worker e modifications or additions that may affect the capacity or safe operation of the equipment shall be made only with the written approval of the manufacturer or a registered professional engineer e log books are required for each lifting device All written records including all certifications maintenance records and inspection records for lifting equipment e g cranes hoists side booms shall be retained and made available to an Enbridge Representative for review upon request Follow these requirements for inspections e for equipment in normal service inspect at least once per year or as specified by the manufacturer e for equipment in Heavy Service inspect at least every 6 months or as specified by the manufacturer for equipment that is idle for 6 months or more inspect prior to use e for vacuum lifts inspect 3 times daily to ensure the integrity of the equipment all pipe vacuum lifts shall have inspection certification e hoists cranes and lifting structures that are to include hooks in accordance with the manufacture
292. nused locks of a lockset used for isolation to ensure they are secure until the machine equipment is ready for de isolation Lockout Physical placement of a lock on an energy isolating device to ensure the equipment being controlled 263 cannot be energized until the lock is removed Lockout Authority LOA Authorized Worker responsible for the lockout tagout who implements and coordinates the overall lockout of hazardous energy sources for machines equipment to be maintained For group lockout one LOA shall be designated Lockout Device Device that uses a positive means i e key or combination type lock to hold an energy isolating device in the safe position in order to prevent the energizing of a machine or equipment This includes blank flanges and bolted slip flanges Long Term Operations Contractor Personnel Enbridge Contractors who are embedded in the operations Workforce Low Voltage 30 to 750 volts CAN or 30 to 600 volts US Lower Explosive Limit LEL The lowest concentration percentage of a gas or a vapor in air capable of producing a flash of fire in presence of an ignition source arc flame heat At a concentration in air below the LEL there is not enough fuel to continue an explosion Concentrations lower than the LEL are too lean to explode but may still burn with great heat and light Exact values can be found on product s MSDS SDS Manage
293. ocate Boundary Area 198 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 o On the ROW and when allowed by Applicable Legislation not in AER regulated areas and if multiple parallel pipelines exist in such cases only the most adjacent Enbridge operated pipeline s needs to be Positively Identified providing all the pipelines on the ROW have been located The following diagrams are examples of positive identification BURIED FACILITY EXPOSED FACILITY IN POTHOLE EXCAVATION LIMIT TOPSOIL Alternatively when the Excavation work area is congested with Below Grade Facilities a perimeter slot trench may be completed It shall be dug at a minimum of 199 1 m 3 ft outside the Excavation perimeter to a depth of 0 6 m 2 ft deeper than the planned Excavation When the perimeter slot trenching method is used follow these requirements e f a Below Grade Facility passes through the perimeter slot trench a sight hole in the middle of the Excavation Area shall be performed to ensure depth alignment and size e If a Below Grade Facility does not exit the Excavation Area it shall be Positively Identified at sufficient intervals to establish its termination point If the entire Excavation Area is going to be Vacuum Excavated or Hand Exposed then the Positive Identification of the Below Grade Facilities to 5 m 16 ft does not need to occur If the scope changes and Mechanical Excavation is required the
294. of 10 of its lower explosive limit LEL e An atmospheric oxygen concentration below 19 5 or above 23 e An atmospheric concentration of any substance above the exposure limits established by the governing regulatory body or as indicated on the Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS SDS e Any atmosphere which is recognized as Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health IDLH 261 Hazardous Energy Any electrical mechanical hydraulic pneumatic chemical nuclear or kinetic energy source that if released uncontrolled could cause injury or loss Hazardous Material A material other than hazardous waste that because of its quantity concentration and physical or chemical characteristics either individually or in combination with other substances is or poses a threat to the environment humans or other living organisms Hazardous Waste A substance or material which is no longer used for its original purpose and requires disposal and by reason of its properties is considered a potential or existing hazard to human health or the environment and therefore requires special management The specific classification of a hazardous waste in Canada varies by province territory Heavy Service Service that involves operation of lifting equipment within the safe working load that exceeds normal service Hierarchy of Controls A system used to implement controls based on the level of effectiveness to minimi
295. of a system by acceptable industry practices e Industrial hygiene data Open system work shall use a Job Planning Template when required 5 5 Site Planning A Site Traffic Plan shall be implemented when working around highways and public busy roadways incorporate parking areas away from work activities incorporate traffic flow have Flagging and signage requirements that meet Applicable Legislation Permanent facilities shall utilize the Facility Hazard Assessment to establish traffic planning requirements Winter Site Planning shall e incorporate safe winter access as a primary consideration consider need to remove snow maintain route gradient risks pitch and roll grades type number vehicles accessing site e ensure all vehicle access is appropriately evaluated 76 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e identifiable vehicle access through flagging and signage maintained to an appropriately safe condition ensure vehicle access is sanded as appropriate e consider vehicle access to the Worksite and avoid having locations where equipment vehicles could slip or lose control due to winter conditions and potentially converge with work space or walkways where this concern exists the Contractor shall ensure mitigating measures are taken such as use of spoils berm for a physical barrier clearing Workers to a safe location when equipment is coming into location or implementing other such safety measures as re
296. of the work cage and any potential contents Non Mobile Elevated Work Platforms All non mobile elevated work platforms shall be equipped with handrails midrails toeboards skid resistant working surfaces wire mesh from the top rail to the toeboard if required by the Hazard Assessment When Swing stages and work cages are being used emergency rescue procedures shall be documented in the fall protection plan or critical lift plan and communicated to all Workers 4 23 Safeguards Barricades and Warning Signs Unprotected temporary openings in floors or elevated work platforms shall e be covered with plywood that is at least of an inch in thickness e have secured coverings capable of supporting twice the maximum intended load e only be removed to perform a particular task Coverings shall only be removed to perform a particular task Coverings shall be replaced immediately after the task is complete or as appropriate during the task if other Workers are present near the work area Suitable safeguards flagging or barricades with warning signs or flashing lights shall be used to protect Workers from any work activity that may endanger them Examples of such activities include sand blasting open excavations temporary openings in floors construction arc flash in pre fab areas pressure testing or overhead work 43 Barricades shall be inspected periodically to ensure protection for Workers is adequate and that barricades
297. oltages and the Limited Approach Boundary and shall take appropriate action to make the work area safe When isolating third party electricity crossings ensure that verification of isolation is carried out by a Qualified Electrical Worker 178 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Limited Approach Boundary 1 Nena f N JDANGER ZONE li 1 7 5m 25 ft unless specified otherwise by utility representative Figure 1 Signage and Signaler required when Danger zone encroaches on Limited Approach Boundary SIGNAGE See Detail 2 NON CONDUCTIVE ROPE ORANGE FLAGGING DANGER OVERHEAD POWERLINES Figure 2 Typical Goal post setup 179 13 2 High Voltage When a Qualified Electrical Worker is not available a non electrical Worker e g mechanical PLM Operations may be allowed to rack in or out a 5 kV mainline unit or booster pump breakers or contacts if e the HRC label on the electrical equipment is clear and the HRC is not higher than 2 e the current written operating procedure for racking the breaker in and out is readily available on site and is reviewed by the non electrical Worker e the non electrical Worker o wears the proper PPE for the HRC level identified on an arc flash label o has been trained to complete the specific electrical work and the Worker s training is documented and o there is a refresher training timeline identified for the Worker that
298. omplex Group Control Process In some cases it may not be reasonably practicable to use an individual personal or group lockout process To maintain Worker safety normal group lockout practices may need to be adapted or modified into what is referred to as a Complex Group Control Process CGCP This process is implemented and coordinated by the LOA One example of a reason to use a CGCP would be if the machinery equipment and or pipeline occupies such a large area or multiple areas that it becomes impractical for the LOA to personally secure all energy isolation devices In sucha scenario some of the devices in a complex group control may need to be isolated and secured by another Worker e g control room operator due to the distance between the work area and the isolation devices A copy of the Equipment Isolation Procedure Form shall be forwarded to the remote site s Authorized Worker prior to isolation and lockout The LOA shall document and verify secure and effective isolation through direct communication with the Authorized Worker who completed the isolation with lockout locks at the remote site Any of the following methods may be used to achieve control of the keys used in the isolation at the remote site e if there is one Authorized Worker completing the isolation at the remote site they can maintain control of the key s e if there are more than one Authorized Workers at the remote site a lockbox or hasp scissor clamp s
299. omponents meeting minimum regulatory requirements iT Option 2 Designs using manufacturer s tabulated data and specifications Option 3 Designs using other tabulated data Parameters tims site Registered Professional Engineer Name License Option 4 Design by a registered professional engineer Plan indicating sizes types amp configurations Registered Professional Engineer Name License Specify dimensions of excavation on drawing below Use the space provide for calculations or to add any additional information Qualified Competent Person Determination Suggested Questions 4 Tw a Who designated you to be the Q CP b Do you have the authority to correct hazards c Do you have the authority to stop the work D d What type of training have you had to be the Q CP e Do you know what type of soil you are working with le gt f How did you identify what type of soil you are working with T W Top Width D Depth BW Bottom Width g What type of test visual and manual did you use to classify the soil h How do you know what type of protection system to use for each soil type Description Comments Print Name Sign Date QUALIFIED COMPETENT PERSON OPERATOR ENBRIDGE REPRESENTATIVE 289 Section 16 4 Sloping Diagrams NOTE 1 SIMPLE SLOPE NOTE 2 A 1 SINGLE BENCH MULTIPLE BENCH E SUPPORT OR SHIELD SYSTEM Fi y q NOTE 3 18 wins TOTAL HEIGHT
300. on Heavy duty leather gloves or rubber insulating gloves with leather protectors SR See Note 4 e Leather footwear Incident Energy Exposure gt 12 cal cm Protective Clothing and PPE Arc rated clothing and equipment with an arc rating equal to or greater than the determined incident energy See Note 3 e Arc rated long sleeve shirt and arc rated pants or arc rated coverall and or arc flash suit SR Arc rated arc flash suit hood Arc rated gloves Arc rated jacket parka or rainwear AN Other PPE Hard hat Arc rated hard hat liner AN Safety glasses or safety goggles SR Hearing protection Arc rated gloves or rubber insulating gloves with leather protectors SR See Note 4 e Leather footwear AN As needed in addition to the protective clothing and PPE required by NFPA 70E 2015 130 5 C 1 for U S facilities or CSA Z 462 2015 Clause 4 3 7 3 for Canadian facilities SR Selection of one in group is required by NFPA 70E 2015 130 5 C 1 for U S facilities or CSA Z 462 2015 Clause 4 3 7 3 4 for Canadian facilities Notes 1 Face shields with a wrap around guarding to protect the face chin forehead ears and neck area are required by NFPA 70E 2015 130 7 C 10 c for U S facilities or CSA Z 462 2015 Clause 4 3 7 3 10 for Canadian facilities For full head and neck protection use a balaclava or an arc flash hood 2 All items not designated AN are required
301. on could be shorter based on the Hazard Assessment 24 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 o activates the escalation strategy if contact cannot be made or there are unusual delays in re establishing contact e provision for emergency rescue and first aid Effective means of communication include but are not limited to portable or cell telephone walkie talkie personal alarm or pager periodic site visits electronic methods such as online web applications check in system and requirement for updating an individual s status while working alone GPS based communication device e g SPOT Messenger e use of software or hardware to assist with communication in circumstances of poor network coverage 4 9 Journey Management Plan People Leaders with staff including those with staff in offices that may be travelling as part of their role shall develop a Journey Management Plan when Workers are travelling more than 2 hours The plan shall include e contact information and travel schedule identifying the route timeline of travel and stops to be made emergency contacts and emergency response guidelines communication frequency weather and travel considerations changes to travel plans If the Workers journey is hindered by weather or other emergencies the individual s first priority should be to move to a safe location contact emergency personnel if necessary then contact his or her People Leader
302. on shall be performed before starting work and at shift change Authorized Workers shall be confident the isolation has been verified before starting work and can request to see or perform a test at any time to confirm the isolation 8 Servicing Maintenance Proceed with servicing maintenance on the machines equipment that have been LOTO Removing Isolation and Restoring Equipment 1 LOTO Release Inspect and clear work area of tools and equipment Notify affected Workers in startup area that equipment will be re energized Each Authorized Worker shall remove their own LOTO device LOA shall ensure all Workers are in a safe location prior to removing their locks LOA shall remove LOA locks applied to isolation points 2 Re energization Return isolating devices e g switches valves to appropriate operating position If safe restore energy to machine equipment If the work completed involved the LOTO of equipment i e valves piping etc that affected the flow path that the Edmonton Control Centre is responsible for controlling or operating contact the Edmonton Control 222 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Centre Operator prior to re energizing the system to ensure the affected valves are in the appropriate position and an open flow is maintained 18 9 Authorized Removal of Locks The Lock Removal Authorization Form applies to both lockout and equipment locks and shall be used if any o
303. ong as Workers are in the Confined Space 126 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 The Confined Space entry procedures shall also require that a Confined Space Attendant e is positioned at or near the entrance of Class 1 2 and 3 Confined Spaces e is provided with the following anemergency warning system or procedure as determined by the Hazard Assessment o a fire extinguisher for Hot Work o required PPE including high visibility vest RPE for the Class of Confined Space and Fall Protection equipment e is trained on the following topics o access egress o emergency evacuation procedures o use of fire extinguishers o use of PPE and RPE 8 11 Pre Job Entry Meeting Before starting work the Confined Space Entry Supervisor shall conduct a Pre Job Entry Meeting with all involved Workers to review the following the Confined Space Entry Permit the Hazard Assessment established procedures e g safe work emergency rescue air testing results and frequency of testing method of recording testing results e g Worker inside the space relays results to the Confined Space Attendant communication systems to be used e g constant communications methods isolation of energy sources and control of materials movement required PPE and RPE securing the Confined Space from unauthorized entry emergency equipment and required inspection of the equipment ventilation requirements The Confined Space Entry Sup
304. onstant attendance at the equipment and who is in communication with the Workers in the Confined Space Should the ventilation equipment fail to operate properly this Worker shall immediately direct Workers in the Confined Space to evacuate Air volume for Confined Spaces should meet the following criteria if applicable minimum volume of 1 9 m s of air passes through the active working zone air in the Confined Space contains at least 19 5 oxygen by volume the Confined Space has an air exchange rate of at least 8 times hour the concentration of each hazardous substance or contaminant s present in the space s atmosphere is below all Exposure Limits Proper set up of a ventilation system for a Confined Space is critical to ensure its effectiveness and to minimize control hazards and exposures Consider the following e Eliminate short circuiting of airflow around the fans or blowers by using an adaptor plate to bolt the fan to the flange of a man way or use any other safely feasible measure e Supply air needs to be ducted hosed to deliver it to the work zone and exhaust air needs to be able to capture any contaminants that may be generated by work activities The exhaust hood or duct should be placed 300 mm 1 ft from the source of the contaminant s e Acombination of pushing air in and pulling air out of the Confined Space is often the most effective If a contaminant is heavier than air e g crude oil vapors the ventilat
305. ontract where it intends to carry out a formal audit The Contractor shall at its own expense cooperate and make themselves available for audits by Enbridge or third party chosen by Enbridge as requested Completed audits and or evaluations may be uploaded to the Enbridge s ISNetworld account for access by the Contractor and other Enbridge entities WORKSITE CAMP FACILITIES Contractor must where applicable provide a camp facility that meets all applicable legislation and regulations pertaining to work camps and the Contractor shall be aware of and compliant with such applicable laws and regulations Camp inspections will be completed and documented by a competent camp manager or camp representative and Enbridge representative to ensure accommodations are acceptable and to ensure the camp is compliant with all regulatory requirements This should be completed immediately after set up and before camp occupancy SAFETY STAND DOWN ENGAGEMENT MEETINGS Enbridge reserves the right to conduct Safety Stand down or Engagement meetings as required to address Contractor initiated safety stand down for all personnel will be required for the scope of the Work and or project duration The purpose of the stand down may include but not limited to review of project safety performance opportunity for management to reinforce their commitment to safety recognize employees as a group recognize individuals who have demonstrated exemplary safe behavior discuss o
306. or the protection of people Lockout locksets shall be keyed alike with one key for the entire set e shall be uniquely identified as being part of a set e g each lock in a set of 10 lockout locks is engraved as LS 1 e are commonly used in group LOTO situations or a LOTO with multiple isolation points Keys shall not be duplicated Additional information e more than one lockout lockset can be used during an isolation the LOA or designate is responsible for applying lockout locksets unused lockset locks shall be locked in the lockbox with the key or temporarily removed from service e alockbox can be considered an isolation point during group lockout a Worker installing a lockout lock shall be the only person authorized to remove the lock and tag except in cases where long term isolation occurs and later removal of the lock by another person is authorized by Enbridge Type 2 Equipment Locks Equipment locks are used for protection of equipment The locks may be any color other than red Equipment locks are individually keyed or keyed alike for an equipment lockset are uniquely identified when part of a lockset may have multiple keys the keys are issued to Workers in the department location where the equipment locks are being used e shall be used for o long term equipment shutdown gt 48 hours o out of service equipment 216 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 o isolations where
307. or to beginning Mechanical Excavation or any other potentially destructive below grade activity the location of Below Grade Facilities shall be Positively Identified by e Hand Expose or e Vacuum Excavating Positive Identification shall be to a sufficient width to visually identify Positively Identify the location direction alignment depth size and type of all Below Grade Facilities All known Appurtenances and pipe weights shall be Positively Identified prior to Mechanical Excavation Positive Identification shall be completed on all Below Grade Facilities within the entire Excavation perimeter and 5 m 16 ft outside the Excavation perimeter Follow these steps when identifying Below Grade Facilities e before Positive Identification begins Facility identification markings shall be reviewed to determine if additional Positive Identification is required e use a minimum of three Positive Identification points to verify alignment i e beginning middle and end e if a located Below Grade Facility does not intersect the excavation but is within the 5 m 16 ft area beyond the excavation area determine location with a minimum of 2 exposure points Adjacent Below Grade Facilities within 5m 16 ft of the Excavation perimeter shall at a minimum be exposed on the working side with the following exceptions for non Station Terminal sites o If Locate Boundary Area is less than 5 m 16 ft only Positively Identify within the L
308. or voltage shall be marked with the date of the test and the test voltage 98 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Voltage Rated Rubber Gloves Class Use Class 00 Use for circuits up to 500 volts AC Class 0 Use for circuits up to 1000 volts AC Class 1 Use for circuits up to 7 500 volts AC Class 2 Use for circuits up to 17 000 volts AC Class 3 Use for circuits up to 26 500 volts AC Class 4 Use for circuits up to 36 000 volts AC 7 5 Foot Protection Protective footwear shall e have a minimum 15 cm 6 in ankle support and protection i e 15 cm 6 in to the top of the boot from the heel e be worn at all times when performing work that requires foot protection except when in control rooms lunch rooms offices or change rooms e provide sufficient protection against injury to the feet and ankles as appropriate for the work environment and assessed hazards Appropriate protective footwear shall be required for any job where additional foot or leg protection is necessary depending on the work environment and assessed hazards Some examples of factors to consider include presence of water presence of chemical hazards electrical hazards e g omega symbol or Electrical Hazard symbols impact hazards e g portable equipment impact consider PPE such as metatarsal or shin guards Weather conditions may also lead to potential hazards Consider the hazards t
309. orker concerns are discussed where Workers may be exposed to hazardous materials during routine activities obtaining and sharing appropriate hazard information with Contractors during Contractor orientations SDSs contain detailed information about controlled products including date of preparation of SDS hazardous ingredients exposure limits known health hazards physical hazards release procedures personal protection first aid measures routes of entry physical and chemical characteristics precautions for safe handling and use appropriate control measures emergency response information Enbridge SDS can be accessed on all sites through the online system Contact an Enbridge Representative for an SDS when needed or required 14 6 Respiratory Hazards At Enbridge Locations where there is the potential for Workers to be exposed to the respiratory hazards detailed in this section the following shall occur 190 implement engineering controls and work practices to reduce employee exposure to below the Exposure Limit develop a Hazard Assessment and ensure a control plan is completed have provisions for site specific contingency emergency plan ensure personal exposure monitoring is performed where required make detection and monitoring equipment available for personal and area monitoring refer to section 11 2 before work begins inform employees of any potential exposures at the Site or Facility communicate the re
310. orker performs construction testing repair or maintenance Before any work proceeds in relation to energized conductors or circuits the hazards of the work shall be identified and controlled through the Hazard Assessment process including an Electrical Hazard Analysis if required All identified hazards and controls shall be notated in the Hazard Assessment and the SWP as appropriate When non qualified Workers are assigned to work with Qualified Electrical Workers they shall be instructed by Qualified Electrical Workers in safety precautions work procedures and electrical hazards in the work area Non qualified Workers are not permitted to work within the Limited Approach Boundary of exposed electrical conductors or circuit parts unless special precautions are followed as identified in this Standard Pipelines and Induced Voltage Prior to any work on exposed pipelines the pipeline shall be tested for induced voltage by a Qualified Worker Induced voltage cannot exceed 15V A Qualified Electrical Worker shall take specific measures identified in this manual to bond and ground exposed pipelines to bleed off any charge in excess of 15V the Qualified Worker shall then monitor the charge level to ensure it remains below 15V Energized Substations Before starting work on energized substations Workers e g a Qualified Electrical Worker or a Supervisor shall notify the appropriate utility companies For electrical work on equipme
311. ors can be evaluated such as work dimensions spatial clearance vertical and horizontal distances force frequency postures repetition and task duration other physical stressors e g vibration temperature illumination humidityWhere there is a known risk of Musculoskeletal Injury MSI or a Repetitive Strain Injury RSI associated with a task or job function a People Leader shall ensure an ergonomic assessment is completed in consultation with the Corporate Health and Safety Department Musculoskeletal disorders include 132 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e tendon disorders such as tendonitis tenosynovitis DeQuervain s disease Ganglion and epicondylitis e nerve disorders such as carpel tunnel syndrome and Cubita tunnel syndrome e back disorders such as back sprain back strain degenerative disc diseases and herniated ruptured bulging discs If a trend is identified by the Corporate Health amp Safety Department where MSIs are experienced by Workers involved in a given task or job function then the Corporate Health amp Safety Department shall take steps to prevent or control the identified factors or hazards In consultation with the Health amp Safety Department as needed People Leaders shall also use methods such as safety observations and work practice inspections to help identify ergonomic hazards and possible solutions or controls Early Identification of
312. ospheric Monitoring best practices e stop Atmospheric Monitoring and leave the work area following applicable safety procedures when alarms are activated before specified length of time for measurement i e one minute For Atmospheric Monitoring of Open Systems gathering systems and Sites of the mainline systems Workers shall e wear half face air purifying respirators with combination acid gas organic vapor cartridges until H2S LEL benzene and mercaptans if applicable levels can be verified through initial Atmospheric Monitoring e conduct Atmospheric Monitoring periodically to re evaluate whether existing practices and control measures are adequate for protecting Workers at newly detected levels of chemical exposures the frequency of Atmospheric Monitoring shall be determined by the Hazard Assessment e document testing results on the SWP During initial Atmospheric Monitoring Workers shall e document the initial Atmospheric monitoring results on the SWP and if required based on the Hazard Assessment document continuous Atmospheric Monitoring on the SWP at intervals determined by the Hazard Assessment e prior to performing any work conduct a minimum of one atmospheric test for benzene with a grab sampling instrument or PID and one test for H2S and LEL with a multi head gas detector at a minimum of 300 mm 1 ft directly perpendicular to the Open Systems e ensure measurements are taken at the downwind side regardless of the a
313. ounded receptacle e wear rubber soled protective footwear that provide some insulation when using the pressure washer e equipment in close proximity to the area where water blasting is being performed shall be adequately shielded or protected from debris and the water jet or spray e use signage and flagging when required 60 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 5 0 Hazard Assessment Elimination and Control Standard 5 1 Hazard Assessment Regional Department Project and Contractor Management is responsible for ensuring e Workers are trained to assess potential and existing hazards specific to their work activities including hazard identification assessment and control e Hazard Assessments of work activities and Worksites are completed as required e where reasonably practical everyone involved in a work activity participates in the respective Hazard Assessment for that work e Hazard Assessments are communicated to all Workers involved in the work activity in every case and common safety hazards inherent to the Facility are assessed and controlled e the effectiveness of the Hazard Assessment program and Hazard Assessment training for Workers is sufficient e opportunities for improvement are identified and implemented as part of continuous improvement of the Hazard Assessment process e Hazard Assessments are documented and retained People Leaders are responsible for e verifying that the Hazard
314. oved enclosures at each end e g sending and receiving traps e only those Workers directly involved in pigging shall be allowed in the immediate vicinity of sending and receiving traps pressure pumps or exposed piping during pigging e there shall be adequate heated and lighted facilities for pigging Workers located a minimum of 15 m 50 ft away from any pigging facilities e with the exception of vacuum truck hoses temporary piping or hoses used during pressuring and depressurizing activities shall be anchored or secured by such method s as whip check connections steel braid line wrap or staking to the ground such measures are to prevent piping or hoses from moving or violently separating e hoses piping fittings valves etc shall have an adequate pressure rating for use during pigging e ensure the area directly in front of the pig trap is flagged to prevent persons from inadvertently walking or working within 15 m 50 ft of any pigging facilities e ensure a safe means to release pressure from both ends of the section pressure shall be released prior to loosening or removal of fittings e Atmospheric Testing and Monitoring shall be performed to determine if SAR or SCBA are required and the level of protection needed e full mask respirators with the appropriate cartridges shall be worn be Workers prior to opening any valves for pigging e if vacuum trucks are used then their out take hose shall be equipped with a stake and att
315. pact Rated e if Impact Rated Table 2 CSA Z94 3 Minimum Eye Protection Marking Requirements Lenses Frame Temple Headgear 97 Shall have Shall have e Manufacturer s Mark or Logo e Manufacturer s Mark or Logo e CSA 294 3 7 4 Hand Protection Hand protection shall be worn at all times on Enbridge field Worksites Hand protection shall be appropriate to the task being performed and include consideration of factors such as abrasion dexterity punctures and sharp edges chemicals crushing temperature hot and cold vibration and general duty Specific hand protection may be required when engaged in the following construction Worksite activities working with fixed open blade knives walking in areas where there is a high potential for slips trips or falls performing Hot Work welding cutting sandblasting grinding and buffing material handling handling chemicals working on energized systems work in cold or freezing temperatures For electrical work test and check voltage rated rubber gloves as follows e before each use check for cracks and air leaks discard arc rated rubber gloves that fail an air leak test test for voltage at least twice a year time between tests not to exceed 6 months e testing shall be done at a specified voltage by an authorized testing company Voltage rated rubber gloves that have been tested f
316. pervisor and in accordance with Enbridge requirements including this Standard plus Confined Space Entry Permits and Hazard Assessments attending and participating in the Pre Job entry meeting in accordance with section 8 11 knowing the hazards that may be faced during entry and alerting the Confined Space Entry Supervisor when a hazard has not been adequately controlled being able to recognize in co workers the signs and symptoms of illnesses or injuries due to hazardous exposures maintaining communication with the Confined Space Attendant and immediately notifying the attendant if an emergency or a hazardous prohibited or unacceptable condition requires evacuation of the Confined Space exiting the space as quickly as possible when any of the following occurs o the Confined Space Attendant gives the order to evacuate the space o an emergency o a hazardous prohibited or unacceptable condition is detected o an evacuation alarm is activated properly using equipment wearing using the required equipment e g PPE RPE rescue equipment properly in a safe manner and at all times knowing the limitations of equipment used to control hazards related to Confined Space Entry work LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 signing in and signing out of the confined space with the Confined Space Attendant A Worker designated as a Confined Space Attendant shall first be Qualified in accordance with the applicable training matr
317. pipeline paralleling the transmission line e Induced voltage caused by proximity to overhead transmission lines may continue to affect pipelines even when the pipeline no longer parallels the transmission cables Induced voltage can be a hazard for up to 16 km 10 mi beyond the point of departure 29 e Once a Below Grade Facility is exposed it shall be checked for induced voltage prior to commencing work on the facility The facility shall be continually checked for induced voltage as required or monitored based on the Hazard Assessment e The industry accepted safe limit for induced voltage limit on pipelines appurtenances and other below grade facilities is 15V Therefore bonding and grounding is required to bleed off any charge in excess of 15V e f further aid is required to reduce the induced voltage to below 15V contact Operations Engineering to determine the need to install a grounding grid for bonding and grounding Below Grade Facilities vehicles and equipment If a grounding grid is installed before starting work ensure induced voltages on the bonded pipe vehicles and equipment have been reduced to an acceptable level e Potential induction sites areas T lines shall be tested by a Qualified Worker e Only Qualified Electrical Workers are to mitigate induced voltage hazards and shall do so according to specific procedures established at a regional level e When the potential for induced voltage exists a Hazard A
318. plicable regulatory requirements the Contractors H amp S Program as well as the Enbridge H amp S Program where applicable The Enbridge Representatives will e Review the Contractor s Safety Program Safety metrics and Safety personnel qualifications e Review the Contractor s training matrix e Review and accept Contractor Specific Safety Plans programs procedures as applicable to the Contractor s work activities e Conduct formal and impromptu worksite inspections to ensure Contractors AND Subcontractors are in compliance with all health and safety requirements e infom the Contractor of all special conditions associated with the construction and ensure the Contractor has in place the applicable procedures and specific hazard assessments prior to work commencing e Initiate the necessary steps to correct acts behaviors and conditions which could cause injury or property damage e Verify the Contractor completes detailed incident investigations that identify both the immediate and basic root causes e Follow up with the Contractor to ensure the Contractor implements interim controls and any other preventative measures or corrective actions as identified in the incident investigation report to the satisfaction of Enbridge 22 Contractor The Contractor will establish responsibilities to monitor the Contractor s compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements the Contractor s own H amp S Program as well as the Enbridge LP MP Safety Manual where applica
319. plied air abrasive blasting or hood gauntlet apron respirator hood or helmet with apron and with Lead from gloves tight fitting full face mask operated in positive lead based pressure mode paint Hearing Open Helpers and workers in the blast area protection Space within 30 m 100 ft downwind 15 m 50 ft upwind 23 m 70 ft if no wind disposable P100 respirator or half mask APR with P100 filter Confined Helpers and workers in the blast area Space same as Blaster Abrasive As per assessment of all potential and existing Half mask APR with P100 dust filter Blasting with hazards Self Contained System e g Blastrac High Pressure Full face shield Heat and Metatarsal As required by potential or existing hazards Water Jetting water protection knee Hearing resistant length with ribbed Protection gloves steel shanks and Minimum heavy tread soles Cut level 4 for nonslip traction Additional PPE may be required based on potential and existing hazards Collecting Abrasive Chemically Disposable Open Very dusty 0 to 0 5 hrs after Spent Abrasive Blasting helmet impervious coveralls or Space air abrasive blasting Type Blasting Agent or hood gloves follow appropriate CE supplied air hygiene practices abrasive blasting respirator hood or helmet with apron operated in continuous flow mode gt 0 5 hrs after abrasive blasting disposable P100 respirator or half mask APR with
320. pplemented by the use of equipment or other devices e have a seat belt which shall be worn by the operator when the side boom is in use e be equipped with ROPS certified by a professional engineer e have adjustment of brake tensions performed by a licensed heavy duty mechanic in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications 19 4 Using Excavation Equipment for Lifting When using excavating equipment e g gradalls backhoes for material lifting follow these requirements e The Operator shall know the weight of the load being lifted The load shall not exceed the manufacturers specifications on the lifting capacity of the equipment e The Operator shall have the Lifting Capacity Chart for the specific piece of excavating equipment and it shall be permanently affixed to the machine and legible e Excavating equipment used for lifts shall be equipped with a factory supplied lift point e g a welded plate with an eye or a bolted on hook with a safety latch e Operator shall have a magnetic particle inspection report dated within the previous 12 months The report shall certify the fit condition of the lifting point and its method of attachment e g welds bolts e The Operator shall visually inspect the lifting point before each lift Bolts used to attach hooks or other attachment points shall be rated higher than the lifting capacity of the lifting equipment e Slings shall be connected to the lifting point of the load with
321. pply e g where needed for portable electrical tools equipment and lighting units 20 3 Gas Operated Equipment Hazardous energy shall be controlled prior to performing maintenance of gas operated equipment such as chainsaws and brush cutters Workers using chainsaws shall meet legislated training certification requirements e ensure that all operators are provided with a personal first aid kit spill kit fire extinguisher and an effective means of communication for summoning assistance e wear required PPE in accordance with the Hazard Assessment 20 4 Air Operated Tools and Equipment Workers using air operated tools shall e set the air supply properly for the tool being used e shut off the air supply and drain the air prior to disconnecting tools Workers using impact wrenches shall e ensure the directional lever is in the correct position prior to loosening or tightening a bolt or nut e if a locking mechanism is required use a one piece neoprene retaining ring when attaching a socket to a larger impact wrench Steel locking pins with separate rubber O rings may cause serious injury If the O ring becomes dislodged it causes the steel locking pin to protrude during operation Workers using compressed air equipment shall wear PPE and ensure the working area is cleared of other Workers In addition compressed air equipment shall include safety nozzles plus effective chip guarding never be used for cleaning Workers o
322. pportunities for improvement and upcoming challenges provide training invite motivational safety speakers to present etc The minutes of the Safety Stand down will be forwarded to Enbridge Safety Personnel POST INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REVIEW MEETING S In the event of an incident and based on the severity and potential severity of the incident the following personnel from the Contractor and Enbridge minimum shall jointly have a post incident investigation review meeting to discuss the incident assign corrective actions when necessary and determine the communication of pertinent information stemming from the incident s Contractor e Project Manager e Superintendent Foremen e Safety Personnel Enbridge e Construction Mgr or designate e Project Manager e Chief Inspector e Safety Personnel Enbridge reserves the right to increase participating personnel e g Contractor corporate management Enbridge management etc dependent on the severity of the incident in order to effectively review the incident and provide the appropriate actions thereafter The minutes of the meeting shall be forwarded to Enbridge Safety Personnel HAND PROTECTION Where there is a danger of injury to worker s hands arms legs or the trunk of the body the Contractor shall ensure workers wear proper hand arm leg or body protection equipment that is appropriate to the work being done and the nature of the hazard involved e g wearing long sleeves d
323. practices Evaluating pinch points and line of fire e Hand placement o Never place your hand fingers or any other body part in the line of fire Always use push sticks guards shields or other devices as appropriate to avoid putting your fingers in pinch points e Equipment or loads that swing o Don t try to stop the swing unless you have the proper tool to do so Never use your hands e Doorways o Consider hand placement when going through doors Never handle objects by the sides that will potentially hit the door or contact the door jamb e Automated equipment o Be alert when working around automated equipment including remote or motor operated valves Relays delay timers and remote controllers can cause equipment to open close or startup without warning Never put your hands in the hazard area e Moving heavy objects o Be aware that losing control of something heavy can cause injury to hands Don t try to catch the object let it drop and be aware of foot placement to avoid crushing injuries from dropped objects 131 Refer to section 20 5 Equipment and Machine Guarding for more information on pinch point control requirements 9 4 Industrial Hygiene Enbridge s industrial hygiene program protects Workers from work related illnesses and injuries The program will anticipate recognize evaluate and control the industrial hygiene hazards that Workers may be exposed to in the workplace Worker exposure s
324. quipment such as voltmeters laser alignment and hand held vibration meters analyzers or cellular telephones continually monitor the work area for combustible vapors in this case e work on or around an open system with the following exceptions o flushing units o gauging o sampling o opening depressurized lines less than or equal to 2 inches in diameter looking for and work on pipeline anomalies work on leaks or leak sites welding on mainline or station piping work involving Contractors with the following exemptions o Driving vehicles through non hazardous or non restricted areas o Delivery service personnel e g delivery and supply vendors equipment service personnel telephone computer etc o Long Term Operations Contractor Personnel Contractor exemptions shall be approved by the person responsible for the location and work shall be monitored by an Enbridge Operations employee or designate A SWP is not required for work taking place solely in a Confined Space however if the Confined Space work is part of a broader scope of work e g tank cleaning operation the Confined Space work shall be covered on a SWP Confined Space permit requirements as set out in section 8 3 of this manual shall also be met for all Confined Space work Exemptions for Long Term Operations Contractor Personnel Long term Operations Contractor Personnel may be given an exemption for a Safe Work Permit for up to one year if all the following requirements a
325. quired 77 6 0 Safe Work Permit and Work Authorization Standard Safe Work Permits SWP and Work Authorizations WA should not be regarded as a statement that all hazards and risks have been eliminated from the work area The issuing of such a document does not by itself make a job safe That can be achieved only by those preparing for the work and those carrying it out 6 1 Responsibilities for Issuing Safe Work Permits and Work Authorization Regional and Project Management is responsible for ensuring Safe Work Permit SWP and Work Authorization WA issuers are Qualified to issue Safe Work Permits and Work Authorizations Safe Work Permit training is made available and completed by Workers who will be issuing Work Authorizations or Safe Work Permits Work Authorization and SWP audit process is implemented in the workplace opportunities for improvement are identified and implemented for continuous development of the Work Authorization and Safe Work Permit process Work Authorizations and Safe Work Permits are documented and retained as required spot checks are completed and documented on the SWP Hazard Assessment Review Checklist for each of the following as available o aminimum of one Work Authorization Form and o aminimum of one Safe Work Permit People Leaders are responsible for verifying through audit or direct observation that the Work Authorization and SWP process is used in the workplace and is in complian
326. r The Enbridge Site Inspector shall be responsible for enforcing compliance with the OHSMS the Standards in this manual and all Applicable Legislation on site The Enbridge Site Inspector shall also e monitor all Contractor field activities to ensure compliance with Enbridge and project specific policies and Standards e monitor the Contractor to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements including permits and to ensure any other health and safety expectations are achieved e assist in project related incident response and investigation processes notify the Project Safety Inspector Construction Safety Coordinator Regional Safety Coordinator s of all Incidents and safety concerns e consult with the Project Safety Inspector Construction Safety Coordinator Regional Safety Coordinator s on all issues concerning safety and health 16 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 3 0 Incident Reporting 3 1 Incident Reporting Enbridge maintains a comprehensive incident reporting system set out in its Operations and Maintenance Manual OMM Book 1 General Compliance Reference to ensure compliance with internal and regulatory reporting requirements All work related Incidents of which an employee becomes aware shall be reported immediately to a People Leader or in the case of Contractor personnel to an Enbridge Representative Incident reporting requirements apply to all Workers The following incidents shall
327. r RPE that depends on an effective seal shall be clean shaven where the face piece contacts the skin this may require trimming or removing goatees full beards narrow beards extended side burns Fu Manchu moustaches chin hair or wide moustaches see figure 1 Figure 1 Acceptable 106 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Unacceptable Extended Side Burns Fu Manchu Mustache Chin Hair Wide Mustache Workers required to wear tight fitting respirators shall e be fit tested and trained on each brand size and model of respirator they may be required to wear fit test certificates are required and the fit test validity timeline shall be on the certificate e select the proper equipment based on the potential and existing hazards taking into consideration gas particle monitoring results MSDS SDS requirements physical conditions and work to be conducted including o review and understand the completed Hazard Assessment and o ensuring the respirator selected is appropriate for the chemical state and physical form of the contaminant be provided the appropriate RPE perform a positive and negative pressure user seal check prior to use e inspect and maintain RPE in accordance with manufacturers specifications including a visual inspection before and after each use e store respirators in clean plastic bags in a manner that prevents contamination and damage to the equipment or labeling as required
328. r electrical panels and occupancy hazards e g lunchrooms Inspect and maintain portable fire extinguishers according to Tables 1 2 and 3 A minimum guideline for fire extinguisher placement is as follows 2 20 lb ABC for any work done in Hazardous or Restricted Areas 1 20 lb ABC for each work area within fenced locations 1 20 lb ABC for each office and storage trailer 1 20 lb ABC for each designated outdoor smoking area 1 10 Ib at a minimum ABC for pickup trucks not carrying refueling fuel tanks 1 5 Ib for ATVs and UTVs e 1 20 lb fire extinguisher is mandatory within 22 m 75 ft of any work activity including ROW restoration projects e each portable fire extinguisher shall cover no more than 230 m 2500 ft 32 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Unless specific instructions indicate otherwise position portable fire extinguishers so that travel distance to the extinguisher from the working area is e lt 23m 75 ft for Class A fires e g wood paper e lt 15m 50 ft for Class B fires flammable combustible liquids e lt 23 m 75 ft for Class D fires Distances for Class C fires electrical are based on the surrounding fire hazards Class A or Class B Portable fire extinguishers for Class D hazards are required in work areas where combustible metal powders flakes shavings or similarly sized products are generated at least once every two weeks
329. r possible place pipe or materials in a flat area or parallel with a slope rather than across a slope 229 e Secure pipe or materials from movement by blocking cradling or a combination of both or use an approved alternative method see Figure 2 Ensure pipe blocks have sufficient strength to hold the weight of the load e Secure pipe blocks to prevent loads from being removed or dislodged Skids are considered to be secured if the weight of the pipe or barrel prevents the skid from being dislodged or removed see Figure 2 e Ensure cross timbers are placed approximately 1 m 3 ft from the ends of the pipe e Stand clear when cutting steel bands or wire that secures a load of pipe to a vehicle or rail car e Keep hands clear of pipe ends when pipe is being butted together Use tag lines Ensure pipe that is being stored e g in populated areas or at road crossings is equipped with end caps or secured to prevent unauthorized entry 19 3 Cranes Workers shall suspend crane operations when e the wind velocity at the elevation of the crane exceeds the limit specified by the manufacturer or e the ambient temperature is below that specified by the manufacturer Follow manufacturers specifications in regard to reduced ratings or capacities of the crane under specified temperatures Crane Operators shall follow these requirements Lower crane booms with the winch engaged not by brake alone Maintain the safe limits of
330. r than gt 10 times the Exposure Limit RPE SAR SABA or SCBA refer to PPE Standard A person shall not enter or work in or near a Confined Space if the LEL is greater than gt 20 120 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Non Permit Confined Space A Non Permit Confined Space also known as restricted spaces in some jurisdictions does not contain hazardous atmospheres or have the potential to contain any hazardous condition that may cause death or serious physical harm A space may be classified as a Non Permit Confined Space provided that all hazards within the space are eliminated and verified without entry into the space and remain eliminated for the duration of the entry Note control of atmospheric hazards through forced air ventilation is not considered elimination of the hazards The basis for determining that all hazards in the space have been eliminated is documented on e Parts 1 4 5 and 6 of the Confined Space Entry Permit and e The Safe Work Permit A rescue plan shall be established for each Non Permit Confined Space The plan shall include requirements related to communications and working alone lf a hazard arises or occurs within a Non Permit Confined Space each Worker in the space shall exit the space The space shall then be reassessed to determine if it shall be re designated as a Class 1 2 or 3 Confined Space 8 4 Work Practices Hot Work is not permitted in Confined Spaces w
331. r the entrance of the Confined Space When work is complete each day the Permit Receiver shall return the white copy of the permit and applicable records to the Permit Issuer The Permit Issuer shall retain the white copy of the permit and applicable records onsite 8 6 Confined Space Hazard Assessment The Confined Space Entry Supervisor shall ensure a Qualified Worker completes an adequate assessment of the hazards related to each Confined Space before any Worker enters the Confined Space The Qualified Worker is responsible for e identifying and assessing existing and potential hazards o specific to the work activity and related job tasks o that may exist due to the design construction location use or contents of the Confined Space o that may develop while work is done inside the Confined Space e identifying controls for existing and or potential hazards e ensuring the controls eliminate the hazard or reduce the risk or hazard to as low as reasonably achievable ALARA 122 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e specifying and performing the type and frequency of inspections and tests necessary to determine the potential for Worker exposure to any of the identified hazards e where reasonably practicable involving all Workers associated with the work in the Hazard Assessment e communicating the results of the Hazard Assessment to all Workers affected documenting the Hazard Assessment on the Confine
332. r the tools e immediately tag as defective and remove from service any electrical cords and plugs with mechanical damage e g exposed wiring cords with frayed or deteriorated insulation bent or broken prong of a plug etc e immediately repair or replace any electrical cords or plugs tagged as defective e ensure portable electric equipment is grounded or double insulated ensure extension cords are approved three wire type with appropriate conductor insulation and an overall jacket not susceptible to damage at low temperatures e ensure cords are not permanently secured to any structure ensure power cords are elevated where possible to prevent tripping hazards or being damaged by vehicles equipment e ensure all tools and equipment are set to the off position prior to plugging them in e use Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter GFCI protection when using portable tools outdoors or when water moisture or wet conditions are encountered Use approved ground fault circuit interrupters for all 120 volt single phase 15 and 20 ampere receptacle outlets which are not a part of the permanent wiring of the building or structure Receptacles on the ends of extension cords are not part of the permanent wiring and shall be protected by GFCls whether or not the extension cord is plugged into permanent wiring If an extension cord is to be used keep the cords connection out of any standing water and use a heavy duty extension cord with components
333. r their clothing not exceed 30 psi when cleaning equipment or floors not be adjusted to allow the compressor to operate above the manufacturer s specified rating Pneumatic hoses shall e be appropriately rated for the maximum pressure produced in systems 245 e have excess flow valves or chokes installed on all airlines at the compressor or header to prevent high volume air release All hoses exceeding 12 inch inside diameter shall have a safety device at the source of supply or a branch line to reduce pressure in case of hose failure In addition pneumatic hoses shall have temporary and quick connections secured using whip checks on the following connection points compressor to hose hose to hose have safety pins where the connection point is designed for their use have safety clips or retainers used at the attachment point on pneumatic impact percussion tools e be protected from tangles unnecessary wear and damage Contractors shall e ensure all operators are evaluated and Qualified to operate all equipment with brand model specific attachments including quick connect couplers e ensure and document that the installation of the hydraulic quick coupler itself is performed according to the manufacturer s specifications 20 5 Equipment and Machine Guarding No equipment or machine shall be operated unless the guards and protection e g protective devices are installed operating in accordance with their intended purpose
334. railer bed loads against movement when reversing without back up alarm or Spotter honk prior to reversing When required and the worksite is secure Workers shall have keys easily accessible so that the vehicle may be moved if necessary e g due to site conditions or congestion or in the event of an emergency Workers shall e not allow any person on the bed of a truck during winching operations not operate a vehicle that is loaded in excess of maximum capacity only have vehicles required for the completion of work activities in the immediate Worksite all other vehicles shall be parked in approved areas e not back the vehicle up when the view is obstructed unless o there is a Spotter o the reverse signal alarm is operational o acircle check is performed Securing Loads with Load Binders 155 When securing loads with load binders Workers shall e use the load binders properly to avoid serious injury e never use cheater pipes snipes e never operate a load binder while standing on the load e use load binders with legible load ratings e hook load binders so they can be operated while standing on the ground e position the load binder so its handle can be pulled downward to tighten the chain e position themselves out of the path of the moving handle and any loose chain e release the handle with an open hand under the handle by pushing upward never close your hand around the handle e if sufficient leverage cannot be obtai
335. raining for all Contractor personnel performing Work Contractor shall keep current training records readily available for review by Enbridge at its request The Contractor shall at its own expense ensure that all Contractor personnel have completed the necessary Health Safety and job related training required as per applicable legislation for the Work prior to commencing any Work Any additional safety training that may be required by Enbridge shall be paid for by Enbridge The Contractor shall ensure that all Contractor and Subcontractor personnel have completed any required Site or Work specific Safety Orientations prior to commencing any work at the Work Site Where required by Enbridge Contractor management supervisors and foremen shall participate in obtain or demonstrate compliance with any required Enbridge approved H amp S leadership training SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT Where a Contractor employs Subcontractors to perform a portion of the Work the Contractor is required to have a Subcontractor H amp S Management process which will be submitted for review and approval by Enbridge via ISNetworid The Contractor is required to assess whether a Subcontractor is capable of satisfying the Contractors H amp S Program requirements as set out herein prior to awarding any Work to that Subcontractor Where the Subcontractor is incapable of satisfying those requirements Contractor shall not award the Subcontractor any Work Enbridge may part
336. rative and ensure it is in a safe state prior to exiting the equipment Powered Mobile Equipment shall be inspected for the following e proper adjustment of operating mechanisms excessive wear or deterioration of components and accessories e g cranes boom pins sheave blocks e damage that prohibits the safe operation of the equipment 167 Inspect hydraulic hoses fittings and tubing particularly hoses that flex in normal operation for the following leaks at threaded or clamped joints leaks at the surface of flexible hose blistering of hoses abrasion or scrubbing on the outer surface of hoses tubing and fittings Hydraulic relief valve settings shall never exceed specified pressure 168 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Tracked Equipment All tracked equipment shall be equipped with cleats or grouser bars to ensure maximum traction in frozen conditions This also applies when mud or loose terrain is a concern and slippage is a potential risk based on a Hazard Assessment Traction aids may be applied after equipment is walked onto a site provided a prior assessment of access has been completed to address any concerns Traction aids shall be in place prior to any excavation activity Ditching Machines Follow these requirements related to ditching machines e do not undertake wiping oiling adjusting or repair while any part of the machine is in motion e an Oiler or Serviceman may carr
337. re met e approved by the Operations employee responsible for the Contractor and Operations management or the person responsible for the work location s e they have been used on a frequent basis or have worked extended periods of time with Enbridge e clearly demonstrate their knowledge and understanding of safe work practices and technical procedures applicable to their line of work e given a thorough safety orientation 81 e they participate in Enbridge safety meetings as determined by the person responsible for the site e they maintain daily communication with Enbridge Operations Representative or designate e they are monitored by the Enbridge Operations Representative or designate responsible for the location and work The Enbridge Operations Representative responsible for a Contractor shall document an exemption and provide copies to the Contractor Operations management and employee s responsible for the location s Documentation shall include e a brief description of the services being provided e g welding electrical mechanical labor inspection services cathodic protection system maintenance e justification for the exemption e names of Contractor and Subcontractor Personnel e special requirements e locations for which the exemption applies e g station ROW milepost boundaries e period of time for which the exemption applies and e names of Enbridge employees who approved the exemption Long term Oper
338. rforming these activities When pile driving in congested areas with high risk potential for damage to Below Grade Facilities a pilot hole shall be Vacuum Excavated to a minimum depth of 3 m 10 ft and to a diameter equal to that of the pile All boring pathways shall be Positively Identified where the boring pathway intersects the sheeting to maintain appropriate clearances When a boring device is used to install a Facility across one or more Below Grade Facilities the depth of the device shall be confirmed to ensure that a 1 m 3 ft separation is maintained from all Below Grade Facilities This includes the pilot hole and the reamed path Minimum separations are outlined in the specific procedures for slip boring horizontal directional drilling and drilling vertical and open vertical bores 203 16 0 Excavation Safety Standard 16 1 Mechanical Excavation Workers shall halt the Excavation process if Positive Identification of the Below Grade Facility or the facility markers has been lost at any time Workers shall identify the depth of Below Grade Facilities before excavating to prevent heavy equipment or commercial vehicles from crossing without approval or notification When excavating in the vicinity of an adjacent pipeline hazard controls shall be implemented to ensure that excavation activities do not undermine or add stress to the adjacent pipeline If signs of soil instability or stress occur during such work excavat
339. ric Monitoring Atmospheric Monitoring that continuously monitors atmospheric content and results are typically determined in real time e g use of a handheld instrument Atmospheric Sampling An atmospheric test that details atmospheric content at a point in time and results are typically determined by an analytical laboratory Aqueous Film Forming Foam Concentrate AFFF A substance that is based on fluorinated foam surfactants plus foam stabilizers and usually diluted with water to a 3 or 6 foam solution The foam solution acts as a barrier that excludes air or oxygen and develops an aqueous film on the fuel surface capable of suppressing the evolution of fuel vapors The foam solution is suitable for combined use with dry chemicals Area Monitoring The use of portable gas monitors and grab sampling equipment for determining if a hazardous atmosphere is present at the work site As Low As Reasonably The point at which the cost and resources required 254 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Achievable ALARA to reduce risk any further is disproportionate to the benefit gained Authorities Having Jurisdiction Any duly constituted Federal State Provincial Municipal Board or other Public Authority having jurisdiction over the matter Authorized Installer When referring to radiation an individual who has received 8 hours of training sp
340. rical tools and equipment welding cutting and grinding static electricity use of lighters matches cigarettes open flames e g portable torches and heating units e surfaces with enough heat to vaporize a combustible material e g catalytic converter of an automobile in dry grass e combustion engines or sources e g vehicles equipment generators compressors mowers Vehicles and equipment left unattended in a Restricted or Hazardous Area shall be shut off and not restarted until Atmospheric Monitoring confirms the absence of hazardous vapors The following precautions shall be made to eliminate or minimize ignition sources 26 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e When in Hazardous and Restricted Areas o test for oxygen levels and flammable atmospheres prior to introducing ignition sources and continuously monitor these areas while ignition sources are present o if a flammable atmosphere is present use only explosion proof electrical installations and explosion proof electrical equipment o use only intrinsically safe electronic devices unless the air is initially tested and continuously monitored for flammable vapors and the equipment is listed on the SWP o shutdown vehicles and equipment whenever possible or when left unattended do not restart the vehicle or equipment until Atmospheric Monitoring confirms the absence of a flammable atmosphere o use non sparking tools that are kept clean a
341. rivets Operations involving the removal of cadmium and lead paints may pose a significant exposure hazard Prior to commencing operations that involve the disturbance of painted surfaces in Enbridge facilities determination of the presence or absence of lead and cadmium shall be conducted If the presence of cadmium or lead is detected in painted materials work practices and exposure control strategies outlined in the Cadmium and Lead processes found in the GDL under IMS 04 Tier 2 processes shall be strictly followed Sampling of materials shall only be performed by a Qualified Person in accordance with the process Welding Fumes Jobs involving welding activities are known for generating high levels of welding fumes either general welding fumes or specific metal fumes which may pose a health hazard to the health of welders or other Workers in the vicinity of the job A combination of respiratory protection and ventilation is required to control hazards associated with welding fumes If conditions allow air sampling for welding fumes shall be implemented the main target of the sampling will be welding activities performed inside of Confined Spaces to determine exposures to the following e total welding fumes e chromium e chromium VI 193 e nickel e manganese Crystalline Silica When Workers chip cut drill or grind objects that contain crystalline silica such as concrete cutting it can become a respiratory hazard
342. rize new Workers with the Contractor s rules policies procedures site specific hazards and any other relevant requirements or health and safety matters and e similarly familiarize new Workers with all Enbridge health and safety requirements 4 4 Inspections and Observations Inspections shall be completed as outlined in the Enbridge OHSMS or in accordance with the Contractor s inspection process Inspections shall occur at all Enbridge Locations to identify and recognize safety hazards or when other safety concerns need to be addressed The inspection details shall be documented on an inspection checklist or similar document Enbridge s safety observation program process is a proactive program where Workers conduct observations of work activities to identify safe and or unsafe behaviors and actions If required corrective measures are implemented to prevent Incidents e g injury or loss from occurring The program s main objectives are e Injury and loss prevention e increased safety awareness e fostering a positive workplace safety culture e recognizing Workers for their safe actions The safety observation process requires all Workers to participate in the safety observations program 21 Training shall be provided to Workers who conduct safety observations When a safety observation is conducted the Workers being observed shall be informed and shall actively participate in the process When the safety observ
343. rmal test results where there is a safety concern Canada Additional Hearing Protection Measures Noise exposure assessments for Workers are recommended when e there are indicators that noise levels from equipment or other sources are o greater than or equal to 2 82 dBA of an 8 hr TWA or o greater than gt 115 dBA at any time e there has been a change that may make the hearing protection inadequate e g equipment changes changes to job tasks or Worker assignments such that use of hearing protection needs to be reviewed e audiometric testing of a Worker shows there is a Standard Threshold Shift STS Areas and fixed equipment with noise levels greater than gt 82 dBA shall be identified and marked with posted signs Hearing protection shall be worn as follows e inwork areas where hearing protection signage is posted when equipment is operating e when operating any piece of equipment where the noise level is greater than gt 85 dBA e when exposed to noise levels greater than or equal to 2 105 dBA Workers shall wear both ear plugs and ear muffs e when working on electrical equipment with a Hazard Risk Category HRC of 0 1 2 3 or 4 Workers shall wear ear canal inserts i e ear plugs 102 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Enbridge provides approved hearing protection for employees at all Enbridge Locations For assistance in selecting appropriate hearing protection contact th
344. rom harm It recognizes that the use of illicit drugs and the inappropriate use of alcohol medication prescribed or over the counter or other substances can adversely affect work performance and the health safety and well being of employees contractors consultants worksite visitors and the public Working under the influence or possession of alcohol or illegal drugs while working is prohibited Any person taking a drug including a medically prescribed drug which may impair their ability to work safety shall advise his her supervision to ensure that safety on the job will not be compromised All Alcohol and Drug Testing shall be done in accordance with the provisions set out the applicable policy and applicable regulatory requirements and standards All Enbridge employees and contractors must comply with the applicable company Alcohol amp Drug Policies and the Applicable Legislation as outlined in the following e The Alcohol amp Drug Free Workplace Policy for Enbridge Employees located on eLINK under Policies amp Resources gt Human Resources 22 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e LP MP Canadian Contractor Alcohol amp Drug Policy located in the Governance Documents Library gt IMS 04 gt Contractor Safety Management and ISN Bulletin Board e US DOT and Non DOT Drug and Alcohol requirements for Contractors located in the Governance Documents Library gt IMS 04 gt Contractor Safety Management and
345. roposed trench or Excavation by using Hand Expose or Vacuum Excavation unless a hazard assessment indicates that exposing the length of the utility creates an integrity hazard The Ground Disturbance Supervisor Foreman Competent Person shall ensure all required documents are kept on site as part of the Ground Disturbance Package ensure required documents from the Ground Disturbance Package are provided to the party performing the Locates reconfirm the Locates if required investigate and resolve or reconcile any Locate discrepancies ensure a comparison of all applicable Locate documentation matches a visual check of the Worksite review the Excavation and the Hazard Assessment with the Ground Disturbance Inspector Enbridge Representative ensure the appropriate permits and Hazard Assessments are completed prior to beginning work activities stop work and consult with the Ground Disturbance Inspector Enbridge Representative upon discovery of any non Located facility or if there is any contact between equipment and any Below Grade Facility Typically the role of Ground Disturbance Supervisor Foreman Competent Person will be assigned to Contractor Personnel unless the Contractor is working under the direct supervision of Pipeline Maintenance The Equipment Operator shall know the location of all Below Grade Facilities and Appurtenances discuss and agree on hand signals with the designated Spotter follow all signals given by the Spotter
346. rotective Equipment Eye Face amp Hand Body These are the minimum requirements a higher Hearing level of RPE may be required based on Atmospheric Monitoring Material goggles Coal Tar or coveralls are Including Coal Chemically removed and Tar Pipe impervious laundered after Coating gloves for each use longer than 1 hour of use or change Rubber boots or nitrile disposable boots gloves every 1 hour of Elasticized shoe used covers Nitrile apron Chipping Full face shield Leather or As per potential As per potential and existing hazards Consider Hammering and or impact Kevlar and existing type and quantity of particulates being generated Metal goggles gloves hazards Sledge or Jack Hearing Hammering or protection Using Compressed Air or Operating Electric and or Hand Saws or Concrete Work Wire Brushing Welding helmet Leather Leather shoulder As per potential or existing hazards Buffing and safety gauntlet and sleeve Cutting glasses under type gloves covers Grinding helmet or with electric and full face shield seams on pneumatic or the inside including cut full face shield off and and impact concrete saws resistant goggles Hearing protection Applying Chemical Chemically Disposable Half mask APR with OV cartridge with dust mist Herbicides and Splash goggles impervious hooded coveralls pre filter Pesticides and or full face gloves shield as required Vacuum Full f
347. round overhead power lines Open systems work Pigging Tie ins Specific one off jobs that are hazardous On a daily basis the Contractor will conduct a tailgate safety meeting to review the daily work permit and health and safety issues associated with the day s work or in some cases prior to a specific high risk task On a weekly basis or one per work rotation the Contractor will conduct a formal safety meeting to review all health and safety issues and forward a copy of the written minutes to the Enbridge Site Inspector for review 5 3 Hazardous and Restricted Areas A Safe Work Permit and Atmospheric Monitoring is required prior to Contractors entering Hazardous Area or Restricted Areas A Hazardous Area is where there is significant potential for a flammable or toxic atmosphere to be present or develop Workers shall observe Safe Work Permit requirements for work in hazardous areas and near hazardous areas including e investigating facilities for known or suspected anomalies repairing facilities with leaks defects or corrosion pits clusters where the calculated rupture pressure ratio is less than one e welding directly on mainline or station piping welding on a pressurized split tee with longitudinal fillet welded check straps backing straps e welding on a pressurized Morrison sleeve For information regarding Hazardous Areas in relation to specified facilities at typical stations and mainline locations see Figures
348. rs specifications shall be inspected at least once annually by a certified inspector 19 6 Requirements Material lifting structures hoists and rigging components shall be clearly marked with the SWL Markings shall e appear on the load block trolley and on both sides of the material lifting structure e be legible e be clearly visible to the operator and everyone involved in operating the equipment The recommended colour for markings is black 232 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 19 7 Hoisting and Rigging Jacks shall e only be used for temporary support of loads e be supported by a firm foundation e not be used at an angle as needed use blocking and shims to build a level support for the jack or to support heavy loads If using jacks lift loads from one end at a time not from side to side External hydraulic jack pumps shall be positioned a safe distance from the load being lifted Discard or repair jacks in accordance with manufacturers specifications if visual inspection reveals any of the following hydraulic fluid leaks thread damage scoring or other damage to the ram excessively loose or frozen swivel heads damaged end caps cracks or other damage to the housing loose bolts or rivets When blocking and cribbing Workers shall e use hardwood timber e use solid layers of timber for heavy loads e as needed use steel or hardwood mats under cribbing to spread the
349. rs in Table 2 indicate an increase in the heat index as a correction factor to reflect cloud coverage clothing and type of work For example performing heavy work with FR clothing vest with 100 cloud coverage would add 4 F to the heat index to obtain the final heat index The work rest schedule would have to be determined based on the final heat index Regular Tyvek suit is made of polypropylene This is considered a breathable fabric Chemical resistant suits are coated with polyethylene This type of garment is impermeable with no breathability e extreme cold guidelines o wear layers of warm clothing and cover as much exposed skin as possible fe o train Workers to recognize signs and symptoms of cold related conditions in other Workers o take 10 minute warm up breaks as required by Table 3 calculating for wind chill Note that these TLVs are applicable to Workers in dry clothing Table 3 TLVs Work Warm up Schedule for Outside Workers based on a 4 Hour Shift Air Temperature No Noticeable 5 mph 8 km h 10 mph 16 15 mph 24 20 mph 32 Sunny Sky Wind Wind km h Wind km h Wind km h Wind o Max Max Max Max Max aa ee Work ee Work Ba Work naa Ok a Ork Beak Perio A Perio 6 Perio Perio Perio d d d d d 26 to 15 t0 Norm breaks 1 Norm breaks 75 5 55 40 i 28 19 1 min min min 20 to 29 to 75 55 40 30 31 24 Norm oreaks i min 2 min
350. s into a Confined Space Contractor A legal entity with whom Enbridge may enter into an agreement for the provision of labor materials and or equipment by the Contractor in the delivery of a specified scope Note This is not an Enbridge Contractor Contractor Personnel Employees of a Contractor or Subcontractor working under the direct supervision of the Contractor Control A mechanism or process that minimizes the risk of the hazard becoming actual so it protects people property or the environment from the identified hazard Control Area Is an area designated by the site Inspector or crews doing the work that has been isolated through the use of barriers tape etc to restrict access in order to manage specific hazards as identified in the Task Specific Hazard Assessment Critical Task A task which has the potential to produce major loss to people property process and or the environment when not performed properly Liquids Pipelines Operations tasks that have been rated as greater or equal to 7 using the task evaluation process are considered critical Cylinder High pressure container used for compressed gas storage De energized Disconnected or otherwise isolated from all energy sources and not containing residual or stored energy Destructive Below Grade Activity Any activity such as mechanical excavation drilling boring piling deep tilling and grading Employ
351. s or other unstable surfaces be carried horizontally below shoulder level have the proper weight rating for the task Ladders shall be inspected periodically and after any occurrence which could affect their safe use Such inspections shall be done by a Qualified Worker If a job site constructed ladder is defective repair it immediately All other defective ladders shall be tagged and removed from service Workers using ladders shall always face the ladder when going up down or performing any work activity maintain a three point contact at all times when climbing or descending ensure the ladders footings are placed on a firm and level base not use items such as chairs barrels or boxes in place of a ladder carry small articles in pockets or in a belt use Fall Protection when working from ladders at heights greater than 2 m 6 ft when it is not possible to maintain three point contact unless the ladder is situated directly in front of the work and the Worker does not need to lean to conduct the task use the proper type of ladder best suited for the job e used only non conductive ladders in or around electrical cubicles switchgear rooms or when working on any electrical installation not climb beyond the 3 last step or rung from the top of a ladder not straddle the space between a ladder and another object e set up barricades and warning signs when using a ladder in a doorway or passageway e barricade lock or otherwise secure immedia
352. s Inventory Contact the Corporate Health amp Safety Department or an Enbridge Representative for the Asbestos Inventory Bulk samples for laboratory asbestos analysis shall be taken by a Qualified Worker Samples shall be collected in accordance with the procedures outlined in the appropriate Asbestos Procedure found in the GDL under IMS 04 Tier 2 procedures 14 5 GHS WHMIS HAZCOM This section identifies the basic components of e the Globally Harmonized System GHS of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals e the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS in force in Canada and e the Hazards Communication HAZCOM Standard in force in the USA These regulatory measures are largely similar and are generally designed to protect Workers from harmful workplace exposures to controlled or hazardous products GHS WHMIS and HAZCOM are systems that e define and classify the hazards of chemical products and e communicate health and safety information on labels and material safety data sheets called Safety Data Sheets or SDSs in GHS Under GHS WHMIS and HAZCOM e Workers shall not be exposed to a concentration of a harmful substance that exceeds its Occupational Exposure Limits e Workers shall be informed of and understand the known hazards of materials used in the workplace e Workers shall receive appropriate training in hazardous materials and protective measures People Leaders are responsible for the
353. s engaged in abrasive blasting activities shall be trained and Qualified to perform their assigned tasks duties and responsibilities This includes but is not limited to the operator the attendant and the safety watch Notification of abrasive blasting work shall be submitted to the appropriate agency or Authority Having Jurisdiction in accordance with Applicable Legislation Only Enbridge approved abrasive blast media shall be used Recycled glass based media is recommended Abrasive blast media containing crystalline silica shall not be used The entity performing the work i e Enbridge or the Contractor shall use reasonable efforts to collect spent abrasive blast media and is responsible for collecting storing testing and disposing of spent abrasive blast media in accordance with the Waste Management Plan The entity performing the work shall contact the Enbridge Environment Department for assistance in obtaining the approved disposal methods record retention requirements and approvals The records shall contain the type and volume of abrasive blast media laboratory results and disposal location Equipment shall be inspected daily before use including testing of safety shutdown and control deadman switches Inspection details shall be documented Safety shutdown and control deadman switches shall not be disabled for any reason Intrinsically safe switches are to be used when applicable or as determined by the Hazard Assessment
354. s of vehicles e immediately contact Qualified Workers if there are any concerns about induced high voltage and work equipment e ensure each bonding or grounding point is clean and free of paint with a positive connection e never use chains for bonding or grounding purposes Bonding cables e when drawing oil or product samples from the line or when loading or off loading at sump tank locations use an uncovered braided copper wire with an alligator clip brazed clamped to each end or use other suitable bonding cable e each pipeline crew shall have at least 2 prefabricated bonding cables made of minimum 10 gauge stranded copper wire with a spade connector brazed clamped on each end and at least 2 grounding clamps for attaching the bonding cable to the pipe e attach one end of the bonding cable to a ground consisting of a copper ground rod Induced Voltage Where the pipeline follows a power line ROW a hazard may exist if the pipeline lies within the electrical field generated by overhead transmission lines The pipe can carry a hazardous AC voltage known as induced voltage which occurs as a result of stray electromagnetic field from the power lines This hazard can also apply to pipe set up near high voltage sources on cribbing for welding Additional factors e The voltage level depends on the current in the transmission lines the geometric configuration of the pipeline with respect to the transmission lines and the length of
355. s they are physically qualified to drive a CMV If a driver incurs a Department of Transportation DOT violation while driving a CMV whether it has a monetary fine or not the driver s People Leader shall be notified immediately and this information shall be forwarded to the CMV representative within 24 hours 12 7 Powered Mobile Elevating Work Platforms Powered Mobile Elevating Work Platforms with articulating boom and extended boom platforms shall be operated by trained authorized and Qualified operators Operators shall be given oral and written instructions prior to the first use of such platforms The training shall include e load limitations and securement e manufacturers requirements e hands on demonstration of the controls e hazard mitigation knowledge Operators shall document daily checks on each Powered Mobile Elevating Work Platform before use Powered Mobile Elevating Work Platforms shall e have easily reachable upper platform and lower controls with their functions clearly marked and tested each day prior to use e lower controls that are capable of overriding the upper controls lower controls shall only be operated in an emergency unless the Worker in the lift has given permission e only be used on a firm level surface with the brakes set and outriggers positioned on pads or a solid surface use wheel chocks when on an incline e have the load rating posted load rating shall not be exceeded
356. s this is necessary because the pilot may be as high as 45 m 150 ft above the Spotter In addition to wearing basic PPE the Spotter shall also wear the following PPE at all times during slinging operations head protection with chin strap protection from static e g high voltage gloves during cold weather low humidity HVSA 171 DEPART IN THE DIRECTION SHOWN HOVER MOVE UPWARDS MOVE DOWNWARDS 12 11 AT THE HOVER RELEASE SLING LOAD oe ere i f T ENGAGE ROTOR MOVE HORIZONTALLY ie P G iY p LAND HOOK UP es i E Figure 1 Helicopter Hand Signals Signalers and Spotters Signalers Spotters shall be used when parts of the work area could potentially be obscured vehicle equipment is backing up or moving and the operator cannot see all parts of the machine vehicle and its path of travel e vehicle equipment is backing up or moving in congested areas e vehicle equipment make turns with restrictive side clearances equipment or parts of equipment encroach on the safe limits of approach e g overhead power lines and communication lines e movement of vehicle equipment may result in the operator and or other Workers being exposed to additional hazards excavating e conducting helicopter singling operations The Signaler shall e stop vehicles equipment from backing up when hazards are observed and inform operators and Workers of people entering the immediate work area e communicate with the oper
357. s to unattended locations and or ROW Worksites shall be equipped with a spill kit containing e a shovel e 30 m2 36 sq yd of 6 ml polyethylene sheeting e 25kg 55 Ib of absorbent Any vehicle containing hazardous materials in amounts greater than or equal to 450 kg 1000 Ib or 500 L 119 gal in the USA shall have a placard affixed on each exterior side showing the type of material being transported Tank trucks shall carry placards at all times unless the truck has been completely purged and cleaned In the USA manifests are not required when transporting materials of trade on a single motor vehicle and not exceeding 440 Ib such as containers up to 1 Ib or 1 pt size of Packing Group I material up to 66 Ib or 8 gal of Packing Group Il III or ORM D up to 400 gal of diluted not over 2 Class 9 material cylinders no larger than 220 Ib capacity of 2 1 or 2 2 material Obtain shipping documents CAN manifests USA from the material supplier Shipping documents or manifests may be in any form as long as they include the following name of material hazardous class identification number total quantity emergency contact Chemtrec 1 800 424 9300 If a contracted vacuum truck or tank truck is used give the driver a copy of the shipping documents CAN or manifests USA and SDS Trucks used to transport hazardous materials shall have a current copy of the Emergency Response Guidebook in the cab of the vehicle All
358. scaffold platforms shall o be identified as light or heavy duty o be fully planked between the front uprights and the guardrail system e scaffold guardrails shall o be installed on all platforms above 1 2 m 4 ft e scaffold toe boards shall o be used on the outer edges and the ends if the height of the scaffold planking is greater than 2 m 6 ft e scaffold ladders shall o be installed as the scaffold is being built o shall extend 1 m 3 ft above the top of the scaffold platform and shall be secured at the top when using portable and built in ladders o portable ladders shall be secured at the bottom or tied to the scaffold at waist height and flagged Internal stairways or built in ladders are required for scaffolds greater than 9 1 m 30 ft high Attachable vertical scaffold ladders exceeding 6 1 m 20 ft in height shall be equipped with one of the following e asafety cage that complies with Applicable Legislation e proper fall protection e rest platforms Workers shall not climb braces or end frames Using equipment to hoist Workers to a work area is prohibited unless it is demonstrated that conventional means would be more hazardous or that conventional means would not be possible because of the project s structural design or Worksite conditions In this case conventional means refers to the erection dismantling and or use of means such as ladders stairways scaffolds personnel hoists aerial lifts or ele
359. secured position to prevent accidental movement of device 221 Each Authorized Worker performing work directly on the pipe or machine equipment being serviced maintained shall personally attach a LOTO device to required isolation points The isolation point in a group LOTO may be a lockbox Workers cannot attach a personal LOTO device for another employee Any affected Worker including support personnel and visitors has the right to apply a lock provided they have authorized Worker training Workers or groups performing work independently of main isolation but impacting isolation points shall clear additional locks with LOA 6 Stored Energy Relieve disconnect restrain and or render safe potentially hazardous stored or residual energy If re accumulation of stored energy is possible verification of energy isolation shall be continued until servicing or maintenance work is completed or until hazard no longer exists 7 Isolation Verification The LOA or designate shall verify test that lockout is effective by confirming that the system is under zero energy Before verification tests Workers shall be located in a safe area away from machines equipment being tested For examples of verifications methods see Table 1 confirming that locks are physically placed in correct locations is not an accepted form of verification If zero energy is not feasible regional management shall review and approve work procedures Verificati
360. sibility Safety Apparel High Visibility Safety Apparel HVSA shall be worn by Workers when required by a Hazard Assessment Worksite requirements and or regulatory requirements HVSA serves to alert drivers and other vehicle equipment operators of a Worker s presence especially in low light or darkness High visibility headwear can also be worn to increase a Worker s visibility in situations where part or all of the Worker s body could be obscured e g due to trees traffic barriers objects vehicles or construction materials There are three classes of HVSA based on body coverage provided Each class covers the torso waist to neck and or limbs according to the minimum body coverage areas specified for each class Class 1 provides the lowest recognized coverage and visibility Class 1 does not provide adequate protection for use at Enbridge Locations Class 2 provides moderate body coverage and superior visibility and is the minimum HVSA to be worn when HVSA is required Class 2 HVSA shall be worn when 103 working as a designated Signaler Spotter working on or adjacent to roadways with traffic soeeds under 80 km hr 50 mph working around Powered Mobile Equipment working on active construction sites operating ATV s UTV s and Snowmobiles working in low light or inclement weather conditions determined by the Hazard Assessment Class 3 provides the greatest body coverage and visibility including visibility fro
361. sition wind socks in locations that are e away from wind currents caused by tanks or buildings high enough to avoid influence from equipment however if located too high an accurate indication of wind movement at ground level may not be possible e easily visible day and night e g illuminated locations Boats Boats shall meet or exceed the safety and environmental requirements in the Small Vessel Compliance Program SVCP and be equipped with safety equipment according to the Canada Shipping Act 201 CSA 2001 CAN or the Federal Requirements and Safety Tips for Recreational Boats USA Refer to Table 2 CAN or Table 3 USA to identify the standard safety equipment required on boats In addition to the standard boat safety equipment the following additional equipment is recommended depending on the size location and use of the boat VHF radio anchor spare anchor heaving line first aid kit ring buoy oars or paddles tool kit 146 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Vehicles Table 4 identifies the standard safety accessories recommended for Enbridge owned and leased vehicles plus additional PPE where required Whenever practicable use a certified towing agency to recover a vehicle If a towing agency is not used follow these requirements when recovering a vehicle e recovery straps shall be nylon with sewn loops at each end and at least 6 m 20 ft in length e use the vehi
362. sleeveless shirts e closed toe and closed heel shoes Enbridge has a Respectful Workplace Policy Personal conduct shall remain safe and professional at all times The following misconduct will not be tolerated and will result in disciplinary action up to and including termination harassment including sexual harassment horseplay violence or threatening behavior property damage violation of Enbridge s Respectful Workplace Policy the Respectful Workplace Policy can be found on ELink under Policies amp Procedures 4 8 Working Alone 23 Working alone practices shall be developed for Enbridge Locations The practices shall include considerations for both normal and unexpected work situations This includes Workers required to travel alone to remote locations or where there is no routine interaction with other people Working alone practices shall include but not be limited to specific controls for identified hazards effective communication devices systems an escalation strategy for when contact with a Worker is lost rules setting out types of work that cannot be completed while working alone including but not limited to o Confined Space Entry work certain High Voltage electrical work certain Open System work energized substation work work in excavations work where the use of fall arrest equipment at heights over 2 m 6 ft is required working with quick acting toxic materials identified by the Safety Data
363. ssessment shall be completed and reviewed with the involvement of the Workers doing the work Contractors shall develop a safe work plan for controlling induced voltage This plan shall include but is not limited to the following specialized PPE measuring testing grounding requirements for planned work work stoppage for adverse weather conditions Table 1 Installing Bonding Cables Task Bond From Bond To Notes Abrasive Blasting Equipment for Tank Cleaning Blasting Hose Nozzle Tank Shell or Tank Roof Cutting Installing and Separating of a Pipeline Grounding Clamp on one side of separation Second cable from grounding clamp on one side of separation Grounding Clamp on other side of separation Grounding clamp on pipe section to be removed or installed Ensure clamps make contact with clean bare metal First cable shall be long enough to span the work area Second cable shall be long enough to clear the hazardous area when removing or installing pipe section Drawing Samples from Pipeline Attach alligator clip on one end of bonding cable unbraided copper to sample point on pipeline i e pipe valve Other end of bonding cable to alligator clip on metal sample container Draining Oil From Pipeline to Pan Pipeline Metal Drain Tray For plastic drain trays second end of bonding cable shall remain in contact with liquid being drained into tra
364. ssessments process hazard reviews investigations quality controV assurance procedures etc ina way that supports our drive to zero injuries incidents and occupational fiinesses Deficiencies revealed through these processes and other investigations must be promptly addressed and communicated A fou Al Monaco President and CEO May 1 2013 Zero3 Management is accountable for safety performance People leaders are accountable for safe Operations and the safety and health of the workers under their direction This inciudes accountability for establishing and maintaining a safe work environment including establishing Policies and Procedures providing the proper equipment completing appropriate training fixing deficiencies promptly and ensuring processes for continuous improvement are reviewed Zero6 We promote off the job health and safety for our employees 24 7 The Company s concern for the safety and health of employees extends beyond the workplace An off the job injury is as paintul and impactful as one suffered on the job Employees are encouraged to demonstrate their leadership and excefience in health and safety practices for the benefit of their families friands and community LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Lifesaving Rules Lifesaving Rule 1 Hazard Management gt Lifesaving Rule 2 Driving Safety gt Lifesaving Rule 3 Confined Space Entry gt
365. sturbance Standard The Initial Locate satisfies local legislative requirements Local Regulations Incident An unplanned activity or situation that resulted in or had the potential to result in an adverse or undesirable environmental health safety or business consequence Isolated Sources of energy have been disconnected or controlled Isolation Pre defined system for securing one or more isolation points Isolation Point Location where the energy isolation device is installed Layers of Protection Analysis LOPA A Enbridge accepted Process Hazard Assessment PHA Review methodology Lifting Device Supplementary device used to handle certain types of loads i e hook sling clevis The weight of lifting devices is considered part of the rated load Load Total weight of an object plus the weight of the rigging equipment Locate Boundary Area Area in which all Below Grade Facilities shall be Surface Located within the excavation perimeter and extending 30 m 100 ft from that perimeter Constraints may be made on this perimeter and the lessened area shall be marked by multiple white markers identifying all of the corners of the Locate Boundary Area Lock Lockout device used to secure an isolation device in the appropriate position to prevent accidental energizing or startup of the machine equipment Lockbox Container that securely stores the lock keys and u
366. sulfide H2S less than or equal to lt 10 ppm carbon monoxide CO Less than lt 25ppm benzene 0 ppm to 0 5ppm other toxic contaminants less than or equal to lt Exposure Limits RPE is not required Class 2 Moderate Atmospheric Hazard Class 2 Confined Spaces are those where airborne concentrations within the following limits are verified by initial testing or have the potential to develop due to atmospheric change temperature change or type of work oxygen 19 5 to 23 5 USA or 19 5 to 23 CAN lower explosive limit LEL 3 to less than lt 10 hydrogen sulfide H2S less than or equal to lt 10 ppm carbon monoxide CO Less than lt 25ppm benzene 0 6 ppm to 5 ppm RPE half mask APR with appropriate cartridge refer to PPE Standard other toxic contaminants greater than gt Exposure Limits but less than lt 10 times the Exposure Limit Class 3 Severe Atmospheric Hazard Class 3 Confined Spaces are those where airborne concentrations within the following limits are verified by initial testing or are likely to develop or when the atmospheric concentrations cannot be verified oxygen less than lt 19 5 or greater than gt 23 5 USA or 23 CAN lower explosive limit LEL 10 to less than lt 20 hydrogen sulfide H2S greater than gt 10 ppm carbon monoxide CO Greater than or equal to 25ppm benzene 6 ppm to less than lt 500 ppm other toxic contaminants greate
367. sults of exposure monitoring to all affected employees LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e ensure initial and periodic Atmospheric Monitoring is completed where required refer to section 11 2 e beyond the basic PPE also make available any additional PPE or RPE that may be required for a given hazard refer to section 7 9 Prevention of H2S Exposures Hydrogen Sulfide H2S enters the body through inhalation It is e atoxic colorless gas which has the odor of rotten eggs at low concentrations e soluble in water highly flammable heavier than air Health effects of exposure to H2S can include e at low concentrations headache nausea fatigue dizziness shortness of breath cough skin eye and throat irritation and or loss of sense of smell e at high concentrations shock convulsions inability to breathe unconsciousness or death H2S may be present in various work locations or circumstances such as e Open Systems when present as a free or released product in a sump or tank especially when open to atmosphere e g H2S may release into the air when the contents in the sump or tank bottoms is stirred H2S has poor warning properties Olfactory sense of smell fatigue can occur with prolonged exposure to low concentrations less than 100 ppm or acutely at high concentrations greater than 100 ppm Prevention of Benzene Exposures Benzene is a type of hydrocarbon that may be present in
368. t required for 1 set per Lines 1 and 5 service tset se NGL facility S5els portable gas monitor 1 per Worker additional as required by this manual s Standards rubber gloves electrician and leather gauntlets 1 pair 1 pair as required 2 pairs 147 Tank Delivery Pump Location Location Location Station Injection Station with with with Location PLM Crew Mechanical Electrical Dept Dept safety harness and lanyard 4 CAN USA 1 ENB NW Scott Air Pak 4 3 CAN 1 2 USA ENB NW ENB NW 2 ENB NW warning signs as required wind sock 1 1 1 2 portable as required NOTES as required determined by Site Supervisor 1 Flashlights shall carry the Underwriters Laboratories label approved for use in explosive atmospheres 2 When working in areas without emergency lighting facilities approved flashlights shall be available for immediate use 3 Crews may store Scott Air Pak at their work location or unattended locations under their control provided the equipment is readily available 148 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Table 2 Boat Safety Equipment CAN Boat Size Standard Equipment lt 6m 19 18 e life jacket or PFD that meet the requirements in section 7 10 for each person on board e buoyant heaving line at least 15 m long e reboarding device if vertical climbing height to reboard boat from water is
369. t with a 30 minute fire rating Other requirements include e segregate flammable gasses and compressed oxygen as per Applicable Legislation including but not limited to WHMIS standards ensure NO SMOKING and other applicable signage is posted in the area e ensure outdoor storage areas are at least 1 5 m 5 ft from building entrances or as required by Applicable Legislation Transport During transport compressed gas cylinders shall e be secured e be secured upright and as required by Applicable Legislation e g for flammable gases be transported in a well ventilated vehicle have shipping caps in place be transported on hand trucks designed for the task not be dragged rolled or slid Nitrogen cylinders may be transported horizontally if properly secured Compressed gas cylinders being hoisted shall e be secured on a cradle cage sling board e not be hoisted or transported by means of magnets or choker slings Compressed gas cylinders mounted on portable welding units shall have acetylene secured in the upright position have oxygen and nitrogen secured in either vertical or horizontal position have valves closed and protective caps in place when not in use have mounting arrangements that hold the cylinder securely in the event of a rollover or other traffic Incident 248 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Aerosol Cans Aerosol cans are widely used to apply paints lubricants
370. t is defined as a pierced wall In practice this means the distance R3 will usually surround a building Figure 1 Mainline Pump Booster Pump Shelters Rooms 66 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 TANK VENT AND FILL 3 m 10 0 FUNNEL GAUGE 3 m 10 0 ACCESS 0 9 m 3 0 S TLR SOLS SS Ss e e o b e a R 8 9 L 8 4 8 8 a t rH 29 S s 29 mal v Sd 4 MH OK SOURCE t at t SOURCE FLANGES PUMP SEAL of Sf SKS SOK ERE RRS SKK KS ROK ERR ER RRR RRR RXR KERR RRR SRK RRRRRRG SRR E TANK SRK K KK SKS SOOO SISOS gt LEGEND Ko HAZARDOUS AREA LK RESTRICTED AREA _ NoNCLASSIFIED Figure 2 Sump Tank and Vents 67 3 m 10 0 TANKER VENT 3 m 10 0 l 1 5 m 5 0 1 5m 5 0 l NANN FR FLV WNA IDIIN LEGEND TYPICAL TANK TRUCK UNLOADING FACILITY Ke HAZARDOUS AREA RESTRICTED AREA zi NONCLASSIFIED 3 m 10 0 3 m 10 0 1 5m TANKER VENT TYPICAL TANK TRUCK LOADING STATION Figure 3 Tank Truck Facilities 68 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 SOURCE BERM OR METERING BOUNDARY FIREWALL SOURCE PERRI BOUNDARY METERING SX SHELTER ROOM SOURCE BOUNDARY x TANKAGE BOOSTER PUMP T I LEGEND DISTANCE HAZARDOUS AREA FACILITY LIQUID PETROLEUM NGL RESTRICTED AREA OUTDOOR MANIFOLD 3 m 10
371. tairways Exits Landings and Opening6S sss 40 Scaffolds and non mobile Elevated Work Platforms eeeee 40 Safeguards Barricades and Warning SIQNS cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 43 SIAU arae 220 ete gehen leche A ate ces Adee Ne ae Ad aga AN 45 Severe and Inclement Weather ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaeees 47 Work in ihe Datei a AN 50 Extended HOUuUIS lt 448 dia dnnaaniia tke dann dnndanvaaknsanudan 50 Fatigue Management fais tocsrneicee in ctonatilentveraahonnenentpaie cioueeea gash 50 Sanitary Facilities eaves seasuens ted RAE Aa EREEREER ERE at 51 Abrasive Blasting ssseesesssssseerrnrtsssrrrntrrnrtrssttrtrrnnnresernnnrnnnneserrnnne 51 Fire Watch and Safety Watch sesssessennrnneeeseerrrrnnrerssrerrrrnnnnssrrrrnne 53 Hydrostatic and Pneumatic Testing eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeteeee 56 Pigging serenana a Joa eal aaie Goal atecrial 57 Warehouse Lay Down and Storage Areas eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeees 58 Prall COCAMOMS 14 Jwtentiorvanttdaasacthde acids TAEA A 59 High Pressure Water Jetting icciestcasecstnocideenvaiiabiraadehwnbeia deste sone 59 Hazard Assessment Elimination and Control Standard 0 ceee 61 Hazard Assessment wcities atest sci uaa a a uenaaets 61 Pre Job Meetings Tailgates cccccccceeeeeeesesecceeeeeeeeeeeseseaeeeeeeeeeeeeneee 65 Hazardous and Restricted AreaS cccccceececeeeeeeee
372. tandards to which Workers shall adhere to The Standards shall e meet or exceed legislative requirements in jurisdictions where Enbridge operates serve as a basis for creating work procedures e help establish safe work practices Specific terms are used to indicate whether an action is mandatory or recommended The following words have specific meanings e shall is used where an action is mandatory e should is used where an action is recommended e may is used where alternatives are equally acceptable Acronyms and defined terms are found at the end of this manual Defined terms are capitalized throughout this manual Some additional terms are capitalized but do not appear on the list of defined terms such as the job titles of some Enbridge personnel and some Enbridge departments Certain Standards and some sections within Standards are supported by additional policies practices processes documentation and forms These shall be referenced where applicable Any variance to a Standard practice or requirement as set out in this manual is required to be approved by the appropriate Vice President or designate responsible for the work Variances shall be applied for using the Variance Request form located in the appendix All variances are applicable only to a specific project or 12 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Standard and do not create policy All variances shall be reviewed duri
373. te of the lift to familiarize themselves with all above and Below Grade Facilities The ELP shall be signed and approved by a Qualified Lift Engineer or Qualified Rigger Rigging Specialist A Qualified Rigger Rigging specialist is a person deemed to be appropriately qualified in the preparation and development of lifting studies The certification documentation for a Qualified Rigger Rigging specialist either from an external provider or internally provided by the rigging specialists employer shall be made available to a Enbridge Representative upon request A certified Operator shall be used in jurisdictions that don t certify Riggers The ELP shall be reviewed and agreed to by all Workers involved in the lift e g crane operators Riggers Rigging Specialists and Site Supervisors at a pre lift meeting Serious Lifts The Workers involved in a serious lift shall apply the required controls and any other appropriate measures to ensure the safe and effective execution of the lift Lifts classified as Serious Lifts include any crane lift where Workers are being hoisted in a man basket e any lift where failure of the lift could endanger existing Facilities of one of a kind equipment or processes any load where special lifting or rigging equipment configurations are used e any lift where the load or any part of the lifting equipment could come within the safe limits of approach to high voltage equipment or a power line any lifts over exis
374. ted Areas when actively working within 30 m 100 ft of Ground Disturbance work which is taking place within 3 m 10 ft of operating Facilities C0CO0O000 0 142 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e g gas or oil pipelines above or below ground in such cases there shall also be continuous gas monitoring as determined by the Hazard Assessment Combustible gas monitors do not provide accurate readings in an oxygen deficient atmosphere Passive monitors assess the atmosphere without the use of a pump Active monitors have internal pumps that draw atmospheric samples from the immediate area or from a distance e g inside a pipe sump booster pit 143 Sampling Equipment Sampling equipment including multi head continuous gas monitors shall e be capable of sampling according to the potential hazard e be positioned within a few feet of the work area and not interfere with the task including o at the source of the gas or vapor o low areas for petroleum vapors and H2S o the most representative location for Workers at the site o areas with the highest potential for exposure When using grab sampling equipment such as detector tubes e g Drager CMS and photo ionization detectors e g UltraRae Workers shall obtain multiple grab samples to obtain representative exposure information always follow manufacturers guidelines for testing time limits and specifications but combine with Atm
375. tely adjacent doors prior to working on a ladder lift or lower larger articles from elevated locations by a hand line or a hoist have ladders above 2 m 6 ft held by a person when it is not secured e secure ladders at the base when a kick out hazard exists To mitigate the hazards potentially involved when using ladders over 2 m 6 ft in height consider using alternatives such as scaffolding work platforms or elevating devices 39 Step ladders shall be placed at right angles to the work not be used to brace or support work not have either of the top two rungs used as a step be used as per manufacturers specifications Extension ladders shall have the base of the ladder placed at a 4 to 1 operating angle extend at least 1 m 3 ft above the landing platform e be tied off at the top of the ladder to prevent it from slipping or being moved or blown over have slip resistant footing be climbed by grasping the rungs not the side rails e be erected so that the upper section rests on the bottom section maintaining the minimum overlap of sections as shown on the ladder label e have the locking ladder hooks secure before climbing Constructed job site ladders shall meet or exceed Applicable Legislation for the type of work required 4 21 Walkways Stairways Exits Landings and Openings Walkways shall be designated and kept clear of hazards debris snow and ice Stairways landings and exits shall e have hand and guard ra
376. test results as necessary e providing Workers with forms and information needed for audiometric testing in the US the testing agency provides Workers with forms and information needed 101 All Workers are responsible for e attending audiometric testing as required following up with their personal physician if abnormal test results are received from the Testing Agency e attending follow up tests or other medical evaluation if required by the testing agency Enbridge Medical Director or the Worker s personal physician All audiometric tests for Enbridge Employee s shall be paid for by Enbridge and Workers shall be granted time off during normal working hours to attend appointments The Enbridge Corporate Health amp Safety Department is responsible for e conducting noise exposure assessments and re assessments and recommending hazard controls as required e assisting in selecting fitting and using appropriate hearing protection ensuring employee audiometric test result records are provided to the testing agency for ongoing testing e liaising with Enbridge s medical director testing agency regional safety coordinator and Worker regarding test result records including safety concerns and any follow up testing or further evaluation required e maintaining summaries of audiometric test results for Enbridge Employees in Canada US Human Resources maintains summaries of US Workers audiometric test results e reviewing abno
377. th sharp edges Fall protection and travel restraint connecting hardware such as carabineers connectors and snap hooks shall e be self closing and self locking e require two deliberate consecutive actions to open e be marked with the manufacturer s name and the breaking strength Safety Nets Where safety net protection is required based on a hazard assessment work shall not commence until the net is in place and has been tested in accordance with applicable requirements Prior to using safety nets contact the safety department for review and assistance A professional engineer must certify any structure to which a personnel safety net is attached The certification must indicate that the structure is capable of withstanding any load the net is likely to impose on it depending on the circumstances of the work site Safety nets shall e be installed and maintained so that the maximum deflection under impact load does not allow any part of the net to touch another surface e have safety hooks or shackles of drawn rolled or forged steel with an ultimate tensile strength of not less than 22 2 kilonewtons e have joints between net panels capable of developing the full strength of the web extend not less than 2 4 m 7 ft beyond the work area e extend not more than 6 m 18 ft below the work area 213 18 0 Control of Hazardous Energy Standard 18 1 Isolation Only authorized Enbridge Employees shall perform initial de energiz
378. the requirements Document Copies e White top copy Enbridge Inspector keeps or posts this copy at the work location while the work authorization is valid Inspector returns this copy to the issuer when the Work Authorization is no longer valid If an incident occurs during the course of work the white copy of the Work Authorization along with all other pertinent documentation shall be forwarded to the person responsible for the investigation and will be retained as identified in the requirements for incident investigation documentation e Yellow copy Work Authorization issuer posts this copy at the worksite or similar site locality to identify work activities occurring at the site Discard after the white copy is returned or give it to the Inspector if requested 6 4 Suspension of Work Authorization and Safe Work Permits The Work Authorization and or Safe Work Permit become suspended and work shall stop under any of the following conditions e site emergencies e scope of work changes 85 e requested to stop work The time of suspension shall be documented on the Work Authorization or SWP as the case may be by the receiver Suspended permits shall be revalidated at a minimum verbally by the issuer and documented on the Work Authorization or SWP before work can resume Suspensions due to scope of work changes cannot be revalidated A new Work Authorization and or SWP is required 86 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Vers
379. the pump room positioned so that the travel distance from anywhere in the pump room to the extinguisher is no more than 9 m 30 ft e one wheeled extinguisher immediately inside or outside the most frequently used doorway of pump rooms shelters if two shelters are less than 15 m 50 ft apart one wheeled extinguisher may be placed between the two shelters 33 Pipeline Maintenance PLM shall have accessible e two 20 Ilb or 30 Ib dry chemical extinguishers to be taken to pipeline repair jobs including natural gas venting operations the extinguishers shall be strategically located upwind of the work being completed and be immediately accessible e additional 20 Ib or 30 Ib dry chemical extinguishers strategically located in PLM and welding shops based on Hazards e one 30 lb ABC dry chemical extinguisher at each door and strategically located in work and welding shops Remote maintenance bases should have e four 20 lb or 30 lb dry chemical extinguishers to be taken to Worksites as needed based on the Hazard Assessment at each site For Regional Operations remote locations that do not have ready access to fire extinguishers refer to Table 4 for the amounts of fire extinguisher supplies that should be maintained If recommended amounts are not maintained a current list of supplies shall be kept on file If a Worksite has access to a 24 hr supply source supplies kept on site are at the discretion of the Operations Management
380. ties inspected by a competent person dailly before starting work Are all known or suspected appurtenances changes in elevation or alignment daylighted As a minimum are all existing pipelines cathodic cables or conduits that enter or cross the proposed excavation have the top and sides daylighted at points Im 3ft beyond each side of the excavation and at the midpoint of the excavation ls material available for safety fences and barricades to be erected where required Are existing below grade facilities protected from inadvertent contact and supported when excavation is in progress Have the requirements of the excavation checklist been met if workers are entering during excavation Are spoils materials and equipment set back at least 1m 3 ft from the edge of excavation Are workers and facilities protected from looze rock soil or other objects that could poze a hazard by falling or rolling into the excavation or from the bucket Have facility owner been notified prior to the proposed backfill work in accordance with the Written Agreements Have the facility owner representatives inspected their facilities prior to the proposed backfill work Name Have the required backfill clearances be established and maintained Mechanical Clearance for backfilling is 600 mm 2 ft Has a backfill inspection report been completed Owner contact declined exempted to be on site Name Phone Have all hydrovac holes no longer required
381. ties or hazards are identified during the investigation corrective measures shall be implemented to resolve such conditions activities or hazards before the work proceeds Workers also have the right to know about the hazards associated with their work and to participate in the mitigation of the hazards Any form of retaliation against a Worker who in good faith refuses unsafe work is prohibited 42 Visitors and Site Access Prior to accessing an Enbridge Worksite each Visitor shall report to the designated security or site contact for clearance The term Visitor includes non Enbridge personnel Contractors not performing assigned work activity at that location and Enbridge employees from other locations Visitors shall be at a Worksite only for work specific purposes At a minimum Visitors shall be required to sign in and out provide an Enbridge point of contact with name and telephone number provide their vehicle description and license plate number provide a personal contact cellphone number while on premises provide positive identification e g government issued photo identification provide proof that the required safety orientations have been completed attend a site specific safety orientation comply with Enbridge rules and regulations for that Worksite display visitor identification as directed if required by Enbridge provide and wear PPE or designated apparel Contractors shall provide advance notice to Operations
382. tified during vehicle operation record it on the Trip Inspection form and e if the defect is major report it immediately to the People Leader e if the defect is minor report it in a timely manner to People Leader e g at end of work shift or at beginning of next work shift No CMV or other assigned vehicle is permitted to be driven until major defects have been repaired or corrected Regions may develop their own region specific plans to address identification of responsibilities driving limitations hours of service record keeping and daily log completion distribution and retention driving cycles designation of home terminal and principal place of business inspection and maintenance creation of region specific documents such as daily logs Drivers Abstracts For documentation the use of Commercial Driver Abstracts is recommended e CMV drivers shall obtain driver abstracts at least once every 12 months or as requested e newly hired drivers shall provide an initial 30 day abstract at the time of hiring thereafter a new abstract shall be obtained at least once every 12 months Hours of Service Federal hours of service regulations require three types of limitations to a driver s time The limits are outlined below e daily limits a day is defined as a 24 hour period that begins at the hour designated by the carrier and noted on the log for the duration of the driver s cycle e workshift limits a workshift is t
383. ting been held including a walk Around Site Inspection to review scope of work with all parties involved Are all parties involved aware of the safe work procedures snd requirement associated with the planned Ground Disturbance work Has the Safe Work Permit been reviewed with all workers involved Safe Work Permit Reference Has a designated Ground Disturbance Supervisor been appointed Name Has the Ground Disturbance training certification been verified for members of the work crew and the Ground Disturbance Supervisor Have the equipment operators been designated as competent OQ for US only if required are the below grade facility owner representative s on site for the Ground Disturbance Work Have the conditions of all the written agreements been met For excavations requiring buckets with teeth has written approval been obtained and available Reason for using buckets with teeth Frozen ground C Rock O Have hazards around pipe cable support testing for induced current and air testing for toxic or combustible gases been addressed Have excavation access egress and evacuation procedures specific to this Ground Disturbance been reviewed by all parties involved Have crews reviewed the safe clearance requirements for above and below grace facilities Will the Adjacent Pipeline or Pipelines have to be depressurized operated 3t a reduced pressure Are existing excavations adjacent areas and protection system for sbove grace facili
384. ting permanent structures e any blind lift 225 For each serious lift the minimum control measure required shall be completion of a lift plan The lift plan shall be reviewed and agreed to by all Workers involved in the lift e g Operators Riggers Rigging Specialists and Site Supervisors at a pre lift meeting At a minimum the information recorded on the lift plan shall include weight radius crane type percentage of chart rigging components and rating capacities Those involved in the review of the lift plan shall sign the document The placement of trench boxes sleeves and sheet piles over operating assets does not constitute a critical or serious lift Standard Lifts A Standard Lift is any lift that is not classified as serious or critical A Standard Lift shall be documented on the Operator s Log Entry or Lift Calculation Sheet This shall include records of weight radius and percentage of chart for each lift or for a series of lifts from a single location For all lifts the following factors shall be considered or determined including any related appropriate control measures percent of crane capacity weight of the load any change or transition of critical Workers as identified in the lift plan ground conditions compaction overhead lines obstructions etc underground equipment or hazards trajectory of load if dropped i e determine the potential drop zone electrical equipment in the area e g nearb
385. tion lt 1000f cc positive demand or positive pressure SCBA 0 6 to 5 ppm half mask APR with OV cartridge 6 to 25 ppm full face APR with OV cartridge or SAR greater than gt 25 SCBA or SAR ppm greater than gt 500 planned work is not permitted ppm IDLH Carbon 25 ppm to 500 ppm SCBA or SAR monoxide greater than gt 500 planned work is not permitted ppm 11 to 99 ppm SCBA or Type C SAR with escape pak greater than gt 100 Planned work is not permitted ppm IDLH lt 0 5 mg m half mask APR with P100 filter 0 05 to 5 mg m full face APR with P100 filter 5 to 50 mg m full face PAPR with P100 filter or SAR 3 Positive demand or positive pressure 50 to 100 mg m SCBA greater than or equal planned work is not permitted to 2 100mg m 0 6 to 5 ppm half mask APR with OV cartridge 6 to 25 ppm full face APR with OV cartridge or SAR greater than gt 25 SCBA or SAR ppm Hydrogen Sulfide H2S Lead 0 05mg m3 109 greater than gt 500 planned work is not ppm IDLH permitted 11 to 20 LEL SCBA for cold work hot work is not permitted greater than gt 20 planned work is not permitted Oxygen less than lt 19 5 SCBA deficiency Petroleum less than lt 3 LEL none vapors greater than or equal half mask APR with OV cartridge to 2 3 LEL to less than lt 10 LEL greater than or equal SCBA or equivalent for cold work hot to 2 10 LEL
386. tmospheric tester operator position relative to the Open Systems e ensure Atmospheric Monitoring for mercaptans with grab sampling equipment is conducted for coker naphtha products e ensure these requirements are evaluated as part of the pre job Hazard Assessment e refer to Confined Space Standard for initial Atmospheric Monitoring and ongoing testing requirements in Confined Spaces section of this manual A functional test is a brief exposure of the monitor to a concentration of gas es in excess of the lowest alarm set point for each sensor This test verifies sensor and alarm operation 144 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Follow manufacturers specifications regarding operation servicing bump testing and calibration If an instrument fails a bump test or a calibration check the Workers shall perform a full calibration on it before using it If the instrument fails the full calibration the Worker shall remove it from service Functional bump testing shall e be performed in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications before each day s use e for the mainline systems use pentane or pentane equivalent gases when pentane equivalent methane is used for calibration then methane can be used for bump testing e for the vector system use pentane or pentane equivalent gases for calibration and methane for bump testing o when calibrated with pentane a calibration gas with 0 35 pentane shoul
387. to the work shall be trained and Qualified in their specific role of the Confined Space Entry including hazard identification and assessment for Confined Spaces required procedures as set out in this Standard selection and use of required PPE including RPE Atmospheric Monitoring and sampling Confined Space Attendant requirements correct use of fire extinguishers when Hot Work is involved Workers who are assigned emergency rescue duties shall also be trained in the following e first aid and cardio pulmonary resuscitation e Confined Space rescue and equipment training 118 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Confined Space Entry to Class 1 2 or 3 spaces is prohibited by any person who doesn t have Confined Space training 119 8 3 Confined Space Classes All Confined Spaces shall be designated as Class 3 until results of initial Atmospheric Monitoring are determined Based on the results a space may then be newly designated as Class 1 2 or 3 Initial Atmospheric Monitoring may require Workers doing the testing to use SAR SABA or SCBA if the space cannot be adequately tested from outside the space Class 1 Low Atmospheric Hazard Class 1 Confined Spaces are those where airborne concentrations within the following limits are verified by initial testing and are unlikely to change oxygen 19 5 to 23 5 USA or 19 5 to 23 CAN lower explosive limit LEL less than lt 3 hydrogen
388. transported hazardous materials shall be properly labeled in accordance with TDG or HAZMAT 185 14 3 Radiation and Radiography When required a Contractor who is licensed and properly qualified to perform radiography and NDT testing will be contracted to provide these services In all instances where X ray or gamma ray equipment is being used the Contractor shall ensure the use storage handling transportation and disposal of radioactive substances is in compliance with all Applicable Legislation All radiographic work completed by the Contractor shall be performed under the direction of a federally licensed Worker radiographic technician responsible for radiation safety Site Preparation Work Control Before radiography work begins ensure e distinctive warning signs are posted DANGER RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL e barricades or rope are placed to prevent access to the designated work area Radiation Area Workers and their vehicles and equipment not involved in the radiography work shall remain outside of the designated Radiation Area until the radiographic technician provides notification that testing is complete and it is safe to enter Additional radiography requirements include e where required by Applicable Legislation radiographic inspection vehicles shall have 360 degree rotating amber lights on the roof and be clearly visible the rotating lights shall be operating when X ray Gamma ray equipment is in use e equipme
389. ts D Communication system with CSE supervisor I Communication system with rescue team 286 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Section 15 4 Ground Disturbance Permit CANBRIDGE Ground Disturbance Permit Permit 00000 PROJECT INFORMATION Positive identification Distances 16 5m Mechanics Clearance 2 f 0 6m Written Agreements makes reference to Crossing Construction Road Use Road Crossing Proximity Parallel and Right of Way Agreements All permits are void during an emergency situation Permits must be re issued or re volidated after an emergency change to the job description or Has the project received confirmation for the use of the land from the Land Services Dept Are available records referenced e line locate diagrams drawings alignment sheets blueprints az builts site photos and have contacts been made to determine the existence and location of underground pipelines and cables near the excavation area Have Written Agreements As Buslt Plan Drawings and Alignment Sheets been reviewed by all parties involved and are available onsite when required by regulation Have all facility owners been given proper notification as required by Regulations and the Written Agreements Haz One Call Service been notified and confirmation received Ticket Expires Have non members of the One Csil Services been notified with a request to locate and stake their facilities Have
390. ty Manual Supports the OHSMS eeeeetteereeeeees 12 2 0 Responsibilities ssri ce tet cccvetemastt foutonkeposthaest tosgacteneeeeedt dabbacttr bers EEFE kEi 14 21 Management 225 6i bcos sence elec tat da n Dee O e eee 14 2 2 People RGAderS 2 ots ctl nied tied tes ea ei iacite eee 14 De WOKE fees erccc crate aeteee ct aa eat eal Great ate epeaie eit ak aan ternal Cae seeded ae ad 14 2A GOMUACIOIS s 2xtcer cea cishsdcblecs a r a ees ake take 15 2 5 Health and Safety sec est cet Coecerd cent teutoeteeacian test ent extent dandeattnceeeeetantane 15 2 6 Enbridge Site INSPOGION 252 4 circdis descat a eiwtan danse he idedapdenvet ik Stee tearegee 16 3 0 Incident Reporting 4 ont axetil tac hett ta eh eee ete ote eared 17 3 1 Incident REDOMING c csecsceer aki Gs taco a A Ea 17 SZ VAVOSTIQATIONS ice etas cigs sc chives aeaa e EEE EEEE EEE Aa E EREDE EEEE 17 3 3 Contractor s Verbal and Written Report of Incident cccceeeeeees 17 3 4 Incident Classification and EnCompass Incident Management System 19 4 0 General Safety neen ea honda E E ieee ieee 20 4 1 Right to Refuse Unsafe Work ccccccccceeesesccceeeeeeeeeeeeneaeeeeeeeeeeeenees 20 4 2 Visitors and Site ACCESS s ce cpades Aone cheater tneeieotpar te eae eae 20 4 3 Safety Orientations 00 cece eee cette eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneseaeaaeeeeeeeeeee 21 4 4 Inspections and ObservatiOns cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeteeee 21 4 5 S
391. ty glasses Heavy duty FR Clothing with Electrical c w side leather a label stating a Work shields gloves minimum Arc Ear canal unless Arc Rating AR of inserts i e ear Flash 8cal cm plugs Label specifically states Leather footwear Voltage meeting Foot Rated Protection gloves with requirements leather See 7 5 Foot protectors Protection HRC 1 Safety glasses Heavy duty FR Clothing with Electrical c w side shields leather a label stating a Work or impact gloves minimum Arc resistant unless Arc Rating AR of 8 goggles anda Flash cal cm face shield with Label Leather footwear a minimum Arc specifically meeting Foot Rating AR of 8 states Protection cal em with Voltage requirements wrap around Rated See 7 5 Foot guarding ora gloves with Protection flash suit hood leather Ear canal protectors inserts i e ear plugs HRC 2 Safety glasses Heavy duty FR Clothing with Electrical c w side shields leather a label stating a Work or impact gloves minimum Arc resistant unless Arc Rating AR of 8 goggles anda Flash cal cm face shield with Label a minimum Arc specifically 93 PPE In addition to the minimum PPE required for all Enbridge Locations Work Activity Respiratory Protective Equipment Eye Face amp Hand Body These are the minimum requirements a higher Hearing level of RPE may be required based on
392. types of floating roof tanks do not require wetting down unless there is reason to suspect pyrophoric iron sulfide may be present 4 13 Bonding and Grounding Electric charges can build up on an object or liquid when certain liquids e g petroleum solvents fuels move in contact with other materials This can occur when liquids are poured pumped agitated stirred or flow through pipes This buildup of electrical charge is called static electricity Static electricity can potentially discharge cause an explosion when sufficient amounts of flammable or combustible substances are located nearby To prevent the buildup of static electricity and prevent sparks from causing a fire it is important to bond or ground exposed metal Bonding is done by making an electrical connection from one metal container to the other Grounding is done by connecting the container to an already grounded object that will conduct electricity This ensures that there will be no difference in electrical potential between the two containers and therefore no sparks will be formed Bonding and or Grounding shall be completed as required including but not limited to the following tasks e cutting and separating a pipeline e separating flanges e loading or off loading at sump tank locations e dispensing flammable liquids from bulk drums into a secondary container e removing an accessory attachment from a fixed Facility e g a mixer froma tank e using abrasiv
393. uction warning signs which are designed and positioned in accordance with the requirements of the Applicable Legislation Such signs shall be clearly visible to traffic as appropriate to the crossing e g visible from two or more directions High Pressure Testing Signs o Shall be posted at all entries to the ROW public access points while sections are under test facing intersecting roads highways Smoke Warning Signs o Warning signs shall be used to warn traffic of poor visibility due to smoke from brush burning operations All such warning signs shall be in accordance with Applicable Legislation Other Warning Signs shall be erected as required by Applicable Legislation or by Enbridge to warn workers and or the public of a range of potential hazards such as o traffic hazards e g STOP slow curve steep hill noise hazards caution work crews ahead suggested speed restrictions trucks turning work in over navigable waters o signs indicating venting in progress during any venting activities like opening pig traps o Caution Open Hole or similar when there is an opening o overhead hazards o respiratory hazards o other PPE requirements e g hard hat hearing protection eye protection required Brush Cutting When using motorized equipment for cutting or clearing brush Workers shall check the cutting area for any metal large stones or other hard material that could damage the blades or cutter disc regular
394. uirements set out in this manual may be subject to the shutdown of their work and or termination of their contract with Enbridge Such shutdown or termination is applicable to all Contractor activities or undertakings including construction maintenance or other activities under the oversight of an Enbridge Site Inspector or Enbridge Operations Representative Some Standards in this manual set out additional specific requirements for Contractors Unless otherwise specified by the contract Contractors not working under the direct supervision of an Enbridge Operations Representative shall comply with the additional Contractor requirements detailed in the Boilerplate found the appendix for section 2 4 2 5 Health and Safety Each Enbridge region department project and Worksite has designated health and safety personnel responsible for the following sustaining and promoting a workplace health and safety culture coaching and mentoring People Leaders to improve health and safety performance e auditing for compliance with safety Standards and the Lifesaving Rules for high risk work 15 e analyzing health and safety performance data and trends identifying opportunities for improvement and making health and safety recommendations Examples of designated health and safety personnel include Project Safety Inspector Construction Safety Coordinator Field Safety Coordinators and or Regional Safety Coordinator 2 6 Enbridge Site Inspecto
395. umber Equipment locks shall have a durable tag or identifier appropriate for the environment and shall include e Worker name or department e date of application e reason for isolation Any weathered or illegible tag shall be replaced 217 18 5 Additional Lockout Tagout Equipment A variety of other LOTO equipment may be necessary Hasps Scissor Clamps Hasps scissor clamps e are used to increase the number of locks that can be attached to one isolation point e are commonly used when a Worker is isolating a piece of equipment that another Worker or group may also need to isolate e are designed so they cannot be opened or removed until all locks are removed e can be attached to each other daisy chaining to allow for additional locks at the one isolation point Cables Bars Chains In some situations several energy isolating devices may be locked near one another and shall be secured at the same time One approach is to use a lock to secure each energy isolating device in its off or safe position Another acceptable practice is running a cable bar or chain through the lock points of the energy isolating devices once they are in the appropriate position then securing the cable bar or chain against removal with a lock The strength and diameter of the cables bars or chains used combined with their routing or placement shall e prevent their removal without tools and e keep the energy isolating device in the appropr
396. uments within 20 days of completion Daily Logs Driver shall maintain true and accurate daily logs for each calendar day The logs shall account for all of the driver s on duty and off duty time for each day The daily log shall contain e name of driver and if the driver is a member of a team of drivers names of other drivers on the team date and starting time for the driver s day commercial vehicle license plate or unit number odometer reading of vehicle name and address of home terminal or principal place of business of every motor carrier by whom the driver was employed or otherwise engaged during that day e if the motor carrier or driver was not required to keep a daily log immediately before the beginning of the driver s day the driver s number of hours of on duty and off duty time that were accumulated each day including the duration and time of the driver s last rest period during the 14 days immediately before the beginning of the driver s day the cycle that driver is following cycle 1 or 2 e if applicable a declaration in the Remarks section of the daily log that clearly indicates the driver is deferring off duty time under section 6 of NSCMC Standard 9 and whether the driver is operating under day 1 or day 2 of that provision Drivers shall submit each daily log and supporting documents within 20 days of completion As required drivers shall keep proper documentation and records of bills of lading
397. under IMS 04 Tier 2 procedures Workers wearing SCBA or SAR with escape pack shall e be properly trained and fit tested prior to using the equipment 110 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 e leave the area containing the hazardous atmosphere when the alarm sounds or when 20 25 of the operating time remains SCBA e not remove the face mask while in the area containing the hazardous atmosphere Monthly Workers shall inspect and record information about SCBA and SAR escape packs The inspection and information shall include labeling each respirator or storage bag with inspection date name of Worker completing the inspection findings including remedial action required serial number or other identification SCBA and SAR escape pack inspection records shall be kept on site for one year Workers wearing Air Purifying Respirators APR shall replace cartridges when used for escape from H2S concentrations greater than gt 10 ppm it is damaged there is odor breakthrough cartridge is past the expiration date Organic Vapor OV Acid Gas AG cartridges have been used continuously for 10 hrs or 30 days whichever comes first usage exceeds manufacturers specifications Hazard Assessment determines cartridges require replacement Workers shall leave the area to change cartridges e leave the area if a break through or resistance is detected when using a respirator e replace filters when plugged
398. uring brushing activities chaps for chainsaw operation etc The Contractor shall ensure that all workers that handle rough sharp edged abrasive materials or are performing work activities that subject workers hands to lacerations punctures bums vibration impact chemical absorption are wearing appropriate hand protection suitable for the work being performed Page 6 of 8 279 11 0 12 0 13 0 14 0 Enbridge Pipelines Inc and Enbridge Energy Company Inc LP MP Health and Safety The only exceptions are when the use of gloves creates an additional hazard or the work task is administrative in nature and or the other standard PPE is not required office areas etc MEDICAL PROVISIONS The Contractor shall provide approved temporary medical services where the size scope of the project and or the geographical location determines the need This requirement shall be determined by the Enbridge on a project specific basis Services shall be positioned on the project and available for use for all project personnel and utilized as part of the Contractor and Sub Contractor medical management plan s SIGNAL PERSON SPOTTERS The Contractor shall provide a competent signal person spotter as defined in Enbridge s Contractor Safety Program for each excavator e g trackhoe when being utilized on the project The spotter shall be provided by the Contractor and an air hom signalling device to be utilized during all equipment
399. us or material emitting or capable of emitting ionizing radiation Radiation Survey Evaluation of the radiological conditions and potential hazards incident to the production use transfer release disposal or presence of radioactive material or other radiation sources The evaluation includes a physical survey of the location of radioactive material and measurements or calculations of levels of radiation or concentrations or quantities or radioactive material present Regulation A rule ordinance law legal standard or device by which conduct or performance is controlled Remote Field Locations Includes valve sites remote maintenance bases rights of way winter roads highways and pipeline access Terminals pump stations injection sites and operating and maintenance facilities are not considered remote field locations 267 Residual Risk Level of risk that remains after Risk mitigation actions are implemented Restricted Area Any area in which there is limited potential for a flammable or toxic atmosphere to develop Risk The combination of the likelihood and consequence of an unexpected positive or negative deviation from the expected outcome Roll Over Protection Engineered protection structures on heavy Structures equipment and all terrain vehicles meant to protect the operator and passenger s in the event the ROPS equipment rolls over Root Cause Includ
400. ushed roc S Test Method s Used by Investigator Sand Loamy sand Compressive strength gt 0 5 tsf Pocket Pentrometer but Slope Torvane Compressive strength lt 0 5 tsf Compressive strength lt 1 5 tsf Manual Method tsf tons per square foot P uittesdentiied ested andsupported OO eeressiomecnation SSOSCSCSC SCSCSCSCSCSSS Ce O y C eO y C o y o stabnnty of adjacent sruetures tundere S spon perm ateetan Spoil pile 1 m 3 ft feet back Qualified Competent person inspections Fall protection Use of protective system Use of guardrails fences barricades or covers 288 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS SLOPING AND BENCHING SYSTEMS Option 1 Slope the excavation at an angle not steeper than one and one half horizontal to one vertical 34 measured from the horizontal Option 2 Have a competent worker classify the soil using manual and visual tests and slope a maximum of e Type A 1 1 45 Type B 1 1 45 Type C 1 1 34 fs Option 3 Install shoring or use a trench box Registered Professional Engineer Name License Option 4 Design by a registered professional engineer Mandatory in excavations 20 feet or more in depth Registered Professional Engineer Name License SUPPORT SYSTEMS SHIELD SYSTEMS amp OTHER PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS Option 1 Design using shoring c
401. vating work platforms Swing stages or suspended scaffolds work cage platforms and man baskets shall e not exceed the Manufacturer s Rated Working Load e have the manufacturer s platform load rating clearly labeled and visible to all Workers 42 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 be installed by a Qualified Worker e have rigging hardware e g hooks shackles rings bolts slings chains wire ropes splices capable of supporting at least 10 times the rated capacity of the maximum load to which it may be subjected e use wire rope suspension lines that are free of kinks birdcaging excessive wear broken wires flat spots and other defects When used for hoisting Workers Swing stage or suspended scaffolds work cage platforms and man baskets shall be designed and certified by a professional engineer A copy of the certification equipment drawings and the most recent inspection certificate shall be available upon Enbridge s request Swing stages require a redundant system for control such as a deadman switch pedal or tandem operation and properly sized and secured hangers or stirrups For work cages when it is not practicable to provide a separate personal fall arrest system using a vertical lifeline for each worker in the work cage then there shall be a separate support attached between the work cage and the hoist line The support shall be above the hook that is capable of holding the weight
402. ve Workers work remotely e send Workers home from Enbridge Locations to avoid travel in severe weather e close offices and Worksites Severe weather considerations include e lightning o take shelter when thunder is heard work shall not recommence until 30 minutes after the final observation of thunder o when an electrical storm is visible from the Worksite the following work shall be stopped all testing or grounding for mitigating induced voltage work in or around structures e g tanks side booms cranes dozers etc work outside of compressor pump buildings work on ROWs o where practicable use lightning detectors to supplement visual and auditory detection of electrical storms use the detector s specifications to determine detection ranges and action plans e heavy rain o avoid driving on flooded access roads or ROWs o avoid crossing bridges if water level is high and fast flowing o stay out of trenches excavations and below ground level unsheltered entry points e hail freezing rain o take cover during hailstorms o expect slippery walking and driving conditions o be aware of possible damage to trees and power lines due to ice buildup o avoid travel in these conditions e extreme heat heat stress guidelines o consult the climatic condition reports from your local weather service during Hazard Assessment o apply the correction factor and repeat the Hazard Assessment ee o process whenever climatic conditions change more
403. way from air intakes e atleast 1 m 3 ft from other flammable compressed gas containers e g acetylene e at least 6m 20 ft from containers or dispensers for flammable and combustible liquids e g gasoline and diesel fuel or cylinders of compressed oxygen Propane fuelled hand held torches shall be used for their intended purpose which is to be hand held and under constant supervision These torches shall only be used for pre heating of piping and other specific intended purposes prior to welding They shall not be used for temporary heating and shall never be unattended 20 8 Portable Heaters All portable heaters shall e be properly grounded or bonded as required e not be left unattended when in operation e not be placed on or near combustible surfaces 249 e have combustible and flammable materials removed from the immediate area e have a fire extinguisher when placed in Hazardous or Restricted Areas e used only in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions When using a portable heater in a Hazardous Area or Restricted Area initial and continuous Atmospheric Monitoring shall be conducted by a Qualified Worker Portable fuel heaters shall be operated only where there is adequate ventilation Adequate ventilation is necessary to prevent exhaust emissions from being drawn into the heater and into the space being heated For enclosed or Confined Spaces the heater and fuel shall be located outside of the space awa
404. wheels unless they have keys handles or non adjustable wrenches on valve stems e in multiple cylinder installations there shall be only one key or handle for each manifold e use only torch and regulator valves to control the flow of gas close cylinder valves when work is completed and when cylinders are to be moved or are empty e cylinders shall not be exposed to extremely high temperatures above 52 C or 125 F e when in use flammable gas and nitrogen cylinders shall not be brought into enclosures hoardings and shall be kept outside with a hose run into the enclosure hoarding e protective covers shall be on all compressed gas cylinders when not in use Contact the supplier if any part of the cylinder or attachments is not working properly Do not force valves or tamper with safety features on compressed gas cylinders When gas welding cutting equipment or torches are used ensure that a flashback device is installed as per manufacturers specifications and that a back flow prevention device is installed at the torch end Gauges regulators and fittings shall be bled down upon completion of work have the valve closed and all pressure released prior to being removed be disconnected when the cylinder is not in use have the regulator pressure adjusting screw fully released prior to attachment e not be used with oil or grease as a lubricant on oxygen regulators as it may cause an explosion e be marked USE NO OIL whe
405. while operating a meter switch insertion or removal of starter buckets from MCC application of safety grounds after voltage test insertion removal racking of CBs from cubicles whether doors are open or closed Workers shall consult their People Leader if the HRC of a given task is unclear or unknown e g if equipment is not clearly labeled or other factors are unknown 177 Where a Qualified Electrical Worker cannot maintain a Limited Approach Boundary and cannot de energize lines and conductors then an Electrical Hazard Analysis shall be conducted and written work procedures developed In such cases a Qualified Electrical Worker shall be designated as Safety Watch and in accordance with the procedures the Qualified Electrical Workers doing the work shall use appropriate PPE and insulated tools rated for the voltage To safely route Workers equipment or objects under power lines or energized conductors the minimum distance may be reduced under the direction of a Qualified Electrical Worker however the clearances for Workers equipment or objects shall remain constant Overhead Power Lines Workers shall not place themselves or operate equipment within the Limited Approach Boundary of overhead power lines As shown in Table 1 the Limited Approach Boundary is 3 m 10 ft for systems up to 50 kV and an additional 100mm 4 in for every 10kV above 50kV For work within 6 m 20 ft of the Limited Approach Boundary of
406. will be triggered at the following concentrations of natural gas e 20 of LEL low level alarm audible and visible e 40 of LEL high level alarm audible and visible results in an emergency shutdown If the alarm for a fixed gas detection system has been triggered conduct initial Atmospheric Monitoring from outside the compressor building if possible Before entering any buildings where natural gas is present operate valves as necessary to shut down or bypass the source of gas and or ventilate the building e g open doors and windows The minimum entry criteria for entering buildings containing natural gas products or equipment are e at lt 10 LEL entry is allowed e at 10 20 LEL entry is allowed if o only cold work is planned o Safety Watch is present at all times e at gt 20 LEL entry is allowed for inspecting or opening and closing valves to reduce gas levels provided o a Safety Watch is present at all times monitoring atmospheric levels o asafety harness and lifeline are used and an employee trained in their use is present and in control of the lifeline o self contained breathing apparatus SCBA or a supplied air respirator SAR with egress bottle is used Conduct continuous Atmospheric Monitoring while approaching the work area to verify acceptable conditions If concentrations are higher than prepared for exit the area and reassess the situation 4 19 Vehicles Equipment and Tool Use Maintenance and Inspect
407. xtinguishers and first aid stations Site Supervisor See Enbridge Operations Representative Sloping A method of preventing cave ins of excavation and trench walls by cutting them back on an incline away from the excavation or trench The angle of incline shall vary with differences in such factors as the soil type environmental conditions of exposure and application of soil overloads Softener Material used to prevent loads from slipping and to protect cable or rope from damage Spoil Pile A pile of material that was removed from an excavation trench or borehole Standard Approved Enbridge practice Standard Precaution Administrative controls based on the premise that all blood and bodily fluids are considered infectious and are treated as such also known as universal precautions Static Electricity An accumulation of electric charge on an insulated body 269 Stored Pressure Extinguisher Extinguisher with both the extinguishing material and expellant gas kept in a single container Station Terminal Site Fenced in pump stations valve stations terminals etc Subcontractor Any person firm or corporation contracting with the Contractor to perform part of the work and shall include partners and associates in a joint venture so contracting with the Contractor Supplied Air Respirator SAR An atmosphere supplying respirator for which the
408. xtinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable internal examination procedure as outlined in the manufacturer service manual and NFPA 10 7 3 Table 3 Hydrostatic Test Frequency for Cartridges and Cylinders Cartridge Cylinder Hydrostatic Test Frequency nitrogen cartridges on hand held extinguishers exempt CAN every 10 years USA Ansul CO cartridges on hand held ternal extinguishers p nitrogen cylinders on wheeled fire svei 5 veais extinguishers yoy Table 4 Stock Amounts Fire Extinguisher Supplies Attended pump station Purple K 500 Ib Pump station ENB NW ABC Plus 50 or Purple K 500 Ib Delivery location and electric station with 150 lb extinguisher s Pumie i 200 15 PLM shop or designated location Purple K 500 Ib Remote maintenance base ENB NW ABC Plus 50 or Purple K 200 Ib A E nitrogen cylinders cartridges 1 extinguisher s Worksite wiin TO te nitrogen nitrogen cylinders cartridges 1 extinguisher s half as many as extinguishers in outdoor use 2 minimum location with 20 Ib or 30 Ib nitrogen extinguisher s nitrogen cylinders cartridges half as many as COs cartridges extinguishers in indoor use location with 4 lb 10 lb 20 Ib or 30 lb CO extinguisher s NOTES 1 or as determined by the Operations Management at their discretion 4 17 Fire Prevention and Protection Take all necessary precautions to prevent fires including but not limited to the following e
409. y at all times 30 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Loading or Off loading at Sump Tank Locations Object being loaded off loaded Sump tank or piping connection at loading off loading Facility For fiberglass sump tanks attach second end to specified bonding point Dispensing from Bulk 1 Bulk Drum 2 Secondary Container One container shall be grounded and Drums to Secondary the other container bonded to the Container grounded container 1 Clean bare metal 1 Fixed Facility Bonding cable shall be long enough to Removing accessory on accessory clear the hazardous area when attachments from attachment removing attachments or span of work fixed facilities area when separating flanges 1 Flange 1 Flange Hydrovacing Near 1 Wand Gun 1 Grounding Mat 1 For distances greater than gt 2m 6 Underground 2 Dig Tube 2 Grounding Mat 2 ft from the Hydrovac truck it may not Electrical Wires 3 Mat 1 3 Mat 2 be necessary to bond the mat to the 4 Mat 1 4 Hydrovac Truck truck Step 4 Note Some tasks require more than one bonding cable The numbers listed in this table represent steps to be taken for proper bonding i e bond 1 to 1 and 2 to 2 etc 4 14 Hot Work Prior to commencing Hot Work ensure e Hot Work has been added to the Safe Work Permit SWP all movable fire hazards are removed and combustible materials e g oil rags
410. y conductors weather conditions outrigger and track loading matting process operations local process hazards Workers near the lift area multi lift plans Additional controls may be required given the exact nature of the lift to be performed 19 2 Preparation Operation and Responsibilities A pre lift meeting shall be held to e identify the Qualified Rigger Rigging Specialist and Signaler Spotter e review the job specifics and hand signals prior to any lift operation Only Authorized and Qualified Operators that are thoroughly familiar with the equipment are permitted to operate lifting equipment including cranes Intern or Apprentice Operators are permitted to operate equipment once hoisting and rigging training has been completed but only under the supervision of a Qualified Operator 226 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 Upon request a crane Operator or Rigger Rigging Specialist shall provide documentation of training records and certifications Rigger Rigging Specialist shall have experience consistent with the requirements of the lift to be made A crane shall not be erected when ground conditions are not stable or safe enough to allow for stable firm placement or installation of the crane Prior to performing any lift the Operator shall review the Hazard Assessment and or the ELP determine the weight of the lift including the load and rigging test the safety devices of lifti
411. y from openings Monitor for atmospheric hazards when heated air is being introduced to enclosed spaces occupied by Workers Portable Catalytic Heaters Portable catalytic heaters shall e require continuous monitoring when used in an explosive or hazardous atmosphere e be approved for use in an explosive or hazardous atmosphere approval shall be from an applicable recognized authority such as the Canadian Gas Association CAN or American Gas Association USA e have adequate ventilation to prevent a build up of exhaust fumes and prevent the fumes from being drawn through the heater and into the space being heated e have carbon monoxide monitors when required have only explosion proof electrical fittings attached have a regulator between the propane bottle and the heater to reduce the pressure of gas to the heater to a level specified by the manufacturer e have a thermostatic block valve installed on the propane line where it enters the heater this serves as an automatic positive shutoff on the line when the heater is not in use preventing gas from escaping through the heater to the atmosphere e not be used in electrical enclosures where there are open relays as the vapors leave an insulating residue on open contacts that is difficult to remove e be used only in accordance with manufacturer s instructions No portable heating devices are permitted for use by Workers in Enbridge administrative offices in Edmonton Calgary Duluth
412. y igniting a combustible source e Ensure the make up fresh air for the Confined Space is free of contaminants Note that make up air could be contaminated by o exhaust air that carries contaminants from work that is carried out within the Confined Space o exhaust from nearby or adjacent fuel operated equipment such as generators air compressors vacuum trucks or other vehicles o vapors or substances arising from nearby or adjacent operations and processes e g organic vapors from painting silica from blasting operations or lead from paint removal work 8 9 Atmospheric Monitoring and Sampling Refer to section 11 2 Portable Atmospheric Monitoring and Sampling and section 14 6 Respiratory Hazards for additional information on Confined Space Atmospheric Monitoring and Sampling Atmospheric Monitoring for hazards shall e be conducted by a Qualified person using calibrated test instruments that are appropriate for the atmosphere being tested and used in accordance with manufacturers specifications e be completed in accordance with the requirements identified on the Hazard Assessment e be performed in a manner that does not endanger the health or safety of the Worker performing the test e be performed in the following order 1 oxygen content Oz 2 flammable gases vapors LEL 3 toxic air contaminants e g H2S 4 other toxic contaminants associated with the work activity and related job tasks e g CO e be perform
413. y out oiling and greasing with only the power unit left running but only if done under the direction of an operator who remains at the controls of the ditching machine e when adjustments or repairs are necessary all power units shall be shutdown before starting work on the adjustments or repairs e where the operator is required to carry out any of the above mentioned functions unassisted all power units shall be shutdown before leaving the controls e no ditching machine shall be operated unless the machine guards are installed and properly maintained e the ditching machine operators shall keep their helpers in sight or know where they are at all times e donot undertake manual cleaning of buckets when the digging wheel is in operation e operators and helpers shall not climb on the ditching machine while it is in motion e the operator shall not leave the controls of the machine unless the main transmission and digging wheel are out of gear and the traveling brakes set 12 9 All Terrain and Off Road Vehicles Workers operating All Terrain Vehicles ATV Utility Terrain Vehicles UTV and Snowmobiles shall be trained and Qualified in their use and authorized to operate the vehicle Operators shall e wear Snell DOT approved helmets when the vehicle is not equipped with a ROPS and seatbelts with shoulder restraints e wear appropriate PPE e g protective goggles and or other suitable devices to prevent eye and face injuries from twigs
414. y over the centerline of the Below Grade Facility at maximum intervals of 10 m 30 ft unless another reasonable interval is appropriate e reconfirming the Initial Locate making a new One Call is required in the following situations o when markers become dislodged removed unrecognizable o when Initial Locates expire as per the One Call ticket o when anew Contractor or Subcontractor is retained to conduct Ground Disturbance work in the area as there shall be no piggybacking on existing tickets o if there is a change in the scope of work i e change in the Excavation Area upon resumption of work at an open Excavation If the Excavation Perimeter moves the One Call shall be resubmitted unless the Excavation Perimeter remains completely within Locate Boundary Area Before resuming activities previously initiated by others e review the location and identification of Facilities e reconfirm the Initial Locate e determine if a new One Call is required Non Enbridge Below Grade Facilities shall be marked by their respective Facility owners When Below Grade Facilities are Located compare all applicable records drawings and documentation and conduct a visual check to confirm that all Locates accurately reflect the location of all Below Grade Facilities in the Locate Boundary Area Markings Markings shall remain in place for the duration of the work activities If any markers are removed or become dislodged or unrecognizable then
415. y reduce the 5 power reserve only in ideal flight conditions if a lesser reserve is used it shall guarantee adequate power for an abort in the event of changing flight conditions However the pilot shall maintain some power reserve Workers working around helicopters during slinging operations shall e keep the area free of loose articles watch for hazards such as obstacles or hanging trees that may fall when dislodged by the helicopter rotors or by gusty wind conditions e stay alert and be aware of the positioning of loads maintain visual contact with the load and cargo hooks until it clears the location e keep a safe distance from the loads remain clear of incoming loads and cargo hooks until they are placed on the ground e determine an escape route that leads away from the load and ensure it remains clear of objects or potential blockages always stand uphill from the load as it may roll when released maneuver the load only when absolutely necessary and only by pushing it into position do not reach for a load or cargo hook For slinging long line operations follow these requirements e use only multi stranded steel core long lines cables or lanyards use long lines and lanyards swaged with steel do not use cable clamps attach only properly sized clevises to the helicopter hook either the belly hook or the extended hook and keep all screw type clevis pins tight and lock wired e use only the proper type of clevis pins not
416. ystem Open Systems include but are not limited to the following operations Removing booster pumps mainline pumps pump crowns or pump elbows Removing meters or meter bonnets Removing strainers or strainer bonnets Removing valves or valve bonnets Removing storage tank seals tank manways or tank mixers Opening scraper trap or prover doors Cutting pipe sections or separating flanges on piping larger than 2 in diameter e QOpening closing fittings used for venting during isolation and filling of pipe sections pumps scraper traps provers etc e Opening vacuum truck clean outs e Tank gauging Workers in the immediate vicinity of open systems shall e Wear full face air purifying respirators with combination acid gas organic vapor cartridges with a P100 filter or combination filter until H2S LEL benzene and mercaptans if applicable levels can be verified through initial air testing e When an alarm of a portable gas monitor is activated stop their work shut down any operating equipment adjacent to the area if it is safe to do so and then leave the area immediately by proceeding upwind and re evaluate the health and safety risks before returning to the work area lf a hazard assessment verifies that no atmospheric hazards exist then a lesser degree of RPE may be used when first opening the system Hazard assessment verification may be provided by but not limited to the following e Engineering control mechanism e Testing
417. ze or eliminate exposure to hazards Elimination of the hazard or risk is the most effective form of control 1 Elimination 2 Substitution 3 Engineering 4 Work Practice 5 Administrative 6 Personal Protective Equipment High Efficiency Particulate Air HEPA Filter A filter that is at least 99 97 efficient in removing mono disperse particles of 0 3 micrometers in diameter Including filters used for personal respiratory protection vacuum cleaners or heating ventilation air conditioning systems High Voltage Over 750 volts CAN or 600 volts USA Hot Work Any process that can be a source of ignition when flammable material is present or can be a fire hazard regardless of the presence of flammable material Hydrovac See Vacuum Excavation Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health Concentrations IDLH An atmospheric concentration of any toxic corrosive or asphyxiant substance that poses an immediate threat to life or would cause irreversible or delayed adverse health effects or would interfere 262 LP MP Safety Manual Version 1 4 Version Date 06 01 2015 with an individual s ability to escape from a dangerous hazardous atmosphere Initial Locate An initial locate is done to determine the location of Below Grade Facilities by One Call members owner operators inside of the area defined by the One Call ticket or the Locate Boundary Area as prescribed by the Ground Di
418. zed Contractor representative Where a Contractor is required by Applicable Legislation to report an Incident to an Authority Having Jurisdiction e g workers compensation authority or provincial federal or state occupational health and safety regulator the Contractor shall report such Incident in accordance with Applicable Legislation The Contractor shall also ensure it completes within a reasonable time frame or a defined time frame as the case may be any corrective actions required of it in response to the Incident Following an Incident report the Contractor shall regularly update the Enbridge Representative on the status of follow up actions The Contractor shall classify injuries illnesses in accordance with Applicable Legislation that applies to the Contractor s business operations Enbridge reserves the right to record and classify injuries internally based on available information for purposes of maintaining Contractor safety performance metrics In addition the Contractor shall cooperate and provide all required information as permitted by law to assist Enbridge s internal investigation of any Incident Similarly Contractors are responsible for their Subcontractors and shall conduct a detailed Incident investigation of Subcontractor Incidents Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall have a Modified Work element in their health and safety program The Modified Work element shall include but is not limited to e having th

Enbridge LP/MP Safety Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents